TW201803973A - Liquid crystal display element and method for manufacturing same - Google Patents

Liquid crystal display element and method for manufacturing same Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TW201803973A
TW201803973A TW106111372A TW106111372A TW201803973A TW 201803973 A TW201803973 A TW 201803973A TW 106111372 A TW106111372 A TW 106111372A TW 106111372 A TW106111372 A TW 106111372A TW 201803973 A TW201803973 A TW 201803973A
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
liquid crystal
voltage
group
alignment
carbon atoms
Prior art date
Application number
TW106111372A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Other versions
TWI736604B (en
Inventor
藤沢宣
小寺史晃
Original Assignee
迪愛生股份有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 迪愛生股份有限公司 filed Critical 迪愛生股份有限公司
Publication of TW201803973A publication Critical patent/TW201803973A/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of TWI736604B publication Critical patent/TWI736604B/en

Links

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02FOPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
    • G02F1/00Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
    • G02F1/01Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour 
    • G02F1/13Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour  based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
    • G02F1/133Constructional arrangements; Operation of liquid crystal cells; Circuit arrangements
    • G02F1/1333Constructional arrangements; Manufacturing methods
    • G02F1/1337Surface-induced orientation of the liquid crystal molecules, e.g. by alignment layers
    • G02F1/13378Surface-induced orientation of the liquid crystal molecules, e.g. by alignment layers by treatment of the surface, e.g. embossing, rubbing or light irradiation
    • G02F1/133788Surface-induced orientation of the liquid crystal molecules, e.g. by alignment layers by treatment of the surface, e.g. embossing, rubbing or light irradiation by light irradiation, e.g. linearly polarised light photo-polymerisation
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09KMATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
    • C09K19/00Liquid crystal materials
    • C09K19/04Liquid crystal materials characterised by the chemical structure of the liquid crystal components, e.g. by a specific unit
    • C09K19/38Polymers
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02FOPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
    • G02F1/00Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
    • G02F1/01Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour 
    • G02F1/13Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour  based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02FOPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
    • G02F1/00Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
    • G02F1/01Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour 
    • G02F1/13Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour  based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
    • G02F1/133Constructional arrangements; Operation of liquid crystal cells; Circuit arrangements
    • G02F1/1333Constructional arrangements; Manufacturing methods
    • G02F1/1337Surface-induced orientation of the liquid crystal molecules, e.g. by alignment layers
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02FOPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
    • G02F1/00Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
    • G02F1/01Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour 
    • G02F1/13Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour  based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
    • G02F1/137Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour  based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells characterised by the electro-optical or magneto-optical effect, e.g. field-induced phase transition, orientation effect, guest-host interaction or dynamic scattering

Landscapes

  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Nonlinear Science (AREA)
  • Crystallography & Structural Chemistry (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Optics & Photonics (AREA)
  • Spectroscopy & Molecular Physics (AREA)
  • Mathematical Physics (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Materials Engineering (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Liquid Crystal (AREA)
  • Liquid Crystal Substances (AREA)

Abstract

The present invention provides a liquid crystal display element which has high transmittance and excellent high-speed response in vertically aligned liquid crystal displays, such as PVA or MVA, and parallel aligned liquid crystal displays, such as IPS, FFS, or TN mode displays, by suppressing an increase in driving voltage, suppressing a decrease in birefringence, improving transmittance, and improving fall time in a liquid crystal. The present invention also provides a method for manufacturing said liquid crystal display element. Provided is a liquid crystal display element, wherein a liquid crystal composition sandwiched between two transparent substrates at least one of which has an electrode contains a polymer or a copolymer, the content of the polymer or the copolymer is at least 0.5 mass% and less than 40 mass% of the combined mass of the liquid crystal composition and the polymer or copolymer, the polymer or the copolymer forms a polymer network, and the polymer network has uniaxial refractive index anisotropy or an easy-alignment axis, and two or more different alignment states.

Description

液晶顯示元件及其製造方法 Liquid crystal display element and manufacturing method thereof

本發明係關於一種液晶顯示元件及其製造方法。 The invention relates to a liquid crystal display element and a manufacturing method thereof.

液晶電視雖已廣泛普及,但隨著大型化帶來之高畫質化,移動於螢幕上之顯示物的移動速度較小型液晶電視快,因此,要求加快液晶之應答速度,提升移動影像畫質。 Although LCD TVs have been widely used, with the increase in image quality brought by the large size, the moving speed of smaller LCD TVs is faster. Therefore, the response speed of LCDs needs to be accelerated to improve the quality of moving images. .

不需要濾色器之場序全彩顯示方式的特徵在於使用依「紅→綠→藍」之順序點亮的背光源。於通常之CRT或液晶顯示器,框架時間(frame time)為16.7ms,而於場序全彩顯示方式,則要求得框架時間為5.6ms之高速應答性。 The field sequential full-color display method that does not require a color filter is characterized by using a backlight source that lights up in the order of "red → green → blue". In the usual CRT or LCD display, the frame time is 16.7ms, while in the field sequential full-color display mode, high-speed responsiveness with a frame time of 5.6ms is required.

作為表示高速應答性之指標,可舉τ d與τ r之和。τ d為液晶之下降應答時間,τ r為液晶之上升應答時間。為了滿足場序全彩顯示方式之高速應答性,期望τ d與τ r之和未達1.5ms。 As an index indicating high-speed responsiveness, the sum of τ d and τ r may be mentioned. τ d is the falling response time of the liquid crystal, and τ r is the rising response time of the liquid crystal. In order to satisfy the high-speed responsiveness of the field-sequential full-color display mode, the sum of τ d and τ r is expected to be less than 1.5 ms.

目前於市場上被稱為向列型液晶之液晶材料,一般被利用於電視、監視器、行動電話、智慧型手機、平板終端等平面顯示器。然而,由於向列型液晶之應答速度約慢十幾毫秒至數毫秒,故而期望改善。應答速度由於會受到液晶之旋轉黏性γ 1及彈性常數很大的影響,因此藉由新穎化合物之開發或組成之最佳化來研究改良,但改善之進展緩慢。相對於此,使用層列型液晶之鐵電性液晶(FLC)可實現數百微秒之高速應答。然而, 由於僅為明與暗兩狀態,故而不易實現全彩顯示所需之中間漸變顯示,而使用區域漸變等方法。 Liquid crystal materials currently known as nematic liquid crystals in the market are generally used in flat displays such as televisions, monitors, mobile phones, smart phones, and tablet terminals. However, since the response speed of the nematic liquid crystal is about ten to several milliseconds to several milliseconds, improvement is desired. The response speed is greatly affected by the rotational viscosity γ 1 and elastic constant of the liquid crystal. Therefore, research and improvement are carried out through the development of novel compounds or optimization of composition, but the progress of improvement is slow. In contrast, a ferroelectric liquid crystal (FLC) using a smectic liquid crystal can achieve a high-speed response of hundreds of microseconds. however, Because it is only light and dark, it is not easy to achieve the intermediate gradient display required for full-color display, and methods such as area gradient are used.

FLC之中,由FLC與單體之混合物構成之Polymer Stabilized V shaped-FLC(PSV-FLC)元件於鐵電性液晶內形成有微細之聚合物網路,除了為FLC特長之高速應答性以外,亦可實現中間漸變顯示,又,耐衝撃性亦較以往之FLC獲得提升(專利文獻1)。 Among the FLCs, the Polymer Stabilized V shaped-FLC (PSV-FLC) element composed of a mixture of FLC and monomers forms a fine polymer network in the ferroelectric liquid crystal. In addition to the high-speed response of FLC, Intermediate gradation display is also possible, and the impact resistance is also improved compared to the conventional FLC (Patent Document 1).

又,於向列型液晶與高分子之複合材料,若將70質量%以上之聚合性化合物添加於向列型液晶介質,則雖然可得到應答時間為數十微秒之高速應答,但驅動電壓卻會超過約80V,並不實用,且實效之雙折射率會比使用之液晶雙折射率降低1位數以上,因此,使得元件之透射率下降。另一方面,提出有如下之PS(polymer-stabilised:高分子穩定化)或PSA(polymer-sustained alignment:高分子維持配向)顯示器:將0.3質量%以上且未達1質量%之1種以上的聚合性化合物添加於液晶介質,施加或不施加電壓,藉由UV光聚合,於玻璃基板界面上形成聚合或者交聯而得到之微細的突起結構物,主要誘發預傾斜(pretilt)(專利文獻2~6)。PS或PSA等顯示器主要於垂直配向模式下使用交互配置有微細寬度之線狀狹縫與微細寬度之線狀電極的魚骨型圖案電極,形成分割成4個之多區域(multi-domain),而實現高視角化。此情形時,若施加電壓,則液晶會朝線狀狹縫方向傾斜配向。若於此配向狀態下使聚合性化合物聚合,則高分子薄膜會形成於基板界面,基板界面附近之液晶配向會穩定化。此時,會以預傾斜之形態誘發傾斜配向方位,藉由以圖案電極形成之配向分割,而不需要複雜之垂直配向膜的配向處理步驟(非專利文獻1)。又,述及應答時間可 從10毫秒改善至數毫秒。其他之高分子配向穩定化技術,採用有使液晶中之聚合性化合物反應的方法。藉由高分子使施加電壓時之配向狀態穩定化以得到所需之電光特性,而可顯示出僅以液晶單質無法得到之特性(專利文獻7~14)。 In addition, in a nematic liquid crystal and polymer composite, if a polymerizable compound of 70% by mass or more is added to the nematic liquid crystal medium, a high-speed response with a response time of tens of microseconds can be obtained, but the driving voltage However, it will exceed about 80V, which is not practical, and the effective birefringence will be reduced by more than one digit compared to the birefringence of the liquid crystal used, so the transmittance of the device will be reduced. On the other hand, the following PS (polymer-stabilised) or PSA (polymer-sustained alignment) displays have been proposed: 0.3% by mass or more and less than 1% by mass of one or more A polymerizable compound is added to a liquid crystal medium, and UV light polymerization is applied to form a fine protrusion structure obtained by polymerization or cross-linking at the interface of a glass substrate by UV light polymerization, which mainly induces pretilt (Patent Document 2 ~ 6). Displays such as PS or PSA mainly use a fishbone pattern electrode that is configured with linear slits of fine width and linear electrodes of fine width in a vertical alignment mode to form a multi-domain divided into four. Achieve high viewing angle. In this case, if a voltage is applied, the liquid crystal will be tilted and aligned in the direction of the linear slit. When the polymerizable compound is polymerized in this alignment state, a polymer thin film is formed at the substrate interface, and the liquid crystal alignment near the substrate interface is stabilized. At this time, a tilted orientation orientation is induced in a pre-tilted form, and division by an orientation formed by a pattern electrode does not require a complicated alignment processing step of a vertical alignment film (Non-Patent Document 1). Also, the response time may be mentioned Improved from 10 milliseconds to several milliseconds. Other polymer alignment stabilization techniques employ a method of reacting a polymerizable compound in a liquid crystal. A polymer stabilizes the alignment state when a voltage is applied to obtain desired electro-optical characteristics, and can display characteristics that cannot be obtained only with a liquid crystal simple substance (Patent Documents 7 to 14).

然而,即使是此等之元件,於高速應答性之觀點下,亦有改良之空間。尤其關於液晶顯示裝置之上升速度的高速應答化,液晶組成物之低黏性化、高介電係數化、低彈性常數化或賦予預傾角,或者過驅動(overdrive)法等驅動方法之改善等各種方法已經實用化,但關於下降速度,現狀是除了液晶組成物之低黏性化以外,尚未發現有效之方法,而期望改善。 However, even these components have room for improvement from the viewpoint of high-speed responsiveness. In particular, high-speed response of the rising speed of liquid crystal display devices, low viscosity of liquid crystal compositions, high dielectric constant, low elastic constant, pretilt angle, or improvement of driving methods such as overdrive method, etc. Various methods have been put into practical use, but the current state of decline is that no effective method has been found other than lowering the viscosity of the liquid crystal composition, and improvement is expected.

[專利文獻1]日本特開2002-31821號公報 [Patent Document 1] Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2002-31821

[專利文獻2]日本特表2013-536271號公報 [Patent Document 2] Japanese Patent Publication No. 2013-536271

[專利文獻3]日本特表2013-538249號公報 [Patent Document 3] Japanese Patent Publication No. 2013-538249

[專利文獻4]日本特表2012-527495號公報 [Patent Document 4] Japanese Patent Publication No. 2012-527495

[專利文獻5]日本特表2012-513482號公報 [Patent Document 5] Japanese Patent Publication No. 2012-513482

[專利文獻6]日本特開2012-219270號公報 [Patent Document 6] Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2012-219270

[專利文獻7]日本特許4175826號 [Patent Document 7] Japanese Patent No. 4175826

[專利文獻8]日本特開2009-192600號公報 [Patent Document 8] Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2009-192600

[專利文獻9]日本特許5020203號 [Patent Document 9] Japanese Patent No. 5020203

[專利文獻10]日本特開1999-0258758號公報 [Patent Document 10] Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 1999-0258758

[專利文獻11]日本特許5383994號 [Patent Document 11] Japanese Patent No. 5839994

[專利文獻12]US8940375 [Patent Document 12] US8940375

[專利文獻13]WO2011/055571 [Patent Document 13] WO2011 / 055571

[專利文獻14]WO2015/122457 [Patent Document 14] WO2015 / 122457

[非專利文獻1]Journal of the SID17/7,553-559 (2009) [Non-Patent Document 1] Journal of the SID17 / 7, 553-559 (2009)

本發明所欲解決之課題,係於PVA(Patterned vertical alignment)、MVA(Multi-domain Vertical Alignment)之垂直配向(VA)液晶顯示器、IPS(In-plane switching)模式、FFS(Fringe Field switching)模式、TN(Twisted Nematic)模式等之平行配向液晶顯示器,抑制驅動電壓上升,抑制雙折射率降低,改善透射率,且同時改善液晶之下降時間,藉此提供高透射率且高速應答性優異之液晶顯示元件,又提供該液晶顯示元件之製造方法。 The problems to be solved by the present invention are PVA (Patterned vertical alignment), MVA (Multi-domain Vertical Alignment) liquid crystal display (VA), IPS (In-plane switching) mode, FFS (Fringe Field switching) mode TN (Twisted Nematic) mode and other parallel alignment liquid crystal displays, suppress the increase of driving voltage, suppress the decrease of birefringence, improve the transmittance, and at the same time improve the fall time of the liquid crystal, thereby providing a high transmittance and excellent high-speed response The display element also provides a method for manufacturing the liquid crystal display element.

本發明人之目的為於液晶組成物及含有聚合性化合物之聚合性液晶組成物中,使液晶單元整體形成具有折射異向性並具有配向功能之聚合物網路,謀求高速應答,且可進行高分子穩定化使液晶分子之傾斜配向方位一致朝電極圖案所規定之方向,著眼於聚合性化合物之含有率與聚合物網路形成條件,而完成本發明。 The purpose of the present inventors is to form a polymer network having refractive anisotropy and an alignment function in the entire liquid crystal cell in the liquid crystal composition and the polymerizable liquid crystal composition containing a polymerizable compound. The polymer stabilizes the oblique alignment direction of the liquid crystal molecules toward the direction prescribed by the electrode pattern, and focuses on the content rate of the polymerizable compound and the conditions for forming the polymer network to complete the present invention.

[1]一種液晶顯示元件之製造方法,含有下述步驟:對夾持於至少一者具有電極之2片透明基板間的聚合性液晶組成物,施加該聚合性液晶組成物之臨界電壓以上的電壓,且同時照射紫外線使之聚合相分離的步驟,及然後於照射紫外線下使電壓未達臨界電壓,並進一步照射紫外線的步驟。 [1] A method for manufacturing a liquid crystal display device, comprising the steps of applying a polymerizable liquid crystal composition having a threshold voltage equal to or higher than a threshold voltage of the polymerizable liquid crystal composition sandwiched between at least one transparent substrate having two electrodes. A step of irradiating ultraviolet rays to simultaneously polymerize the polymer phases, and a step of irradiating ultraviolet rays so that the voltage does not reach a critical voltage and further radiating ultraviolet rays.

[2]如前述[1]記載之液晶顯示元件之製造方法,其於施加聚合性液晶組 成物之臨界電壓以上的電壓且同時照射紫外線使之聚合相分離的步驟中,聚合性液晶組成物中之液晶分子相對於透明基板平面以0度至30度之範圍傾斜配向,而於照射紫外線下使前述電壓未達臨界電壓並進一步照射紫外線的步驟中,前述液晶分子相對於透明基板平面傾斜80度至90度配向。 [2] The method for producing a liquid crystal display device according to the above [1], wherein the method is for applying a polymerizable liquid crystal group In the step of separating the polymerized phase with a voltage higher than the critical voltage of the product and simultaneously irradiating ultraviolet rays, the liquid crystal molecules in the polymerizable liquid crystal composition are aligned at an angle of 0 to 30 degrees with respect to the plane of the transparent substrate, and the ultraviolet rays are irradiated In the step of reducing the voltage to a threshold voltage and further irradiating ultraviolet rays, the liquid crystal molecules are aligned at an angle of 80 to 90 degrees with respect to the plane of the transparent substrate.

[3]前述[1]或[2]記載之液晶顯示元件之製造方法,其於施加聚合性液晶組成物之臨界電壓以上的電壓且同時照射紫外線使之聚合相分離的步驟中,聚合性液晶組成物中之液晶分子相對於透明基板平面以0度至90度之範圍傾斜配向,而於照射紫外線下使前述電壓未達臨界電壓並進一步照射紫外線的步驟中,前述液晶分子相對於透明基板平面傾斜0度至30度配向。 [3] The method for producing a liquid crystal display device according to the above [1] or [2], in the step of applying a voltage equal to or higher than a critical voltage of the polymerizable liquid crystal composition and simultaneously irradiating ultraviolet rays to separate the polymerized phases, the polymerizable liquid crystal The liquid crystal molecules in the composition are aligned at an angle of 0 to 90 degrees with respect to the plane of the transparent substrate, and in the step of irradiating ultraviolet rays so that the voltage does not reach a critical voltage and further radiating ultraviolet rays, the liquid crystal molecules are relative to the plane of the transparent substrate Tilt from 0 degrees to 30 degrees.

[4]如前述[1]~[3]中任一項記載之液晶顯示元件之製造方法,其中,施加之電壓為交流波形,具有聚合性液晶組成物顯示出介電各向導性之範圍的頻率。 [4] The method for manufacturing a liquid crystal display element according to any one of the above [1] to [3], wherein the applied voltage is an AC waveform and the polymerizable liquid crystal composition exhibits a range of dielectric properties. frequency.

[5]如前述[1]~[4]中任一項記載之液晶顯示元件之製造方法,其中,臨界電壓以上之電壓為相對於聚合性液晶組成物之電壓-透射率特性電壓中之透射率總變化量會在10%以上的電壓V10以上。 [5] The method for manufacturing a liquid crystal display device according to any one of the above [1] to [4], wherein the voltage equal to or higher than the critical voltage is a transmission in a voltage-transmittance characteristic voltage relative to the polymerizable liquid crystal composition The total change of the rate will be above the voltage V10 of more than 10%.

[6]如前述[1]~[5]中任一項記載之液晶顯示元件之製造方法,其中,未達臨界電壓之電壓為0V以上且未達臨界電壓之90%的電壓。 [6] The method for manufacturing a liquid crystal display device according to any one of the above [1] to [5], wherein the voltage that does not reach the critical voltage is 0 V or more and that the voltage does not reach 90% of the critical voltage.

[7]如前述[1]~[6]中任一項記載之液晶顯示元件之製造方法,其使用選自下述通式(V)及通式(VI)表示之化合物中的1種或2種以上之化合物,作為聚合性液晶組成物中之聚合性化合物。 [7] The method for producing a liquid crystal display element according to any one of the above [1] to [6], wherein one or more compounds selected from the compounds represented by the following general formula (V) and general formula (VI) are used Two or more compounds are used as polymerizable compounds in the polymerizable liquid crystal composition.

Figure TW201803973AD00001
Figure TW201803973AD00001

(式中,X1及X2各自獨立地表示氫原子或甲基,Sp1及Sp2各自獨立地表示單鍵、碳原子數1~12之伸烷基(alkylene group)或-O-(CH2)s-(式中,s表示1~11之整數,氧原子鍵結於芳香環。),U表示碳原子數2~20之直鏈或者分支多價伸烷基或碳原子數5~30之多價環狀取代基,多價伸烷基中之伸烷基可於氧原子不鄰接之範圍被氧原子取代,或被碳原子數5~20之烷基(基中之伸烷基可於氧原子不鄰接之範圍被氧原子取代。)或環狀取代基取代,k表示1~5之整數。式中所有的1,4-伸苯基其任意之氫原子可被取代為-CH3、-OCH3、氟原子或氰基。) (In the formula, X 1 and X 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and Sp 1 and Sp 2 each independently represent a single bond, an alkylene group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, or -O- ( CH 2 ) s- (where s represents an integer from 1 to 11, and an oxygen atom is bonded to an aromatic ring.), U represents a linear or branched polyvalent alkylene group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms or 5 carbon atoms Polyvalent cyclic substituents of ~ 30, the alkylenes in polyvalent alkylenes may be replaced by oxygen atoms in the range where the oxygen atoms are not adjacent, or by alkyl groups with 5-20 carbon atoms (the alkylene in the group) The group may be substituted by an oxygen atom in a range where the oxygen atoms are not adjacent.) Or a cyclic substituent, k represents an integer of 1 to 5. In all 1,4-phenylene groups, any hydrogen atom may be substituted as -CH 3 , -OCH 3 , a fluorine atom, or a cyano group.)

Figure TW201803973AD00002
Figure TW201803973AD00002

(式中,X3表示氫原子或甲基,Sp3表示單鍵、碳原子數1~12之伸烷基或-O-(CH2)t-(式中,t表示2~11之整數,氧原子鍵結於芳香環。),V表示碳原子數2~20之直鏈或者分支多價伸烷基或碳原子數5~30之多價環狀取代基,多價伸烷基中之伸烷基可於氧原子不鄰接之範圍被氧原子取代,或亦可被碳原子數5~20之烷基(基中之伸烷基可於氧原子不鄰接之範圍被氧原子取代。)或環狀取代基取代,W表示氫原子、鹵素原子或碳原子數1~15之烷基。式中所有的1,4-伸苯基其任意之氫原子可被取代成-CH3、-OCH3、氟原子或氰基。)。 (In the formula, X 3 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and Sp 3 represents a single bond, an alkylene group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, or -O- (CH 2 ) t- (wherein, t represents an integer from 2 to 11) The oxygen atom is bonded to the aromatic ring.), V represents a linear or branched polyvalent alkylene group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms or a polyvalent cyclic substituent group having 5 to 30 carbon atoms. The alkylene group may be substituted with an oxygen atom in a range where the oxygen atoms are not adjacent, or may be substituted with an alkyl group having 5 to 20 carbon atoms (the alkylene group in the group may be replaced with an oxygen atom in a range where the oxygen atoms are not adjacent. ) Or a cyclic substituent, W represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, or an alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms. All 1,4-phenylene groups in the formula may be substituted with any hydrogen atom -CH 3 , -OCH 3 , a fluorine atom or a cyano group.).

[8]如前述[7]記載之液晶顯示元件之製造方法,其使用Sp1及Sp2為相同之通式(V)表示之1種或2種以上的化合物,作為前述聚合性化合物。 [8] The method for producing a liquid crystal display device according to the above [7], wherein one or two or more compounds represented by the same general formula (V) as Sp 1 and Sp 2 are used as the polymerizable compound.

[9]如前述[7]或[8]記載之液晶顯示元件之製造方法,其使用Sp1及Sp2為相同之通式(V)表示之2種以上的化合物作為該聚合性化合物,其中該2種以上之化合物彼此的Sp1及Sp2不同。 [9] The method for producing a liquid crystal display element according to the above [7] or [8], wherein two or more compounds represented by the same general formula (V) as Sp 1 and Sp 2 are used as the polymerizable compound, wherein the two or more kinds of compounds each other Sp 1 and Sp 2 are different.

[10]如前述[1]至[9]中任一項記載之液晶顯示元件之製造方法,其使用下述通式(LC)表示之液晶化合物作為聚合性液晶組成物中之液晶化合物。 [10] The method for producing a liquid crystal display element according to any one of the above [1] to [9], which uses a liquid crystal compound represented by the following general formula (LC) as the liquid crystal compound in the polymerizable liquid crystal composition.

Figure TW201803973AD00003
Figure TW201803973AD00003

(通式(LC)中,RLC表示碳原子數1~15之烷基。該烷基中之1個或2個以上的CH2基可以氧原子不直接鄰接之方式被-O-、-CH=CH-、-CO-、-OCO-、-COO-或-C≡C-取代,該烷基中之1個或2個以上的氫原子可任意地被取代成鹵素原子。ALC1及ALC2各自獨立地表示選自由下述之基(a)、基(b)及基(c)組成之群中的基。 (In the general formula (LC), R LC represents an alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms. One or more CH 2 groups in the alkyl group may be -O-,- CH = CH-, -CO-, -OCO-, -COO-, or -C≡C- substitution, and one or more hydrogen atoms in the alkyl group may be optionally substituted with a halogen atom. A LC1 and A LC2 each independently represents a group selected from the group consisting of the following groups (a), (b), and (c).

(a)反式-1,4-伸環己基(存在於此基中之1個CH2基或未鄰接之2個以上的CH2基可被氧原子或硫原子取代。),(b)1,4-伸苯基(存在於此基中之1個CH基或未鄰接之2個以上的CH基可被氮原子取代。),(c)1,4-雙環(2.2.2)伸辛基、萘-2,6-二基、十氫萘-2,6-二基、1,2,3,4-四氫萘-2,6-二基或

Figure TW201803973AD00004
唍-2,6-二基。 (a) trans-1,4-cyclohexyl (one CH 2 group present in this group or two or more adjacent CH 2 groups may be substituted by an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom.), (b) 1,4-phenylene (one CH group present in this group or two or more non-adjacent CH groups may be substituted by a nitrogen atom.), (C) 1,4-bicyclic (2.2.2) phenylene Octyl, naphthalene-2,6-diyl, decahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl or
Figure TW201803973AD00004
唍 -2,6-diyl.

前述之基(a)、基(b)或基(c)所含之1個或2個以上的氫原子各自可被氟原子、氯原子、-CF3或-OCF3取代。 Each of the one or more hydrogen atoms contained in the aforementioned group (a), group (b) or group (c) may be substituted with a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, -CF 3 or -OCF 3 .

ZLC表示單鍵、-CH=CH-、-CF=CF-、-C≡C-、-CH2CH2-、 -(CH2)4-、-OCH2-、-CH2O-、-OCF2-、-CF2O-、-COO-或-OCO-。 Z LC represents a single bond, -CH = CH-, -CF = CF-, -C≡C-, -CH 2 CH 2 -,-(CH 2 ) 4- , -OCH 2- , -CH 2 O-, -OCF 2- , -CF 2 O-, -COO- or -OCO-.

YLC表示氫原子、氟原子、氯原子、氰基及碳原子數1~15之烷基。該烷基中之1個或2個以上的CH2基可以氧原子不直接鄰接之方式被-O-、-CH=CH-、-CO-、-OCO-、-COO-、-C≡C-、-CF2O-、-OCF2-取代,該烷基中之1個或2個以上的氫原子可任意地被鹵素原子取代。 Y LC represents a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a cyano group, and an alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms. One or more CH 2 groups in the alkyl group may be -O-, -CH = CH-, -CO-, -OCO-, -COO-, -C≡C in a manner that the oxygen atoms are not directly adjacent. -, -CF 2 O-, -OCF 2 -are substituted, and one or more hydrogen atoms in the alkyl group may be optionally substituted with a halogen atom.

a表示1~4之整數。當a表示2、3或4而於通式(LC)中存在複數個ALC1之情形時,複數個存在之ALC1可相同或亦可不同,當存在複數個ZLC之情形時,複數個存在之ZLC可相同或亦可不同。) a represents an integer from 1 to 4. When a represents 2, 3, or 4 and there is a plurality of A LC1 in the general formula (LC), the plurality of A LC1s may be the same or different, and when there are a plurality of Z LCs , the plurality The Z LCs present may be the same or different. )

[11]如前述[1]至[10]中任一項記載之液晶顯示元件之製造方法,其中,液晶顯示元件之單元結構為VA模式、IPS模式、FFS模式、VA-TN模式、TN模式或ECB模式。 [11] The method for manufacturing a liquid crystal display element according to any one of the above [1] to [10], wherein the unit structure of the liquid crystal display element is VA mode, IPS mode, FFS mode, VA-TN mode, TN mode Or ECB mode.

[12]一種液晶顯示元件,於夾持在至少一者具有電極之2片透明基板間的液晶組成物中含有聚合物或共聚物,該聚合物或共聚物之含量為該液晶組成物及該聚合物或共聚物之合計質量的0.5質量%以上且未達40質量%,該聚合物或共聚物形成聚合物網路,該聚合物網路具有單軸性之折射率異向性或易配向軸,且具有不同之2種以上的配向狀態。 [12] A liquid crystal display element comprising a polymer or a copolymer in a liquid crystal composition sandwiched between at least one transparent substrate having two electrodes, and the content of the polymer or copolymer is the liquid crystal composition and the The total mass of the polymer or copolymer is more than 0.5% by mass and less than 40% by mass. The polymer or copolymer forms a polymer network, and the polymer network has uniaxial refractive index anisotropy or easy alignment. Axis, and has two or more different orientation states.

[13]如前述[12]記載之液晶顯示元件,其具有下述之傾斜配向作為聚合物網路之不同之2種以上的配向狀態:相對於透明基板平面,在0度至30度之範圍的傾斜配向,及相對於透明基板平面,在80度至90度之範圍的傾斜配向。 [13] The liquid crystal display element according to the above [12], which has the following oblique alignment as two or more different alignment states of the polymer network: in the range of 0 to 30 degrees with respect to the plane of the transparent substrate Tilt alignment, and tilt alignment in the range of 80 degrees to 90 degrees relative to the plane of the transparent substrate.

[14]如前述[12]或[13]記載之液晶顯示元件,其具有可將液晶顯示元件之顯示像素內分割成複數個區域之形狀的電極,於取決電極形狀而被分割之一個區域內,具有下述之傾斜配向作為聚合物網路之不同之2種以上的配向狀態:相對於透明基板平面,在0度至30度之範圍的傾斜配向,且該傾斜配向之傾斜配向方位方向固定,及相對於透明基板平面,在80度至90度之範圍的傾斜配向,無施加電壓時之液晶組成物中的液晶分子配向具有垂直配向或平行配向。 [14] The liquid crystal display element according to the above [12] or [13], which has an electrode having a shape capable of dividing a display pixel of the liquid crystal display element into a plurality of regions, and the electrode is divided into one region depending on the shape of the electrode. , Has the following tilt alignment as two or more different alignment states of the polymer network: relative to the plane of the transparent substrate, the tilt alignment in the range of 0 to 30 degrees, and the tilt alignment of the tilt alignment is fixed in the azimuth direction And the inclined alignment in the range of 80 degrees to 90 degrees with respect to the plane of the transparent substrate, the liquid crystal molecule alignment in the liquid crystal composition when no voltage is applied has vertical alignment or parallel alignment.

[15]如前述[12]~[14]中任一項記載之液晶顯示元件,其配向成聚合物網路之光軸方向或易配向軸方向與液晶組成物中之液晶分子配向一致,具有下述之傾斜配向作為不同之2種以上的配向狀態:相對於透明基板平面,在0度至30度之範圍的傾斜配向,與相對於透明基板平面,在80度至90度的傾斜配向,於無施加電壓時,液晶組成物中之液晶分子相對於透明基板平面,具有0度~90度之預傾角。 [15] The liquid crystal display device according to any one of the above [12] to [14], wherein the optical axis direction or easy alignment axis direction of the polymer network is consistent with the alignment of the liquid crystal molecules in the liquid crystal composition, and has The following tilt alignments are two or more different alignment states: tilt alignment in the range of 0 to 30 degrees with respect to the plane of the transparent substrate, and tilt alignment in the range of 80 to 90 degrees with respect to the plane of the transparent substrate, When no voltage is applied, the liquid crystal molecules in the liquid crystal composition have a pretilt angle of 0 to 90 degrees relative to the plane of the transparent substrate.

[16]前述[12]~[15]中任一項記載之液晶顯示元件,其中,於單元剖面方向形成有至少為單元厚度之0.5%以上之厚度的聚合物網路層。 [16] The liquid crystal display element according to any one of the above [12] to [15], wherein a polymer network layer having a thickness of at least 0.5% or more of the cell thickness is formed in the cell cross-sectional direction.

[17]如前述[12]~[16]中任一項記載之液晶顯示元件,其使用選自由下述通式(V)及通式(VI)表示之化合物中的1種或2種以上之化合物作為聚合性液晶組成物中之聚合性化合物。 [17] The liquid crystal display element according to any one of the above [12] to [16], which uses one or two or more selected from the compounds represented by the following general formula (V) and general formula (VI) The compound is used as a polymerizable compound in the polymerizable liquid crystal composition.

Figure TW201803973AD00005
Figure TW201803973AD00005

(式中,X1及X2各自獨立地表示氫原子或甲基,Sp1及Sp2各自獨立地表示單鍵、碳原子數1~12之伸烷基或-O-(CH2)s-(式中,s表示1~11之整數,氧原子鍵結於芳香環。),U表示碳原子數2~20之直鏈或者分支多價伸烷基或碳原子數5~30之多價環狀取代基,多價伸烷基中之伸烷基可於氧原子不鄰接之範圍被氧原子取代,或被碳原子數5~20之烷基(基中之伸烷基可於氧原子不鄰接之範圍被氧原子取代。)或環狀取代基取代,k表示1~5之整數。式中所有的1,4-伸苯基其任意之氫原子可被取代為-CH3、-OCH3、氟原子或氰基。) (Wherein X 1 and X 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and Sp 1 and Sp 2 each independently represent a single bond, an alkylene group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, or -O- (CH 2 ) s -(In the formula, s represents an integer of 1 to 11, and an oxygen atom is bonded to an aromatic ring.), U represents a linear or branched polyvalent alkylene group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms or 5 to 30 carbon atoms Valent cyclic substituents, the alkylene group in the polyvalent alkylene group may be replaced by an oxygen atom in the range where the oxygen atoms are not adjacent, or the alkyl group having 5 to 20 carbon atoms (the alkylene group in the group may be an oxygen group The range where the atoms are not adjacent is substituted by an oxygen atom.) Or a cyclic substituent, k represents an integer of 1 to 5. All 1,4-phenylene groups in the formula may be substituted with any hydrogen atom -CH 3 , -OCH 3 , a fluorine atom, or a cyano group.)

Figure TW201803973AD00006
Figure TW201803973AD00006

(式中,X3表示氫原子或甲基,Sp3表示單鍵、碳原子數1~12之伸烷基或-O-(CH2)t-(式中,t表示2~11之整數,氧原子鍵結於芳香環。),V表示碳原子數2~20之直鏈或者分支多價伸烷基或碳原子數5~30之多價環狀取代基,多價伸烷基中之伸烷基可於氧原子不鄰接之範圍被氧原子取代,或被碳原子數5~20之烷基(基中之伸烷基可於氧原子不鄰接之範圍被氧原子取代。)或環狀取代基取代,W表示氫原子、鹵素原子或碳原子數1~15之烷基。式中所有的1,4-伸苯基其任意之氫原子可被取代為-CH3、-OCH3、氟原子或氰基。)。 (In the formula, X 3 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and Sp 3 represents a single bond, an alkylene group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, or -O- (CH 2 ) t- (wherein, t represents an integer from 2 to 11) The oxygen atom is bonded to the aromatic ring.), V represents a linear or branched polyvalent alkylene group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms or a polyvalent cyclic substituent group having 5 to 30 carbon atoms. The alkylene group may be replaced by an oxygen atom in a range where the oxygen atoms are not adjacent, or an alkyl group having 5 to 20 carbon atoms (the alkylene group in the group may be replaced by an oxygen atom in a range where the oxygen atoms are not adjacent.) Or Substituted by cyclic substituents, W represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, or an alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms. All 1,4-phenylene groups in the formula may be substituted with any of the hydrogen atoms -CH 3 and -OCH 3 , fluorine atom or cyano.).

[18]如前述[17]記載之液晶顯示元件,其使用Sp1及Sp2為相同之通式(V)表示之1種或2種以上的化合物,作為前述聚合性化合物。 [18] The liquid crystal display device according to the above [17], wherein one or two or more compounds represented by the same general formula (V) as Sp 1 and Sp 2 are used as the polymerizable compound.

[19]如前述[17]或[18]記載之液晶顯示元件,其使用Sp1及Sp2為相同之通式(V)表示之2種以上的化合物作為該聚合性化合物,其中該2種以上之化合物彼此的Sp1及Sp2不同。 [19] The liquid crystal display device according to the above [17] or [18], wherein two or more compounds represented by the same general formula (V) as Sp 1 and Sp 2 are used as the polymerizable compound, of which the two The above compounds differ from each other in Sp 1 and Sp 2 .

[20]如前述[11]~[19]中任一項記載之液晶顯示元件,其使用下述通式(LC)表示之液晶化合物作為聚合性液晶組成物中之液晶化合物。 [20] The liquid crystal display element according to any one of the above [11] to [19], which uses a liquid crystal compound represented by the following general formula (LC) as a liquid crystal compound in a polymerizable liquid crystal composition.

Figure TW201803973AD00007
Figure TW201803973AD00007

(通式(LC)中,RLC表示碳原子數1~15之烷基。該烷基中之1個或2個以上的CH2基可以氧原子不直接鄰接之方式被-O-、-CH=CH-、-CO-、-OCO-、-COO-或-C≡C-取代,該烷基中之1個或2個以上的氫原子可任意地被取代成鹵素原子。ALC1及ALC2各自獨立地表示選自由下述之基(a)、基(b)及基(c)組成之群中的基。 (In the general formula (LC), R LC represents an alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms. One or more CH 2 groups in the alkyl group may be -O-,- CH = CH-, -CO-, -OCO-, -COO-, or -C≡C- substitution, and one or more hydrogen atoms in the alkyl group may be optionally substituted with a halogen atom. A LC1 and A LC2 each independently represents a group selected from the group consisting of the following groups (a), (b), and (c).

(a)反式-1,4-伸環己基(存在於此基中之1個CH2基或未鄰接之2個以上的CH2基可被氧原子或硫原子取代。),(b)1,4-伸苯基(存在於此基中之1個CH基或未鄰接之2個以上的CH基可被氮原子取代。),(c)1,4-雙環(2.2.2)伸辛基、萘-2,6-二基、十氫萘-2,6-二基、1,2,3,4-四氫萘-2,6-二基或

Figure TW201803973AD00008
唍-2,6-二基。 (a) trans-1,4-cyclohexyl (one CH 2 group present in this group or two or more adjacent CH 2 groups may be substituted by an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom.), (b) 1,4-phenylene (one CH group present in this group or two or more non-adjacent CH groups may be substituted by a nitrogen atom.), (C) 1,4-bicyclic (2.2.2) phenylene Octyl, naphthalene-2,6-diyl, decahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl or
Figure TW201803973AD00008
唍 -2,6-diyl.

前述之基(a)、基(b)或基(c)所含之1個或2個以上的氫原子各自可被氟原子、氯原子、-CF3或-OCF3取代。 Each of the one or more hydrogen atoms contained in the aforementioned group (a), group (b) or group (c) may be substituted with a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, -CF 3 or -OCF 3 .

ZLC表示單鍵、-CH=CH-、-CF=CF-、-C≡C-、-CH2CH2-、 -(CH2)4-、-OCH2-、-CH2O-、-OCF2-、-CF2O-、-COO-或-OCO-。 Z LC represents a single bond, -CH = CH-, -CF = CF-, -C≡C-, -CH 2 CH 2 -,-(CH 2 ) 4- , -OCH 2- , -CH 2 O-, -OCF 2- , -CF 2 O-, -COO- or -OCO-.

YLC表示氫原子、氟原子、氯原子、氰基及碳原子數1~15之烷基。該烷基中之1個或2個以上的CH2基可以氧原子不直接鄰接之方式被-O-、-CH=CH-、-CO-、-OCO-、-COO-、-C≡C-、-CF2O-、-OCF2-取代,該烷基中之1個或2個以上的氫原子可任意地被鹵素原子取代。 Y LC represents a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a cyano group, and an alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms. One or more CH 2 groups in the alkyl group may be -O-, -CH = CH-, -CO-, -OCO-, -COO-, -C≡C in a manner that the oxygen atoms are not directly adjacent. -, -CF 2 O-, -OCF 2 -are substituted, and one or more hydrogen atoms in the alkyl group may be optionally substituted with a halogen atom.

a表示1~4之整數。當a表示2、3或4而於通式(LC)中存在複數個ALC1之情形時,複數個存在之ALC1可相同或亦可不同,當存在複數個ZLC之情形時,複數個存在之ZLC可相同或亦可不同。) a represents an integer from 1 to 4. When a represents 2, 3, or 4 and there is a plurality of A LC1 in the general formula (LC), the plurality of A LC1s may be the same or different, and when there are a plurality of Z LCs , the plurality The Z LCs present may be the same or different. )

[21]如前述[12]~[20]中任一項記載之液晶顯示元件,其中,單元結構為VA模式、IPS模式、FFS模式、VA-TN模式、TN模式或ECB模式。 [21] The liquid crystal display element according to any one of [12] to [20], wherein the cell structure is a VA mode, an IPS mode, an FFS mode, a VA-TN mode, a TN mode, or an ECB mode.

若根據本發明,則可抑制驅動電壓上升,抑制雙折射率降低,改善透射率,且同時改善液晶之下降時間,藉此而提供一種高透射率且高速應答性優異之液晶顯示元件。 According to the present invention, it is possible to suppress a rise in driving voltage, suppress a decrease in birefringence, improve transmittance, and at the same time improve a fall time of a liquid crystal, thereby providing a liquid crystal display element having high transmittance and excellent high-speed response.

1‧‧‧偏光板 1‧‧‧ polarizing plate

2‧‧‧第一透明絕緣基板 2‧‧‧ the first transparent insulating substrate

3‧‧‧電極層 3‧‧‧ electrode layer

4‧‧‧配向膜 4‧‧‧alignment film

4a‧‧‧配向方向 4a‧‧‧Alignment direction

5‧‧‧液晶層 5‧‧‧LCD layer

5a‧‧‧無施加電壓時之液晶分子 5a‧‧‧ Liquid crystal molecules when no voltage is applied

5b‧‧‧施加電壓時之液晶分子 5b‧‧‧ Liquid crystal molecules when voltage is applied

6‧‧‧濾色器 6‧‧‧ color filter

7‧‧‧第二透明絕緣基板 7‧‧‧Second transparent insulating substrate

8‧‧‧偏光板 8‧‧‧ polarizing plate

9‧‧‧連續或不連續之聚合物網路 9‧‧‧ continuous or discontinuous polymer network

10‧‧‧液晶顯示元件 10‧‧‧ Liquid crystal display element

11‧‧‧閘極電極 11‧‧‧Gate electrode

12‧‧‧閘極絕緣層 12‧‧‧Gate insulation

13‧‧‧半導體層 13‧‧‧Semiconductor layer

14‧‧‧保護層 14‧‧‧ protective layer

15‧‧‧歐姆接觸層 15‧‧‧ohm contact layer

16‧‧‧汲極電極 16‧‧‧ Drain electrode

17‧‧‧源極電極 17‧‧‧Source electrode

18‧‧‧絕緣保護層 18‧‧‧Insulation protective layer

21‧‧‧像素電極 21‧‧‧pixel electrode

22‧‧‧共用電極 22‧‧‧Common electrode

23‧‧‧儲存電容器 23‧‧‧Storage capacitor

24‧‧‧閘極配線 24‧‧‧Gate wiring

25‧‧‧資料配線 25‧‧‧Data Wiring

26‧‧‧汲極電極 26‧‧‧ Drain electrode

27‧‧‧源極電極 27‧‧‧Source electrode

28‧‧‧閘極電極 28‧‧‧Gate electrode

29‧‧‧共用線 29‧‧‧ shared line

100‧‧‧偏光板 100‧‧‧ polarizing plate

110‧‧‧閘極電極 110‧‧‧Gate electrode

120‧‧‧閘極絕緣層 120‧‧‧Gate insulation

130‧‧‧半導體層 130‧‧‧Semiconductor layer

140‧‧‧保護層 140‧‧‧ protective layer

160‧‧‧汲極電極 160‧‧‧ Drain electrode

190b‧‧‧有機絕緣膜 190b‧‧‧Organic insulating film

200‧‧‧第一基板 200‧‧‧ the first substrate

210‧‧‧像素電極 210‧‧‧pixel electrode

220‧‧‧儲存電容器 220‧‧‧Storage capacitor

230‧‧‧汲極電極 230‧‧‧ Drain electrode

240‧‧‧資料配線 240‧‧‧Data Wiring

250‧‧‧閘極配線 250‧‧‧Gate wiring

260‧‧‧源極電極 260‧‧‧Source electrode

270‧‧‧閘極電極 270‧‧‧Gate electrode

300‧‧‧薄膜電晶體層 300‧‧‧ thin film transistor layer

400‧‧‧配向膜 400‧‧‧Alignment film

500‧‧‧液晶層 500‧‧‧LCD layer

510‧‧‧液晶顯示裝置 510‧‧‧LCD display device

512‧‧‧像素電極 512‧‧‧pixel electrode

512a‧‧‧像素幹部電極 512a‧‧‧Pixel Stem Electrode

512b‧‧‧像素枝部電極 512b‧‧‧pixel branch electrode

512c‧‧‧像素狹縫 512c‧‧‧pixel slit

516‧‧‧掃瞄配線 516‧‧‧scanning wiring

517‧‧‧訊號配線 517‧‧‧Signal wiring

600‧‧‧共用電極 600‧‧‧ common electrode

700‧‧‧濾色器 700‧‧‧ color filter

800‧‧‧第二基板 800‧‧‧ second substrate

900‧‧‧偏光板 900‧‧‧ polarizing plate

1000‧‧‧液晶顯示元件 1000‧‧‧LCD display element

1400‧‧‧透明電極(層) 1400‧‧‧Transparent electrode (layer)

PX‧‧‧像素 PX‧‧‧pixel

PE‧‧‧像素電極 PE‧‧‧Pixel electrode

PA‧‧‧主像素電極 PA‧‧‧Main pixel electrode

PB‧‧‧副像素電極 PB‧‧‧ secondary pixel electrode

CE‧‧‧共用電極 CE‧‧‧Common electrode

CA‧‧‧主共用電極 CA‧‧‧Main common electrode

CAL‧‧‧左側主共用電極 CAL‧‧‧Left main common electrode

CAR‧‧‧右側主共用電極 CAR‧‧‧ Right main common electrode

CB‧‧‧副共用電極 CB‧‧‧ Deputy common electrode

CBU‧‧‧上側副共用電極 CBU‧‧‧ Upper common electrode

CBB‧‧‧下側副共用電極 CBB‧‧‧ Underside common electrode

圖1為本發明之液晶顯示元件的示意圖。 FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a liquid crystal display element of the present invention.

圖1為圖1之部分放大圖。 FIG. 1 is an enlarged view of a part of FIG. 1.

圖2為本發明之液晶顯示元件的剖面圖。 FIG. 2 is a cross-sectional view of a liquid crystal display element of the present invention.

圖3為圖1之部分放大圖。 FIG. 3 is an enlarged view of a part of FIG. 1.

圖4為本發明之液晶顯示元件的剖面圖。 FIG. 4 is a cross-sectional view of a liquid crystal display element of the present invention.

圖5為本發明之液晶顯示元件的示意圖。 FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of a liquid crystal display device according to the present invention.

圖6為圖6之部分放大圖。 FIG. 6 is an enlarged view of a part of FIG. 6.

圖7為本發明之液晶顯示元件的剖面圖。 FIG. 7 is a cross-sectional view of a liquid crystal display element of the present invention.

圖9為實施例1之偏光顯微鏡照片。 FIG. 9 is a polarizing microscope photograph of Example 1. FIG.

圖10為比較例2之偏光顯微鏡照片。 FIG. 10 is a polarizing microscope photograph of Comparative Example 2. FIG.

圖11為表示本發明之斜向電場方式液晶顯示裝置的電極結構及液晶分子排列之示意圖。 FIG. 11 is a schematic diagram showing an electrode structure and an arrangement of liquid crystal molecules of the oblique electric field type liquid crystal display device of the present invention.

圖12為表示本發明之分割成8個部分之斜向電場方式液晶顯示裝置的電極結構之示意圖。 FIG. 12 is a schematic diagram showing an electrode structure of an oblique electric field type liquid crystal display device divided into eight parts according to the present invention.

圖13為實施例之魚骨型VA液晶單元的電極結構之示意圖。 FIG. 13 is a schematic diagram of an electrode structure of a fish-bone type VA liquid crystal cell according to an embodiment.

<液晶組成物> <Liquid crystal composition>

[液晶化合物] [Liquid crystal compound]

作為使用於本發明之液晶組成物,較佳含有通式(LC)表示之液晶化合物。 The liquid crystal composition used in the present invention preferably contains a liquid crystal compound represented by the general formula (LC).

Figure TW201803973AD00009
Figure TW201803973AD00009

通式(LC)中,RLC表示碳原子數1~15之烷基。該烷基中之1個或2個以上的CH2基可以氧原子不直接鄰接之方式被-O-、-CH=CH-、-CO-、-OCO-、-COO-或-C≡C-取代,該烷基中之1個或2個以上的氫原子可任意地被取代成鹵素原子。RLC之烷基各自可為支 鏈狀基,或亦可為直鏈狀基,較佳為直鏈狀基。 In the general formula (LC), R LC represents an alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms. One or more CH 2 groups in the alkyl group may be -O-, -CH = CH-, -CO-, -OCO-, -COO-, or -C≡C in such a manner that the oxygen atoms are not directly adjacent. -Substitution. One or two or more hydrogen atoms in the alkyl group may be optionally substituted with a halogen atom. Each of the alkyl groups of R LC may be a branched group, or may be a linear group, and is preferably a linear group.

通式(LC)中,ALC1及ALC2各自獨立地表示選自由下述之基(a)、基(b)及基(c)組成之群中的基。 In the general formula (LC), A LC1 and A LC2 each independently represent a group selected from the group consisting of the following groups (a), (b), and (c).

(a)反式-1,4-伸環己基(存在於此基中之1個CH2基或未鄰接之2個以上的CH2基可被氧原子或硫原子取代。),(b)1,4-伸苯基(存在於此基中之1個CH基或未鄰接之2個以上的CH基可被氮原子取代。),(c)1,4-雙環(2.2.2)伸辛基、萘-2,6-二基、十氫萘-2,6-二基、1,2,3,4-四氫萘-2,6-二基或

Figure TW201803973AD00010
唍-2,6-二基。 (a) trans-1,4-cyclohexyl (one CH 2 group present in this group or two or more adjacent CH 2 groups may be substituted by an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom.), (b) 1,4-phenylene (one CH group present in this group or two or more non-adjacent CH groups may be substituted by a nitrogen atom.), (C) 1,4-bicyclic (2.2.2) phenylene Octyl, naphthalene-2,6-diyl, decahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl or
Figure TW201803973AD00010
唍 -2,6-diyl.

前述之基(a)、基(b)或基(c)所含之1個或2個以上的氫原子各自可被氟原子、氯原子、-CF3或-OCF3取代。 Each of the one or more hydrogen atoms contained in the aforementioned group (a), group (b) or group (c) may be substituted with a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, -CF 3 or -OCF 3 .

通式(LC)中,ZLC表示單鍵、-CH=CH-、-CF=CF-、-C≡C-、-CH2CH2-、-(CH2)4-、-OCH2-、-CH2O-、-OCF2-、-CF2O-、-COO-或-OCO-。 In the general formula (LC), Z LC represents a single bond, -CH = CH-, -CF = CF-, -C≡C-, -CH 2 CH 2 -,-(CH 2 ) 4- , -OCH 2- , -CH 2 O-, -OCF 2- , -CF 2 O-, -COO- or -OCO-.

通式(LC)中,YLC表示氫原子、氟原子、氯原子、氰基及碳原子數1~15之烷基。該烷基中之1個或2個以上的CH2基可以氧原子不直接鄰接之方式被-O-、-CH=CH-、-CO-、-OCO-、-COO-、-C≡C-、-CF2O-、-OCF2-取代,該烷基中之1個或2個以上的氫原子可任意地被鹵素原子取代。 In the general formula (LC), Y LC represents a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a cyano group, and an alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms. One or more CH 2 groups in the alkyl group may be -O-, -CH = CH-, -CO-, -OCO-, -COO-, -C≡C in a manner that the oxygen atoms are not directly adjacent. -, -CF 2 O-, -OCF 2 -are substituted, and one or more hydrogen atoms in the alkyl group may be optionally substituted with a halogen atom.

通式(LC)中,a表示1~4之整數。當a表示2、3或4而於通式(LC)中存在複數個ALC1之情形時,複數個存在之ALC1可相同或亦可不同,當存在複數個ZLC之情形時,複數個存在之ZLC可相同或亦可不同。 In General Formula (LC), a represents an integer of 1 to 4. When a represents 2, 3, or 4 and there is a plurality of A LC1 in the general formula (LC), the plurality of A LC1s may be the same or different, and when there are a plurality of Z LCs , the plurality The Z LCs present may be the same or different.

前述通式(LC)表示之化合物較佳為選自下述通式(LC1)及通式(LC2)表示之化合物群中的1種或2種以上之化合物。 The compound represented by the general formula (LC) is preferably one or more compounds selected from the group of compounds represented by the following general formula (LC1) and general formula (LC2).

Figure TW201803973AD00011
Figure TW201803973AD00011

Figure TW201803973AD00012
Figure TW201803973AD00012

通式(LC1)或(LC2)中,RLC11及RLC21各自獨立地表示碳原子數1~15之烷基,該烷基中之1個或2個以上的CH2基可以氧原子不直接鄰接之方式被-O-、-CH=CH-、-CO-、-OCO-、-COO-或-C≡C-取代,該烷基中之1個或2個以上的氫原子可任意地被鹵素原子取代。作為通式(LC1)或(LC2)表示之化合物,RLC11及RLC21較佳各自獨立地為碳原子數1~7之烷基、碳原子數1~7之烷氧基、碳原子數2~7之烯基,更佳為碳原子數1~5之烷基、碳原子數1~5之烷氧基、碳原子數2~5之烯基,再更佳為直鏈狀,作為烯基,最佳表示下述結構。 In the general formula (LC1) or (LC2), R LC11 and R LC21 each independently represent an alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms, and one or more CH 2 groups in the alkyl group may not have an oxygen atom directly. Adjacent way is replaced by -O-, -CH = CH-, -CO-, -OCO-, -COO-, or -C≡C-, and one or more hydrogen atoms in the alkyl group can be arbitrarily Substituted by a halogen atom. As the compound represented by the general formula (LC1) or (LC2), R LC11 and R LC21 are preferably each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 7 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 7 carbon atoms, and 2 carbon atoms. Alkenyl groups of ~ 7 are more preferably alkyl groups having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, alkoxy groups having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, alkenyl groups having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and even more preferably straight-chain. The base preferably represents the following structure.

Figure TW201803973AD00013
Figure TW201803973AD00013

(式中,右端鍵結於環結構。) (In the formula, the right end is bonded to the ring structure.)

通式(LC1)或(LC2)中,ALC11及ALC21各自獨立地表示下述任一結構。該結構中,伸環己基中之1個或2個以上的CH2基可被氧原子 取代,1,4-伸苯基中之1個或2個以上的CH基可被氮原子取代,又,該結構中之1個或2個以上的氫原子可被氟原子、氯原子、-CF3或-OCF3取代。 In general formula (LC1) or (LC2), A LC11 and A LC21 each independently represent any one of the following structures. In this structure, one or more CH 2 groups in a cyclohexyl group may be substituted with an oxygen atom, and one or more CH groups in a 1,4-phenylene group may be substituted with a nitrogen atom. In this structure, one or more hydrogen atoms may be substituted by a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, -CF 3 or -OCF 3 .

Figure TW201803973AD00014
Figure TW201803973AD00014

作為通式(LC1)或(LC2)表示之化合物,ALC11及ALC21較佳各自獨立地為下述之任一結構。 As a compound represented by general formula (LC1) or (LC2), it is preferable that A LC11 and A LC21 each independently have any one of the following structures.

Figure TW201803973AD00015
Figure TW201803973AD00015

通式(LC1)或(LC2)中,XLC11、XLC12、XLC21~XLC23各自獨立地表示氫原子、氯原子、氟原子、-CF3或-OCF3,YLC11及YLC21各自獨立地表示氫原子、氯原子、氟原子、氰基、-CF3、-OCH2F、-OCHF2或-OCF3。作為通式(LC1)或(LC2)表示之化合物,YLC11及YLC21較佳各自獨立地為氟原子、氰基、-CF3或-OCF3,更佳為氟原子或-OCF3,尤佳為氟原子。 In the general formula (LC1) or (LC2), X LC11 , X LC12 , X LC21 to X LC23 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a chlorine atom, a fluorine atom, -CF 3 or -OCF 3 , and Y LC11 and Y LC21 are each independently Ground means a hydrogen atom, a chlorine atom, a fluorine atom, a cyano group, -CF 3 , -OCH 2 F, -OCHF 2 or -OCF 3 . As the compound represented by the general formula (LC1) or (LC2), Y LC11 and Y LC21 are preferably each independently a fluorine atom, a cyano group, -CF 3 or -OCF 3 , more preferably a fluorine atom or -OCF 3 , especially It is preferably a fluorine atom.

通式(LC1)或(LC2)中,ZLC11及ZLC21各自獨立地表示單鍵、-CH=CH-、-CF=CF-、-C≡C-、-CH2CH2-、-(CH2)4-、-OCH2-、-CH2O-、-OCF2-、-CF2O-、-COO-或-OCO-。作為 通式(LC1)或(LC2)表示之化合物,ZLC11及ZLC21較佳各自獨立地為單鍵、-CH2CH2-、-COO-、-OCO-、-OCH2-、-CH2O-、-OCF2-或-CF2O-,更佳為單鍵、-CH2CH2-、-OCH2-、-OCF2-或-CF2O-,再更佳為單鍵、-OCH2-或-CF2O-。 In the general formula (LC1) or (LC2), Z LC11 and Z LC21 each independently represent a single bond, -CH = CH-, -CF = CF-, -C≡C-, -CH 2 CH 2 -,-( CH 2 ) 4- , -OCH 2- , -CH 2 O-, -OCF 2- , -CF 2 O-, -COO-, or -OCO-. As the compounds represented by the general formula (LC1) or (LC2), Z LC11 and Z LC21 are preferably each independently a single bond, -CH 2 CH 2- , -COO-, -OCO-, -OCH 2- , -CH 2 O-, -OCF 2 -or -CF 2 O-, more preferably a single bond, -CH 2 CH 2- , -OCH 2- , -OCF 2 -or -CF 2 O-, even more preferably a single bond , -OCH 2 -or -CF 2 O-.

通式(LC1)或(LC2)中,mLC11及mLC21各自獨立地表示1~4之整數。作為通式(LC1)或(LC2)表示之化合物,mLC11及mLC21較佳各自獨立地為1、2或3,當重視於低溫之保存穩定性、應答速度的情形時,更佳為1或2,當改善向列相上限溫度之上限值的情形時,再更佳為2或3。當於通式(LC1)或(LC2)存在複數個ALC11、ALC21、ZLC11及ZLC21之情形時,該等可相同或亦可不同。 In general formula (LC1) or (LC2), m LC11 and m LC21 each independently represent an integer of 1 to 4. As the compound represented by the general formula (LC1) or (LC2), m LC11 and m LC21 are each preferably independently 1, 2, or 3, and when attention is paid to low-temperature storage stability and response speed, 1 is more preferred. Or 2, when the case of the upper limit temperature of the nematic phase upper limit is improved, it is more preferably 2 or 3. When there are a plurality of A LC11 , A LC21 , Z LC11, and Z LC21 in the general formula (LC1) or (LC2), these may be the same or different.

作為通式(LC1)表示之化合物,較佳為選自由下述通式(LC1-a)至通式(LC1-c)表示之化合物組成之群中的1種或2種以上之化合物。 The compound represented by the general formula (LC1) is preferably one or two or more compounds selected from the group consisting of compounds represented by the following general formula (LC1-a) to the general formula (LC1-c).

Figure TW201803973AD00016
Figure TW201803973AD00016

Figure TW201803973AD00017
Figure TW201803973AD00017

Figure TW201803973AD00018
Figure TW201803973AD00018

通式(LC1-a)~(LC1-c)中,RLC11、YLC11、XLC11及XLC12各自獨立地表示與前述通式(LC1)中之RLC11、YLC11、XLC11及XLC12相同的意義。作為通式(LC1-a)至通式(LC1-c)表示之化合物,RLC11較佳各自獨立地為碳原子數1~7之烷基、碳原子數1~7之烷氧基、碳原子數2~7之烯基,更佳為碳原子數1~5之烷基、碳原子數1~5之烷氧基、碳原子數2~5之烯基。又,XLC11及XLC12較佳各自獨立地為氫原子或氟原子,YLC11較佳各自獨立地為氟原子、-CF3或-OCF3In the general formulae (LC1-a) to (LC1-c), R LC11 , Y LC11 , X LC11, and X LC12 each independently represent R LC11 , Y LC11 , X LC11, and X LC12 in the general formula (LC1). The same meaning. As the compounds represented by the general formula (LC1-a) to (LC1-c), R LC11 is preferably each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 7 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 7 carbon atoms, and carbon. The alkenyl group having 2 to 7 atoms is more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, and an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms. X LC11 and X LC12 are preferably each independently a hydrogen atom or a fluorine atom, and Y LC11 is preferably each independently a fluorine atom, -CF 3 or -OCF 3 .

通式(LC1-a)~(LC1-c)中,ALC1a1、ALC1a2及ALC1b1表示反式-1,4-伸環己基、四氫哌喃-2,5-二基、1,3-二

Figure TW201803973AD00019
烷-2,5-二基。又,通式(LC1-a)~(LC1-c)中,XLC1b1、XLC1b2、XLC1c1~XLC1c4各自獨立地表示氫原子、氯原子、氟原子、-CF3或-OCF3。作為通式(LC1-a)至通式(LC1-c)表示之化合物,XLC1b1、XLC1b2、XLC1c1~XLC1c4較佳各自獨立地為氫原子或氟原子。 In the general formulae (LC1-a) to (LC1-c), A LC1a1 , A LC1a2, and A LC1b1 represent trans-1,4-cyclohexyl, tetrahydropiperan-2,5-diyl, 1,3 -two
Figure TW201803973AD00019
Alkan-2,5-diyl. In the general formulae (LC1-a) to (LC1-c), X LC1b1 , X LC1b2 , and X LC1c1 to X LC1c4 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a chlorine atom, a fluorine atom, -CF 3 or -OCF 3 . As the compounds represented by the general formula (LC1-a) to the general formula (LC1-c), X LC1b1 , X LC1b2 , and X LC1c1 to X LC1c4 are preferably each independently a hydrogen atom or a fluorine atom.

又,通式(LC1)亦較佳為選自由下述通式(LC1-d)至通式(LC1-p)表示之化合物組成之群中的1種或2種以上之化合物。 The general formula (LC1) is also preferably one or two or more compounds selected from the group consisting of compounds represented by the following general formula (LC1-d) to general formula (LC1-p).

Figure TW201803973AD00020
Figure TW201803973AD00020

Figure TW201803973AD00021
Figure TW201803973AD00021

Figure TW201803973AD00022
Figure TW201803973AD00022

Figure TW201803973AD00023
Figure TW201803973AD00023

Figure TW201803973AD00024
Figure TW201803973AD00024

Figure TW201803973AD00025
Figure TW201803973AD00025

Figure TW201803973AD00026
Figure TW201803973AD00026

Figure TW201803973AD00027
Figure TW201803973AD00027

Figure TW201803973AD00028
Figure TW201803973AD00028

Figure TW201803973AD00029
Figure TW201803973AD00029

Figure TW201803973AD00030
Figure TW201803973AD00030

Figure TW201803973AD00031
Figure TW201803973AD00031

Figure TW201803973AD00032
Figure TW201803973AD00032

通式(LC1-d)~(LC1-p)中,RLC11、YLC11、XLC11及XLC12各自獨立地表示與前述通式(LC1)中之RLC11、YLC11、XLC11及XLC12相同的意義。作為通式(LC1-d)~(LC1-p)表示之化合物,RLC11較佳各自獨立地為碳原子數1~7之烷基、碳原子數1~7之烷氧基、碳原子數2~7之烯基,更佳為碳原子數1~5之烷基、碳原子數1~5之烷氧基、碳原子數2~5之烯基。又,XLC11及XLC12較佳各自獨立地為氫原子或氟原子。YLC11較佳各自獨立地為氟原子、-CF3或-OCF3Formula (LC1-d) ~ (LC1 -p) of, R LC11, Y LC11, X LC11 and X LC12 each independently represents the aforementioned general formula (LC1) in the R LC11, Y LC11, X LC11 and X LC12 The same meaning. As the compounds represented by the general formulae (LC1-d) to (LC1-p), R LC11 is preferably each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 7 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 7 carbon atoms, and carbon atoms. Alkenyl groups of 2 to 7 are more preferably alkyl groups having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, alkoxy groups having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, and alkenyl groups having 2 to 5 carbon atoms. X LC11 and X LC12 are each preferably a hydrogen atom or a fluorine atom. Y LC11 is preferably each independently a fluorine atom, -CF 3 or -OCF 3 .

通式(LC1-d)~(LC1-p)中,ALC1d1、ALC1f1、ALC1g1、ALC1j1、ALC1k1、ALC1k2、ALC1m1~ALC1m3各自獨立地表示1,4-伸苯基、反式-1,4-伸環己基、四氫哌喃-2,5-二基或1,3-二

Figure TW201803973AD00033
烷-2,5-二基。 In the general formulae (LC1-d) to (LC1-p), A LC1d1 , A LC1f1 , A LC1g1 , A LC1j1 , A LC1k1 , A LC1k2 , A LC1m1 to A LC1m3 each independently represent 1,4-phenylene, Trans-1,4-cyclohexyl, tetrahydropiperan-2,5-diyl, or 1,3-di
Figure TW201803973AD00033
Alkan-2,5-diyl.

通式(LC1-d)~(LC1-p)中,XLC1d1、XLC1d2、XLC1f1、XLC1f2、XLC1g1、XLC1g2、XLC1h1、XLC1h2、XLC1i1、XLC1i2、XLC1j1~XLC1j4、XLC1k1、XLC1k2、XLC1m1及XLC1m2各自獨立地表示氫原子、氯原子、氟原子、-CF3或-OCF3。作為通式(LC1-d)~(LC1-m)表示之化合物,XLC1d1~XLC1m2較佳各自獨立地為氫原子或氟原子。 In the general formulae (LC1-d) to (LC1-p), X LC1d1 , X LC1d2 , X LC1f1 , X LC1f2 , X LC1g1 , X LC1g2 , X LC1h1 , X LC1h2 , X LC1i1 , X LC1i2 , X LC1j1 to X LC1j4 , X LC1k1, X LC1k2, X LC1m1 and X LC1m2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a chlorine atom, a fluorine atom, -CF 3 or -OCF 3. As the compounds represented by the general formulae (LC1-d) to (LC1-m), X LC1d1 to X LC1m2 are preferably each independently a hydrogen atom or a fluorine atom.

通式(LC1-d)~(LC1-p)中,ZLC1d1、ZLC1e1、ZLC1j1、ZLC1k1、ZLC1m1各自獨立地表示單鍵、-CH=CH-、-CF=CF-、-C≡C-、-CH2CH2-、-(CH2)4-、-OCH2-、-CH2O-、-OCF2-、-CF2O-、-COO-或-OCO-。作為通式(LC1-d)~(LC1-p)表示之化合物,ZLC1d1~ZLC1m1較佳各自獨立地為單鍵、-CH2CH2-、-(CH2)4-、-CF2O-或-OCH2-。 In the general formulae (LC1-d) to (LC1-p), Z LC1d1 , Z LC1e1 , Z LC1j1 , Z LC1k1 , and Z LC1m1 each independently represent a single bond, -CH = CH-, -CF = CF-, -C ≡C-, -CH 2 CH 2 -,-(CH 2 ) 4- , -OCH 2- , -CH 2 O-, -OCF 2- , -CF 2 O-, -COO-, or -OCO-. As the compounds represented by the general formulae (LC1-d) to (LC1-p), Z LC1d1 to Z LC1m1 are preferably each independently a single bond, -CH 2 CH 2 -,-(CH 2 ) 4- , -CF 2 O- or -OCH 2- .

作為通式(LC1-d)~(LC1-p)表示之化合物,較佳為選自由下述通式(LC1-1)至通式(LC1-45)表示之化合物組成之群中的1種或2種以上之化合物。通式(LC1-1)至通式(LC1-45)中,RLC11各自獨立地表示碳原子數1~7之烷基。 The compound represented by the general formulae (LC1-d) to (LC1-p) is preferably one selected from the group consisting of compounds represented by the following general formulae (LC1-1) to (LC1-45) Or two or more compounds. In the general formulae (LC1-1) to (LC1-45), R LC11 each independently represents an alkyl group having 1 to 7 carbon atoms.

Figure TW201803973AD00034
Figure TW201803973AD00034

Figure TW201803973AD00035
Figure TW201803973AD00035

Figure TW201803973AD00036
Figure TW201803973AD00036

Figure TW201803973AD00037
Figure TW201803973AD00037

Figure TW201803973AD00038
Figure TW201803973AD00038

Figure TW201803973AD00039
Figure TW201803973AD00039

Figure TW201803973AD00040
Figure TW201803973AD00040

Figure TW201803973AD00041
Figure TW201803973AD00041

Figure TW201803973AD00042
Figure TW201803973AD00042

Figure TW201803973AD00043
Figure TW201803973AD00043

Figure TW201803973AD00044
Figure TW201803973AD00044

Figure TW201803973AD00045
Figure TW201803973AD00045

Figure TW201803973AD00046
Figure TW201803973AD00046

Figure TW201803973AD00047
Figure TW201803973AD00047

Figure TW201803973AD00048
Figure TW201803973AD00048

Figure TW201803973AD00049
Figure TW201803973AD00049

Figure TW201803973AD00050
Figure TW201803973AD00050

Figure TW201803973AD00051
Figure TW201803973AD00051

Figure TW201803973AD00052
Figure TW201803973AD00052

Figure TW201803973AD00053
Figure TW201803973AD00053

Figure TW201803973AD00054
Figure TW201803973AD00054

Figure TW201803973AD00055
Figure TW201803973AD00055

Figure TW201803973AD00056
Figure TW201803973AD00056

Figure TW201803973AD00057
Figure TW201803973AD00057

Figure TW201803973AD00058
Figure TW201803973AD00058

Figure TW201803973AD00059
Figure TW201803973AD00059

Figure TW201803973AD00060
Figure TW201803973AD00060

Figure TW201803973AD00061
Figure TW201803973AD00061

Figure TW201803973AD00062
Figure TW201803973AD00062

Figure TW201803973AD00063
Figure TW201803973AD00063

Figure TW201803973AD00064
Figure TW201803973AD00064

Figure TW201803973AD00065
Figure TW201803973AD00065

Figure TW201803973AD00066
Figure TW201803973AD00066

Figure TW201803973AD00067
Figure TW201803973AD00067

Figure TW201803973AD00068
Figure TW201803973AD00068

Figure TW201803973AD00069
Figure TW201803973AD00069

Figure TW201803973AD00070
Figure TW201803973AD00070

Figure TW201803973AD00071
Figure TW201803973AD00071

Figure TW201803973AD00072
Figure TW201803973AD00072

Figure TW201803973AD00073
Figure TW201803973AD00073

Figure TW201803973AD00074
Figure TW201803973AD00074

Figure TW201803973AD00075
Figure TW201803973AD00075

Figure TW201803973AD00076
Figure TW201803973AD00076

Figure TW201803973AD00077
Figure TW201803973AD00077

Figure TW201803973AD00078
Figure TW201803973AD00078

通式(LC2)較佳為選自由下述通式(LC2-a)至通式(LC2-g)表示之化合物組成之群中的1種或2種以上之化合物。 The general formula (LC2) is preferably one or two or more compounds selected from the group consisting of compounds represented by the following general formula (LC2-a) to general formula (LC2-g).

Figure TW201803973AD00079
Figure TW201803973AD00079

Figure TW201803973AD00080
Figure TW201803973AD00080

Figure TW201803973AD00081
Figure TW201803973AD00081

Figure TW201803973AD00082
Figure TW201803973AD00082

Figure TW201803973AD00083
Figure TW201803973AD00083

Figure TW201803973AD00084
Figure TW201803973AD00084

Figure TW201803973AD00085
Figure TW201803973AD00085

通式(LC2-a)~(LC2-g)中,RLC21、YLC21、XLC21~XLC23各自獨立地表示與前述通式(LC2)中之RLC21、YLC21、XLC21~XLC23相同的意義。作為通式(LC2-a)~(LC2-g)表示之化合物,RLC21較佳各自獨立地為碳原子數1~7之烷基、碳原子數1~7之烷氧基、碳原子數2~7之烯 基,更佳為碳原子數1~5之烷基、碳原子數1~5之烷氧基、碳原子數2~5之烯基。又,XLC21~XLC23較佳各自獨立地為氫原子或氟原子,YLC21較佳各自獨立地為氟原子、-CF3或-OCF3In the general formulae (LC2-a) to (LC2-g), R LC21 , Y LC21 , X LC21 to X LC23 each independently represent R LC21 , Y LC21 , X LC21 to X LC23 in the general formula (LC2). The same meaning. As the compounds represented by the general formulae (LC2-a) to (LC2-g), R LC21 is preferably each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 7 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 7 carbon atoms, and carbon number. Alkenyl groups of 2 to 7 are more preferably alkyl groups having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, alkoxy groups having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, and alkenyl groups having 2 to 5 carbon atoms. In addition, X LC21 to X LC23 are preferably each independently a hydrogen atom or a fluorine atom, and Y LC21 is preferably each independently a fluorine atom, -CF 3, or -OCF 3 .

通式(LC2-a)~(LC2-g)中,XLC2d1~XLC2d4、XLC2e1~XLC2e4、XLC2f1~XLC2f4及XLC2g1~XLC2g4各自獨立地表示氫原子、氯原子、氟原子、-CF3或-OCF3。作為通式(LC2-a)~(LC2-g)表示之化合物,XLC2d1~XLC2g4較佳各自獨立地為氫原子或氟原子。 In the general formulae (LC2-a) to (LC2-g), X LC2d1 to X LC2d4 , X LC2e1 to X LC2e4 , X LC2f1 to X LC2f4, and X LC2g1 to X LC2g4 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a chlorine atom, and a fluorine atom. , -CF 3 or -OCF 3 . As the compounds represented by the general formulae (LC2-a) to (LC2-g), X LC2d1 to X LC2g4 are each preferably a hydrogen atom or a fluorine atom.

通式(LC2-a)~(LC2-g)中,ZLC2a1、ZLC2b1、ZLC2c1、ZLC2d1、ZLC2e1、ZLC2f1及ZLC2g1各自獨立地表示單鍵、-CH=CH-、-CF=CF-、-C≡C-、-CH2CH2-、-(CH2)4-、-OCH2-、-CH2O-、-OCF2-、-CF2O-、-COO-或-OCO-。作為通式(LC2-a)~(LC2-g)表示之化合物,ZLC2a1~ZLC2g4較佳各自獨立地為-CF2O-或-OCH2-。 In the general formulae (LC2-a) to (LC2-g), Z LC2a1 , Z LC2b1 , Z LC2c1 , Z LC2d1 , Z LC2e1 , Z LC2f1, and Z LC2g1 each independently represent a single bond, -CH = CH-, -CF = CF-, -C≡C-, -CH 2 CH 2 -,-(CH 2 ) 4- , -OCH 2- , -CH 2 O-, -OCF 2- , -CF 2 O-, -COO- Or -OCO-. As the compounds represented by the general formulae (LC2-a) to (LC2-g), Z LC2a1 to Z LC2g4 are each preferably -CF 2 O- or -OCH 2- .

前述通式(LC)表示之化合物亦較佳為選自下述通式(LC3)~通式(LC5)表示之化合物群中的1種或2種以上之化合物。 The compound represented by the aforementioned general formula (LC) is also preferably one or two or more compounds selected from the group of compounds represented by the following general formula (LC3) to general formula (LC5).

Figure TW201803973AD00086
Figure TW201803973AD00086

Figure TW201803973AD00087
Figure TW201803973AD00087

Figure TW201803973AD00088
Figure TW201803973AD00088

(式中,RLC31、RLC32、RLC41、RLC42、RLC51及RLC52各自獨立地表示碳原子數1~15之烷基,該烷基中之1個或2個以上的-CH2-可以氧原子不直接鄰接之方式被-O-、-CH=CH-、-CO-、-OCO-、-COO-或-C≡C-取代,該烷基中之1個或2個以上的氫原子可任意地被鹵素原子取代,ALC31、ALC32、ALC41、ALC42、ALC51及ALC52各自獨立地表示下述之任一結構, ( Wherein R LC31 , R LC32 , R LC41 , R LC42 , R LC51, and R LC52 each independently represent an alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms, and one or two or more of the alkyl groups are -CH 2 -It may be substituted with -O-, -CH = CH-, -CO-, -OCO-, -COO-, or -C≡C- in a way that the oxygen atoms are not directly adjacent, and one or more of the alkyl groups A hydrogen atom may be optionally substituted by a halogen atom, and A LC31 , A LC32 , A LC41 , A LC42 , A LC51, and A LC52 each independently represent any one of the following structures,

Figure TW201803973AD00089
Figure TW201803973AD00089

(該結構中,伸環己基中之1個或2個以上的-CH2-可被氧原子取代,1,4-伸苯基中之1個或2個以上的-CH-可被氮原子取代,又,該結構中之1個或2個以上的氫原子可被氟原子、氯原子、-CF3或-OCF3取代。),ZLC31、ZLC32、ZLC41、ZLC42、ZLC51及ZLC51各自獨立地表示單鍵、-CH=CH-、-C≡C-、-CH2CH2-、-(CH2)4-、-COO-、-OCH2-、-CH2O-、-OCF2-或-CF2O-,Z5表示-CH2-或氧原子,XLC41表示氫原子或氟原子,mLC31、mLC32、mLC41、mLC42、mLC51及mLC52各自獨立地表示0~3,mLC31+mLC32、mLC41+mLC42及mLC51+mLC52為1、2或3,當存在複數個ALC31~ALC52、ZLC31~ZLC52之情形時,該等可相同或亦可不同。)。 (In this structure, one or more of -CH 2 -in cyclohexyl may be substituted by an oxygen atom, and one or more of -CH- in 1,4-phenylene may be replaced by a nitrogen atom. In addition, one or two or more hydrogen atoms in the structure may be substituted by a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, -CF 3 or -OCF 3. ), Z LC31 , Z LC32 , Z LC41 , Z LC42 , Z LC51 And Z LC51 each independently represent a single bond, -CH = CH-, -C≡C-, -CH 2 CH 2 -,-(CH 2 ) 4- , -COO-, -OCH 2- , -CH 2 O -, -OCF 2 -or -CF 2 O-, Z 5 represents -CH 2 -or oxygen atom, X LC41 represents hydrogen atom or fluorine atom, m LC31 , m LC32 , m LC41 , m LC42 , m LC51 and m LC52 Each independently represents 0 ~ 3, m LC31 + m LC32 , m LC41 + m LC42, and m LC51 + m LC52 are 1, 2 or 3, when there are a plurality of A LC31 ~ A LC52 , Z LC31 ~ Z LC52 These can be the same or different. ).

RLC31~RLC52較佳各自獨立地為碳原子數1~7之烷基、碳原子數1~7之烷氧基、碳原子數2~7之烯基,作為烯基,最佳表示下述結構,

Figure TW201803973AD00090
R LC31 to R LC52 are preferably each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 7 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 7 carbon atoms, and an alkenyl group having 2 to 7 carbon atoms. Mentioned structure,
Figure TW201803973AD00090

(式中,右端鍵結於環結構。) (In the formula, the right end is bonded to the ring structure.)

ALC31~ALC52較佳各自獨立地為下述之結構,

Figure TW201803973AD00091
A LC31 to A LC52 are preferably each independently of the following structure,
Figure TW201803973AD00091

ZLC31~ZLC51較佳各自獨立地為單鍵、-CH2O-、-COO-、-OCO-、-CH2CH2-、-CF2O-、-OCF2-或-OCH2-。 Z LC31 to Z LC51 are each preferably a single bond, -CH 2 O-, -COO-, -OCO-, -CH 2 CH 2- , -CF 2 O-, -OCF 2 -or -OCH 2- .

較佳含有至少1種選自通式(LC3-1)、通式(LC4-1)及通式(LC5-1)表示之化合物群中的化合物,作為通式(LC3)、通式(LC4)及通式(LC5)表示之化合物, It is preferable to contain at least one compound selected from the group of compounds represented by the general formula (LC3-1), the general formula (LC4-1), and the general formula (LC5-1) as the general formula (LC3), the general formula (LC4 ) And a compound represented by the general formula (LC5),

Figure TW201803973AD00092
Figure TW201803973AD00092

Figure TW201803973AD00093
Figure TW201803973AD00093

Figure TW201803973AD00094
Figure TW201803973AD00094

(式中,R31~R33表示碳原子數1~8之烷基、碳原子數2~8之烯基、碳原子數1~8之烷氧基或碳原子數2~8之烯氧基,R41~R43表示碳原子數1~8之烷基、碳原子數2~8之烯基、碳原子數1~8之烷氧基或碳原子數2~8之烯氧基,Z31~Z33表示單鍵、-CH=CH-、-C≡C-、- CH2CH2-、-(CH2)4-、-COO-、-OCO-、-OCH2-、-CH2O-、-OCF2-或-CF2O-,X41表示氫原子或氟原子,Z34表示-CH2-或氧原子。)。 (In the formula, R 31 to R 33 represent an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms. R 41 to R 43 represent an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, Z 31 to Z 33 represent single bonds, -CH = CH-, -C≡C-,-CH 2 CH 2 -,-(CH 2 ) 4- , -COO-, -OCO-, -OCH 2 -,- CH 2 O-, -OCF 2 -or -CF 2 O-, X 41 represents a hydrogen atom or a fluorine atom, and Z 34 represents -CH 2 -or an oxygen atom.).

於通式(LC3-1)~通式(LC5-1)中,R31~R33表示碳原子數1~8之烷基、碳原子數2~8之烯基、碳原子數1~8之烷氧基或碳原子數2~8之烯氧基,較佳表示碳原子數1~5之烷基或碳原子數2~5之烯基,更佳表示碳原子數2~5之烷基或碳原子數2~4之烯基,再更佳表示碳原子數3~5之烷基或碳原子數2之烯基,尤佳表示碳原子數3之烷基。 In the general formulae (LC3-1) to (LC5-1), R 31 to R 33 represent an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, and 1 to 8 carbon atoms. An alkoxy group or an alkenyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and more preferably an alkylene group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms Or an alkenyl group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkyl group having 3 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably an alkyl group having 3 carbon atoms.

R41~R43表示碳原子數1~8之烷基、碳原子數2~8之烯基、碳原子數1~8之烷氧基或碳原子數2~8之烯氧基,較佳表示碳原子數1~5之烷基或者碳原子數1~5之烷氧基,或碳原子數4~8之烯基或者碳原子數3~8之烯氧基,更佳表示碳原子數1~3之烷基或碳原子數1~3之烷氧基,再更佳表示碳原子數3之烷基或碳原子數2之烷氧基,尤佳表示碳原子數2之烷氧基。 R 41 to R 43 represent an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, preferably Represents an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkenyl group having 4 to 8 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 3 to 8 carbon atoms, and more preferably the carbon number Alkyl group 1 to 3 or alkoxy group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkyl group having 3 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having 2 carbon atoms, particularly preferably an alkoxy group having 2 carbon atoms .

Z31~Z33表示單鍵、-CH=CH-、-C≡C-、-CH2CH2-、-(CH2)4-、-COO-、-OCO-、-OCH2-、-CH2O-、-OCF2-或-CF2O-,較佳表示單鍵、-CH2CH2-、-COO-、-OCH2-、-CH2O-、-OCF2-或-CF2O-,更佳表示單鍵或-CH2O-。 Z 31 to Z 33 represent single bonds, -CH = CH-, -C≡C-, -CH 2 CH 2 -,-(CH 2 ) 4- , -COO-, -OCO-, -OCH 2 -,- CH 2 O-, -OCF 2 -or -CF 2 O-, preferably a single bond, -CH 2 CH 2- , -COO-, -OCH 2- , -CH 2 O-, -OCF 2 -or- CF 2 O-, more preferably a single bond or -CH 2 O-.

於液晶組成物中,較佳含有選自通式(LC3-1)、通式(LC4-1)及通式(LC5-1)表示之化合物群中的化合物5質量%~50質量%,較佳含有5質量%~40質量%,更佳含有5質量%~30質量%,更佳含有8質量%~27質量%,再更佳含有10質量%~25質量%。 The liquid crystal composition preferably contains 5 to 50% by mass of a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by the general formula (LC3-1), the general formula (LC4-1), and the general formula (LC5-1). It preferably contains 5 to 40% by mass, more preferably 5 to 30% by mass, more preferably 8 to 27% by mass, and even more preferably 10 to 25% by mass.

通式(LC3-1)表示之化合物,具體而言,較佳為以下記 載之通式(LC3-11)~通式(LC3-15)表示的化合物。 The compound represented by the general formula (LC3-1) is specifically preferably the following: Compounds represented by general formula (LC3-11) to general formula (LC3-15).

Figure TW201803973AD00095
Figure TW201803973AD00095

(式中,R31表示碳原子數1~5之烷基或碳原子數2~5之烯基,R41a表示碳原子數1~5之烷基。) (In the formula, R 31 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and R 41a represents an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms.)

通式(LC4-1)表示之化合物,具體而言,較佳為以下記載之通式(LC4-11)~通式(LC4-14)表示的化合物。 The compound represented by general formula (LC4-1) is specifically preferably a compound represented by general formula (LC4-11) to general formula (LC4-14) described below.

Figure TW201803973AD00096
Figure TW201803973AD00096

(式中,R32表示碳原子數1~5之烷基或碳原子數2~5之烯基,R42a表示碳原子數1~5之烷基,X41表示氫原子或氟原子。) (In the formula, R 32 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, R 42a represents an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, and X 41 represents a hydrogen atom or a fluorine atom.)

通式(LC5-1)表示之化合物,具體而言,較佳為以下記載之通式(LC5 -11)~通式(LC5-14)表示的化合物。 The compound represented by the general formula (LC5-1) is specifically preferably the general formula (LC5) described below. -11) to a compound represented by the general formula (LC5-14).

Figure TW201803973AD00097
Figure TW201803973AD00097

(式中,R33表示碳原子數1~5之烷基或碳原子數2~5之烯基,R43a表示碳原子數1~5之烷基,Z34表示-CH2-或氧原子。) (Wherein R 33 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, R 43a represents an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, and Z 34 represents -CH 2 -or an oxygen atom .)

於通式(LC3-11)、通式(LC3-13)、通式(LC4-11)、通式(LC4-13)、通式(LC5-11)及通式(LC5-13)中,R31~R33較佳為通式(LC3-1)~通式(LC5-1)中之同樣的實施態樣。R41a~R41c較佳為碳原子數1~3之烷基,更佳為碳原子數1或2之烷基,尤佳為碳原子數2之烷基。 In the general formula (LC3-11), the general formula (LC3-13), the general formula (LC4-11), the general formula (LC4-13), the general formula (LC5-11), and the general formula (LC5-13), R 31 to R 33 are preferably the same as those in the general formulae (LC3-1) to (LC5-1). R 41a to R 41c are preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 or 2 carbon atoms, and even more preferably an alkyl group having 2 carbon atoms.

於通式(LC3-12)、通式(LC3-14)、通式(LC4-12)、通式(LC4-14)、通式(LC5-12)及通式(LC5-14)中,R31~R33較佳為通式(LC3-1)~通式(LC5-1)中之同樣的實施態樣。R41a~R41c較佳為碳原子數1~3之烷基,更佳為碳原子數1或3之烷基,尤佳為碳原子數3之烷基。 In the general formula (LC3-12), the general formula (LC3-14), the general formula (LC4-12), the general formula (LC4-14), the general formula (LC5-12), and the general formula (LC5-14), R 31 to R 33 are preferably the same as those in the general formulae (LC3-1) to (LC5-1). R 41a to R 41c are preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 or 3 carbon atoms, and even more preferably an alkyl group having 3 carbon atoms.

通式(LC3-11)~通式(LC5-14)之中,為了增大介電各向導性之絕對值,較佳為通式(LC3-11)、通式(LC4-11)、通式(LC5-11)、通式(LC3-13)、通式(LC4-13)及通式(LC5-13),更佳為通式(LC3-11)、通式(LC4-11)、通式(LC5-11)。 Among the general formulas (LC3-11) to (LC5-14), in order to increase the absolute value of the dielectric properties, the general formula (LC3-11), general formula (LC4-11), and general Formula (LC5-11), Formula (LC3-13), Formula (LC4-13) and Formula (LC5-13), more preferably Formula (LC3-11), Formula (LC4-11), General formula (LC5-11).

本發明之液晶顯示元件中的液晶層,較佳含有1種或2種以上之通式(LC3-11)~通式(LC5-14)表示之化合物,更佳含有1種或2種,尤 佳含有1種或2種之通式(LC3-1)表示之化合物。 The liquid crystal layer in the liquid crystal display element of the present invention preferably contains one or two or more compounds represented by the general formula (LC3-11) to the general formula (LC5-14), and more preferably contains one or two kinds, especially It preferably contains one or two compounds represented by the general formula (LC3-1).

又,較佳含有至少1種選自通式(LC3-2)、通式(LC4-2)及通式(LC5-2)表示之化合物群中的化合物,作為通式(LC3)、通式(LC4)及通式(LC5)表示之化合物,

Figure TW201803973AD00098
Furthermore, it is preferable to contain at least one compound selected from the group consisting of compounds represented by the general formula (LC3-2), the general formula (LC4-2), and the general formula (LC5-2) as the general formula (LC3), the general formula (LC4) and a compound represented by the general formula (LC5),
Figure TW201803973AD00098

Figure TW201803973AD00099
Figure TW201803973AD00099

Figure TW201803973AD00100
Figure TW201803973AD00100

Figure TW201803973AD00101
Figure TW201803973AD00101

(式中,R51~R53表示碳原子數1~8之烷基、碳原子數2~8之烯基、碳原子數1~8之烷氧基或碳原子數2~8之烯氧基,R61~R63表示碳原子數1~8之烷基、碳原子數2~8之烯基、碳原子數1~8之烷氧基或碳原子數2~8之烯氧基,B1~B3表示可經氟取代之1,4-伸苯基或反式-1,4-伸環己基,Z41~Z43表示單鍵、-CH=CH-、-C≡C-、-CH2CH2-、-(CH2)4-、-COO-、-OCO-、-OCH2-、-CH2O-、-OCF2-或-CF2O-,X42表示氫原子或氟原子,Z44表示-CH2-或氧原子。)。 (In the formula, R 51 to R 53 represent an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms. R 61 to R 63 represent an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, B 1 to B 3 represent fluorine-substituted 1,4-phenylene or trans-1,4-cyclohexyl, and Z 41 to Z 43 represent single bonds, -CH = CH-, -C≡C- , -CH 2 CH 2 -,-(CH 2 ) 4- , -COO-, -OCO-, -OCH 2- , -CH 2 O-, -OCF 2- , or -CF 2 O-, X 42 represents hydrogen Atom or fluorine atom, Z 44 represents -CH 2 -or oxygen atom.).

於通式(LC3-2)、通式(LC4-2)及通式(LC5-2)中,R51~R53表示碳原子數1~8之烷基、碳原子數2~8之烯基、碳原子數1~8之烷氧基或碳原子數2~8之烯氧基,較佳表示碳原子數1~5之烷基或碳原子數2~ 5之烯基,更佳表示碳原子數2~5之烷基或碳原子數2~4之烯基,再更佳表示碳原子數3~5之烷基或碳原子數2之烯基,尤佳表示碳原子數3之烷基。 In general formula (LC3-2), general formula (LC4-2), and general formula (LC5-2), R 51 to R 53 represent an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, and an olefin having 2 to 8 carbon atoms. Group, alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms or alkenyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, more preferably Alkyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms or alkenyl group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms, and even more preferably an alkyl group having 3 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 3 to 6 carbon atoms. alkyl.

R61~R63表示碳原子數1~8之烷基、碳原子數2~8之烯基、碳原子數1~8之烷氧基或碳原子數2~8之烯氧基,較佳表示碳原子數1~5之烷基或者碳原子數1~5之烷氧基,或碳原子數4~8之烯基或者碳原子數3~8之烯氧基,更佳表示碳原子數1~3之烷基或碳原子數1~3之烷氧基,再更佳表示碳原子數3之烷基或碳原子數2之烷氧基,尤佳表示碳原子數2之烷氧基。 R 61 to R 63 represent an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, preferably Represents an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkenyl group having 4 to 8 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 3 to 8 carbon atoms, and more preferably the carbon number Alkyl group 1 to 3 or alkoxy group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkyl group having 3 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having 2 carbon atoms, particularly preferably an alkoxy group having 2 carbon atoms .

B31~B33表示可經氟取代之1,4-伸苯基或反式-1,4-伸環己基,較佳為未經取代之1,4-伸苯基或反式-1,4-伸環己基,更佳為反式-1,4-伸環己基。 B 31 to B 33 represent fluorine-substituted 1,4-phenylene or trans-1,4-cyclohexyl, preferably unsubstituted 1,4-phenylene or trans-1, 4-cyclohexyl, more preferably trans-1,4-cyclohexyl.

Z41~Z43表示單鍵、-CH=CH-、-C≡C-、-CH2CH2-、-(CH2)4-、-COO-、-OCO-、-OCH2-、-CH2O-、-OCF2-或-CF2O-,較佳表示單鍵、-CH2CH2-、-COO-、-OCH2-、-CH2O-、-OCF2-或-CF2O-,更佳表示單鍵或-CH2O-。 Z 41 to Z 43 represent single bonds, -CH = CH-, -C≡C-, -CH 2 CH 2 -,-(CH 2 ) 4- , -COO-, -OCO-, -OCH 2 -,- CH 2 O-, -OCF 2 -or -CF 2 O-, preferably a single bond, -CH 2 CH 2- , -COO-, -OCH 2- , -CH 2 O-, -OCF 2 -or- CF 2 O-, more preferably a single bond or -CH 2 O-.

通式(LC3-2)、通式(LC3-3)、通式(LC4-2)及通式(LC5-2)表示之化合物,較佳於液晶組成物中含有10~60質量%,更佳含有20~50質量%,更佳含有25~45質量%,更佳含有28~42質量%,再更佳含有30~40質量%。 The compounds represented by the general formula (LC3-2), the general formula (LC3-3), the general formula (LC4-2), and the general formula (LC5-2) preferably contain 10 to 60% by mass of the liquid crystal composition, and more It preferably contains 20 to 50% by mass, more preferably 25 to 45% by mass, more preferably 28 to 42% by mass, and even more preferably 30 to 40% by mass.

通式(LC3-2)表示之化合物,具體而言,較佳為以下記載之通式(LC3-21)~通式(LC3-29)表示的化合物。 The compound represented by general formula (LC3-2) is specifically preferably a compound represented by general formula (LC3-21) to general formula (LC3-29) described below.

又,作為通式(LC3-3)表示之化合物,亦較佳為以下記載之通式(LC3-31)~通式(LC3-33)表示的化合物。 Moreover, as a compound represented by general formula (LC3-3), the compound represented by general formula (LC3-31)-general formula (LC3-33) described below is also preferable.

Figure TW201803973AD00102
Figure TW201803973AD00102

Figure TW201803973AD00103
Figure TW201803973AD00103

Figure TW201803973AD00104
Figure TW201803973AD00104

Figure TW201803973AD00105
Figure TW201803973AD00105

Figure TW201803973AD00106
Figure TW201803973AD00106

Figure TW201803973AD00107
Figure TW201803973AD00107

Figure TW201803973AD00108
Figure TW201803973AD00108

Figure TW201803973AD00109
Figure TW201803973AD00109

Figure TW201803973AD00110
Figure TW201803973AD00110

Figure TW201803973AD00111
Figure TW201803973AD00111

Figure TW201803973AD00112
Figure TW201803973AD00112

Figure TW201803973AD00113
Figure TW201803973AD00113

(式中,R51表示碳原子數1~5之烷基或碳原子數2~5之烯基,R61a表示碳原子數1~5之烷基,較佳為與通式(LC3-2)中之R51及R61同樣的實施態樣。) (In the formula, R 51 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and R 61a represents an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, and is preferably the same as the general formula (LC3-2 ) in R 51 and R 61 of the same embodiment aspect.)

通式(LC4-2)表示之化合物,具體而言,較佳為以下記載之通式(LC4-21)~通式(LC4-26)表示的化合物。 The compound represented by general formula (LC4-2) is specifically preferably a compound represented by general formula (LC4-21) to general formula (LC4-26) described below.

Figure TW201803973AD00114
Figure TW201803973AD00114

Figure TW201803973AD00115
Figure TW201803973AD00115

Figure TW201803973AD00116
Figure TW201803973AD00116

Figure TW201803973AD00117
Figure TW201803973AD00117

Figure TW201803973AD00118
Figure TW201803973AD00118

Figure TW201803973AD00119
Figure TW201803973AD00119

(式中,R52表示碳原子數1~5之烷基或碳原子數2~5之烯基,R62a表示碳原子數1~5之烷基,X42表示氫原子或氟原子,較佳為與通式(LC4-2)中之R52及R62同樣的實施態樣。) (In the formula, R 52 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, R 62a represents an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, and X 42 represents a hydrogen atom or a fluorine atom. (It is preferably the same embodiment as R 52 and R 62 in the general formula (LC4-2).)

通式(LC5-2)表示之化合物,具體而言,較佳為以下記載之通式(LC5-21)~通式(LC5-26)表示的化合物。 The compound represented by general formula (LC5-2) is specifically preferably a compound represented by general formula (LC5-21) to general formula (LC5-26) described below.

Figure TW201803973AD00120
Figure TW201803973AD00120

Figure TW201803973AD00121
Figure TW201803973AD00121

Figure TW201803973AD00122
Figure TW201803973AD00122

Figure TW201803973AD00123
Figure TW201803973AD00123

Figure TW201803973AD00124
Figure TW201803973AD00124

Figure TW201803973AD00125
Figure TW201803973AD00125

(式中,R53表示碳原子數1~5之烷基或碳原子數2~5之烯基,R63a表示碳原子數1~5之烷基,W2表示-CH2-或氧原子,較佳為與通式(LC5-2)中之R53及R63同樣的實施態樣。) (In the formula, R 53 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, R 63a represents an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, and W 2 represents -CH 2 -or an oxygen atom. Is preferably the same embodiment as R 53 and R 63 in the general formula (LC5-2).)

於通式(LC3-21)、通式(LC3-22)、通式(LC3-25)、通式(LC4-21)、通式(LC4-22)、通式(LC4-25)、通式(LC5-21)、通式(LC5-22)及通式(LC5-25)中,R51~R53較佳為通式(LC3-2)、通式(LC4-2)及通式(LC5-2)中之同樣的實施態樣。R61a~R63a較佳為碳原子數1~3之烷基,更佳為碳原子數1或2之烷基,尤佳為碳原子數2之烷基。 General formula (LC3-21), general formula (LC3-22), general formula (LC3-25), general formula (LC4-21), general formula (LC4-22), general formula (LC4-25), general Among the general formula (LC5-21), general formula (LC5-22), and general formula (LC5-25), R 51 to R 53 are preferably general formula (LC3-2), general formula (LC4-2), and general formula (LC5-2). R 61a to R 63a are preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 or 2 carbon atoms, and even more preferably an alkyl group having 2 carbon atoms.

於通式(LC3-23)、通式(LC3-24)及通式(LC3-26)、通式(LC4 -23)、通式(LC4-24)及通式(LC4-26)、通式(LC5-23)、通式(LC5-24)及通式(LC5-26)中,R51~R53較佳為通式(LC3-2)、通式(LC4-2)及通式(LC5-2)中之同樣的實施態樣。R61a~R63a較佳為碳原子數1~3之烷基,更佳為碳原子數1或3之烷基,尤佳為碳原子數3之烷基。 In general formula (LC3-23), general formula (LC3-24) and general formula (LC3-26), general formula (LC4-23), general formula (LC4-24) and general formula (LC4-26), general Among the general formula (LC5-23), general formula (LC5-24), and general formula (LC5-26), R 51 to R 53 are preferably general formula (LC3-2), general formula (LC4-2), and general formula (LC5-2). R 61a to R 63a are preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 or 3 carbon atoms, and even more preferably an alkyl group having 3 carbon atoms.

通式(LC3-21)~通式(LC5-26)之中,為了增大介電各向導性之絕對值,較佳為通式(LC3-21)、通式(Lc3-22)及通式(LC3-25)、通式(LC4-21)、通式(LC4-22)及通式(LC4-25)、通式(LC5-21)、通式(LC5-22)及通式(LC5-25)。 Among the general formulas (LC3-21) to (LC5-26), in order to increase the absolute value of the dielectric properties, the general formula (LC3-21), general formula (Lc3-22), and general Formula (LC3-25), Formula (LC4-21), Formula (LC4-22) and Formula (LC4-25), Formula (LC5-21), Formula (LC5-22) and Formula (LC5-22) LC5-25).

通式(LC3-2)、通式(LC4-2)及通式(LC5-2)表示之化合物可含有1種或2種以上,較佳含有B1~B3表示1,4-伸苯基之化合物及B1~B3表示反式-1,4-伸環己基之化合物各至少1種以上。 The compound represented by the general formula (LC3-2), the general formula (LC4-2), and the general formula (LC5-2) may contain one or two or more compounds, and preferably contains B 1 to B 3 to represent 1,4-benzene. And B 1 to B 3 each represent at least one or more types of trans-1,4-cyclohexyl compounds.

又,作為通式(LC3)表示之化合物,其他較佳為選自下述通式(LC3-a)及通式(LC3-b)表示之化合物群中的1種或2種以上之化合物, In addition, as the compound represented by the general formula (LC3), others are preferably one or two or more compounds selected from the group of compounds represented by the following general formula (LC3-a) and the general formula (LC3-b).

Figure TW201803973AD00126
Figure TW201803973AD00126

Figure TW201803973AD00127
Figure TW201803973AD00127

(式中,RLC31、RLC32、ALC31及ZLC31各自獨立地表示與前述通 式(LC3)中之RLC31、RLC32、ALC31及ZLC31相同的意義,XLC3b1~XLC3b6表示氫原子或氟原子,XLC3b1及XLC3b2或XLC3b3及XLC3b4之中的至少一組合皆表示氟原子,mLC3a1為1、2或3,mLC3b1表示0或1,當存在複數個ALC31及ZLC31之情形時,該等可相同或亦可不同。)。 (In the formula, R LC31 , R LC32 , A LC31, and Z LC31 each independently represent the same meaning as R LC31 , R LC32 , A LC31, and Z LC31 in the aforementioned general formula (LC3), and X LC3b1 to X LC3b6 represent hydrogen. Atom or fluorine atom, at least one of X LC3b1 and X LC3b2 or X LC3b3 and X LC3b4 represents a fluorine atom, m LC3a1 is 1, 2 or 3, m LC3b1 represents 0 or 1, when there are a plurality of A LC31 and In the case of Z LC31 , these may be the same or different.).

RLC31及RLC32較佳各自獨立地表示碳原子數1~7之烷基、碳原子數1~7之烷氧基、碳原子數2~7之烯基或碳原子數2~7之烯氧基。 R LC31 and R LC32 each preferably independently represent an alkyl group having 1 to 7 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 7 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 7 carbon atoms or an olefin having 2 to 7 carbon atoms. Oxygen.

ALC31較佳表示1,4-伸苯基、反式-1,4-伸環己基、四氫哌喃-2,5-二基、1,3-二

Figure TW201803973AD00128
烷-2,5-二基,更佳表示1,4-伸苯基、反式-1,4-伸環己基。 A LC31 preferably represents 1,4-phenylene, trans-1,4-cyclohexyl, tetrahydropiperan-2,5-diyl, 1,3-bis
Figure TW201803973AD00128
Alkan-2,5-diyl, more preferably 1,4-phenylene and trans-1,4-cyclohexyl.

ZLC31較佳表示單鍵、-CH2O-、-COO-、-OCO-、-CH2CH2-,更佳表示單鍵。 Z LC31 preferably represents a single bond, -CH 2 O-, -COO-, -OCO-, -CH 2 CH 2- , and more preferably represents a single bond.

作為通式(LC3-a),較佳表示下述通式(LC3-a1)。 The general formula (LC3-a) preferably represents the following general formula (LC3-a1).

Figure TW201803973AD00129
Figure TW201803973AD00129

(式中,RLC31及RLC32各自獨立地表示與前述通式(LC3)中之RLC31及RLC32相同的意義。) (In the formula, R LC31 and R LC32 each independently represent the same meaning as R LC31 and R LC32 in the aforementioned general formula (LC3).)

RLC31及RLC32較佳各自獨立地為碳原子數1~7之烷基、碳原子數1~7之烷氧基、碳原子數2~7之烯基,更佳為,RLC31表示碳原子數1~7之烷基,RLC32表示碳原子數1~7之烷氧基。 R LC31 and R LC32 are preferably each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 7 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 7 carbon atoms, and an alkenyl group having 2 to 7 carbon atoms. More preferably, R LC31 represents carbon An alkyl group having 1 to 7 atoms, and R LC32 represents an alkoxy group having 1 to 7 carbon atoms.

作為通式(LC3-b)較佳表示下述通式(LC3-b1)~通式(LC3-b12),更佳表示通式(LC3-b1)、通式(LC3-b6)、通式(LC3-b8)、通式(LC3 -b11),再更佳表示通式(LC3-b1)及通式(LC3-b6),最佳表示通式(LC3-b1)。 The general formula (LC3-b) preferably represents the following general formula (LC3-b1) to (LC3-b12), more preferably the general formula (LC3-b1), the general formula (LC3-b6), and the general formula (LC3-b8), general formula (LC3 -b11), more preferably the general formula (LC3-b1) and the general formula (LC3-b6), and the best formula (LC3-b1).

Figure TW201803973AD00130
Figure TW201803973AD00130

Figure TW201803973AD00131
Figure TW201803973AD00131

Figure TW201803973AD00132
Figure TW201803973AD00132

Figure TW201803973AD00133
Figure TW201803973AD00133

Figure TW201803973AD00134
Figure TW201803973AD00134

Figure TW201803973AD00135
Figure TW201803973AD00135

Figure TW201803973AD00136
Figure TW201803973AD00136

Figure TW201803973AD00137
Figure TW201803973AD00137

Figure TW201803973AD00138
Figure TW201803973AD00138

Figure TW201803973AD00139
Figure TW201803973AD00139

Figure TW201803973AD00140
Figure TW201803973AD00140

Figure TW201803973AD00141
Figure TW201803973AD00141

(式中,RLC31及RLC32各自獨立地表示與前述通式(LC3)中之RLC31及RLC32相同的意義。) (In the formula, R LC31 and R LC32 each independently represent the same meaning as R LC31 and R LC32 in the aforementioned general formula (LC3).)

RLC31及RLC32較佳各自獨立地為碳原子數1~7之烷基、碳原子數1~7之烷氧基、碳原子數2~7之烯基,更佳為,RLC31表示碳原子數2或3之烷基,RLC32表示碳原子數2之烷基。 R LC31 and R LC32 are preferably each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 7 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 7 carbon atoms, and an alkenyl group having 2 to 7 carbon atoms. More preferably, R LC31 represents carbon An alkyl group having 2 or 3 atoms, and R LC32 represents an alkyl group having 2 carbon atoms.

又,通式(LC4)表示之化合物較佳為下述通式(LC4-a)至通式(LC4-c)表示之化合物,通式(LC5)表示之化合物較佳為下述通式(LC5-a)至通式(LC5-c)表示之化合物。 The compound represented by the general formula (LC4) is preferably a compound represented by the following general formula (LC4-a) to (LC4-c), and the compound represented by the general formula (LC5) is preferably the following general formula (LC4) LC5-a) to compounds represented by the general formula (LC5-c).

Figure TW201803973AD00142
Figure TW201803973AD00142

Figure TW201803973AD00143
Figure TW201803973AD00143

Figure TW201803973AD00144
Figure TW201803973AD00144

Figure TW201803973AD00145
Figure TW201803973AD00145

Figure TW201803973AD00146
Figure TW201803973AD00146

Figure TW201803973AD00147
Figure TW201803973AD00147

(式中,RLC41、RLC42及XLC41各自獨立地表示與前述通式(LC4)中之RLC41、RLC42及XLC41相同的意義,RLC51及RLC52各自獨立地表示與前述通式(LC5)中之RLC51及RLC52相同的意義,ZLC4a1、ZLC4b1、ZLC4c1、ZLC5a1、ZLC5b1及ZLC5c1 各自獨立地表示單鍵、-CH=CH-、-C≡C-、-CH2CH2-、-(CH2)4-、-COO-、-OCH2-、-CH2O-、-OCF2-或-CF2O-。) (In the formula, R LC41 , R LC42, and X LC41 each independently represent the same meaning as R LC41 , R LC42, and X LC41 in the aforementioned general formula (LC4), and R LC51 and R LC52 each independently represent the same as the aforementioned general formula (LC5) R LC51 and R LC52 have the same meaning. Z LC4a1 , Z LC4b1 , Z LC4c1 , Z LC5a1 , Z LC5b1, and Z LC5c1 each independently represent a single bond, -CH = CH-, -C≡C-, -CH 2 CH 2 -,-(CH 2 ) 4- , -COO-, -OCH 2- , -CH 2 O-, -OCF 2- , or -CF 2 O-.)

RLC41、RLC42、RLC51及RLC52較佳各自獨立地表示碳原子數1~7之烷基、碳原子數1~7之烷氧基、碳原子數2~7之烯基或碳原子數2~7之烯氧基。 R LC41 , R LC42 , R LC51, and R LC52 each preferably independently represent an alkyl group having 1 to 7 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 7 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group or carbon atom having 2 to 7 carbon atoms. Alkenyloxy groups of 2 to 7.

ZLC4a1~ZLC5c1較佳各自獨立地表示單鍵、-CH2O-、-COO-、-OCO-、-CH2CH2-,更佳表示單鍵。 Z LC4a1 to Z LC5c1 each preferably represent a single bond, -CH 2 O-, -COO-, -OCO-, -CH 2 CH 2- , and more preferably a single bond.

前述通式(LC)表示之化合物,亦較佳為選自下述通式(LC6)表示之化合物(其中,不包括通式(LC1)~通式(LC5)表示之化合物。)中的1種或2種以上之化合物。 The compound represented by the aforementioned general formula (LC) is also preferably 1 selected from compounds represented by the following general formula (LC6) (excluding compounds represented by general formula (LC1) to general formula (LC5).) One or two or more compounds.

Figure TW201803973AD00148
Figure TW201803973AD00148

通式(LC6)中,RLC61及RLC62各自獨立地表示碳原子數1~15之烷基。該烷基中之1個或2個以上的CH2基可以氧原子不直接鄰接之方式被-O-、-CH=CH-、-CO-、-OCO-、-COO-或-C≡C-取代,該烷基中之1個或2個以上的氫原子可任意地被鹵素取代。作為通式(LC6)表示之化合物,RLC61及RLC62較佳各自獨立地為碳原子數1~7之烷基、碳原子數1~7之烷氧基、碳原子數2~7之烯基,作為烯基,最佳表示下述之任一結構。 In the general formula (LC6), R LC61 and R LC62 each independently represent an alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms. One or more CH 2 groups in the alkyl group may be -O-, -CH = CH-, -CO-, -OCO-, -COO-, or -C≡C in such a manner that the oxygen atoms are not directly adjacent. -Substitution, in which one or more hydrogen atoms in the alkyl group may be optionally substituted with halogen. As the compound represented by the general formula (LC6), R LC61 and R LC62 are preferably each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 7 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 7 carbon atoms, and an olefin having 2 to 7 carbon atoms. The group, as the alkenyl group, preferably represents any one of the following structures.

Figure TW201803973AD00149
Figure TW201803973AD00149

(式中,右端鍵結於環結構。) (In the formula, the right end is bonded to the ring structure.)

通式(LC6)中,ALC61~ALC63各自獨立地表示下述任一結構。該結構中,伸環己基中之1個或2個以上的CH2CH2基可被-CH=CH-、-CF2O-、-OCF2-取代,1,4-伸苯基中之1個或2個以上的CH基可被氮原子取代。 In the general formula (LC6), A LC61 to A LC63 each independently represent any one of the following structures. In this structure, one or more CH 2 CH 2 groups in cyclohexyl may be substituted by -CH = CH-, -CF 2 O-, -OCF 2- , and 1,4-phenylene One or more CH groups may be substituted by a nitrogen atom.

Figure TW201803973AD00150
Figure TW201803973AD00150

作為通式(LC6)表示之化合物,ALC61~ALC63較佳各自獨立地為下述之任一結構。 As the compound represented by the general formula (LC6), it is preferable that each of A LC61 to A LC63 is independently any one of the following structures.

Figure TW201803973AD00151
Figure TW201803973AD00151

通式(LC6)中,ZLC61及ZLC62各自獨立地表示單鍵、-CH=CH-、-C≡C-、-CH2CH2-、-(CH2)4-、-COO-、-OCH2-、-CH2O-、-OCF2-或-CF2O-,mLC61表示0~3。作為通式(LC6)表示之化合物,ZLC61及ZLC62較佳各自獨立地為單鍵、-CH2CH2-、-COO-、-OCH2-、-CH2O-、-OCF2-或-CF2O-。 In the general formula (LC6), Z LC61 and Z LC62 each independently represent a single bond, -CH = CH-, -C≡C-, -CH 2 CH 2 -,-(CH 2 ) 4- , -COO-, -OCH 2- , -CH 2 O-, -OCF 2 -or -CF 2 O-, mLC61 represents 0 ~ 3. As the compound represented by the general formula (LC6), Z LC61 and Z LC62 are preferably each independently a single bond, -CH 2 CH 2- , -COO-, -OCH 2- , -CH 2 O-, -OCF 2- Or -CF 2 O-.

作為通式(LC6)表示之化合物,較佳為選自由下述通式(LC6-a)至通式(LC6-v)表示之化合物組成之群中的1種或2種以上之化合物。通式(LC6-a1)~通式(LC6-p1)之式中,RLC61及RLC62各自獨立地表示碳原子數1~7之烷基、碳原子數1~7之烷氧基、碳原子數2~7之烯基或碳原子數2~7之烯氧基。 The compound represented by the general formula (LC6) is preferably one or two or more compounds selected from the group consisting of compounds represented by the following general formula (LC6-a) to the general formula (LC6-v). In the general formulae (LC6-a1) to (LC6-p1), R LC61 and R LC62 each independently represent an alkyl group having 1 to 7 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 7 carbon atoms, and carbon. Alkenyl group having 2 to 7 atoms or alkenyloxy group having 2 to 7 carbon atoms.

Figure TW201803973AD00152
Figure TW201803973AD00152

Figure TW201803973AD00153
Figure TW201803973AD00153

Figure TW201803973AD00154
Figure TW201803973AD00154

Figure TW201803973AD00155
Figure TW201803973AD00155

Figure TW201803973AD00156
Figure TW201803973AD00156

Figure TW201803973AD00157
Figure TW201803973AD00157

Figure TW201803973AD00158
Figure TW201803973AD00158

Figure TW201803973AD00159
Figure TW201803973AD00159

Figure TW201803973AD00160
Figure TW201803973AD00160

Figure TW201803973AD00161
Figure TW201803973AD00161

Figure TW201803973AD00162
Figure TW201803973AD00162

Figure TW201803973AD00163
Figure TW201803973AD00163

Figure TW201803973AD00164
Figure TW201803973AD00164

Figure TW201803973AD00165
Figure TW201803973AD00165

Figure TW201803973AD00166
Figure TW201803973AD00166

Figure TW201803973AD00167
Figure TW201803973AD00167

Figure TW201803973AD00168
Figure TW201803973AD00168

Figure TW201803973AD00169
Figure TW201803973AD00169

Figure TW201803973AD00170
Figure TW201803973AD00170

Figure TW201803973AD00171
Figure TW201803973AD00171

Figure TW201803973AD00172
Figure TW201803973AD00172

Figure TW201803973AD00173
Figure TW201803973AD00173

Figure TW201803973AD00174
Figure TW201803973AD00174

Figure TW201803973AD00175
Figure TW201803973AD00175

Figure TW201803973AD00176
Figure TW201803973AD00176

Figure TW201803973AD00177
Figure TW201803973AD00177

Figure TW201803973AD00178
Figure TW201803973AD00178

Figure TW201803973AD00179
Figure TW201803973AD00179

Figure TW201803973AD00180
Figure TW201803973AD00180

Figure TW201803973AD00181
Figure TW201803973AD00181

Figure TW201803973AD00182
Figure TW201803973AD00182

Figure TW201803973AD00183
Figure TW201803973AD00183

Figure TW201803973AD00184
Figure TW201803973AD00184

Figure TW201803973AD00185
Figure TW201803973AD00185

Figure TW201803973AD00186
Figure TW201803973AD00186

Figure TW201803973AD00187
Figure TW201803973AD00187

Figure TW201803973AD00188
Figure TW201803973AD00188

Figure TW201803973AD00189
Figure TW201803973AD00189

Figure TW201803973AD00190
Figure TW201803973AD00190

Figure TW201803973AD00191
Figure TW201803973AD00191

Figure TW201803973AD00192
Figure TW201803973AD00192

Figure TW201803973AD00193
Figure TW201803973AD00193

Figure TW201803973AD00194
Figure TW201803973AD00194

Figure TW201803973AD00195
Figure TW201803973AD00195

Figure TW201803973AD00196
Figure TW201803973AD00196

Figure TW201803973AD00197
Figure TW201803973AD00197

Figure TW201803973AD00198
Figure TW201803973AD00198

Figure TW201803973AD00199
Figure TW201803973AD00199

Figure TW201803973AD00200
Figure TW201803973AD00200

[聚合性化合物] [Polymerizable compound]

作為本發明之聚合性化合物,可列舉:具有一個反應性基之單官能性聚合性化合物及雙官能或三官能等具有二個以上之反應性基的多官能性聚合性化合物。具有反應性基之聚合性化合物可含有或亦可不含有液晶原(mesogen)性部位。 Examples of the polymerizable compound of the present invention include a monofunctional polymerizable compound having one reactive group and a polyfunctional polymerizable compound having two or more reactive groups such as a difunctional or trifunctional group. The polymerizable compound having a reactive group may or may not contain a mesogen moiety.

於具有反應性基之聚合性化合物,反應性基較佳為具有光聚合性之取代基。尤其於藉由熱聚合生成垂直配向膜時,當垂直配向膜材料熱聚合時,由於可抑制具有反應性基之聚合性化合物的反應,因此,反應性基尤佳為具有光聚合性之取代基。 In the polymerizable compound having a reactive group, the reactive group is preferably a photopolymerizable substituent. Especially when a vertical alignment film is generated by thermal polymerization, when the vertical alignment film material is thermally polymerized, since the reaction of a polymerizable compound having a reactive group can be suppressed, the reactive group is particularly preferably a photopolymerizable substituent. .

作為本發明之聚合性化合物,較佳為以下之通式(P)表示的化合物, The polymerizable compound of the present invention is preferably a compound represented by the following general formula (P),

Figure TW201803973AD00201
Figure TW201803973AD00201

(上述通式(P)中,Zp1表示氟原子、氰基、氫原子、氫原子可被取代為鹵素原子之碳原子數1~15之烷基、氫原子可被取代為鹵素原子碳原子數1~15之烷氧基、氫原子可被取代為鹵素原子之碳原子數1~15之烯基、氫原子可被取代為鹵素原子之碳原子數1~15之烯氧基或-Spp2-Rp2(In the above general formula (P), Z p1 represents a fluorine atom, a cyano group, a hydrogen atom, a hydrogen atom may be substituted with a halogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms, and a hydrogen atom may be substituted with a halogen atom carbon atom. Alkyl groups having 1 to 15 carbon atoms, hydrogen atoms may be substituted with halogen atoms, alkenyl groups having 1 to 15 carbon atoms, hydrogen atoms may be substituted with alkenyl groups having 1 to 15 carbon atoms or -Sp p2 -R p2 ,

Rp1及Rp2各自獨立地表示以下之式(R-I)至式(R-IX)中的任一者, R p1 and R p2 each independently represent any one of the following formulae (RI) to (R-IX),

Figure TW201803973AD00202
Figure TW201803973AD00202

前述式(R-I)~(R-IX)中,R2~R6互相獨立地為氫原子、碳原子數1~5個之烷基或碳原子數1~5個之鹵化烷基,W為單鍵、-O-或亞甲基(methylene),T為單鍵或-COO-,p、t及q各自獨立地表示0、1或2, Spp1及Spp2表示間隔基團(spacer group),Spp1及Spp2各自獨立地表示單鍵、碳原子數1~12之伸烷基或-O-(CH2)s-(式中,s表示1~11之整數,氧原子鍵結於芳香環。), Lp1及Lp2各自獨立地表示單鍵、-O-、-S-、-CH2-、-OCH2-、-CH2O-、-CO-、-C2H4-、-COO-、-OCO-、-OCOOCH2-、-CH2OCOO-、-OCH2CH2O-、-CO-NRa-、-NRa-CO-、-SCH2-、-CH2S-、-CH=CRa-COO-、-CH=CRa-OCO-、-COO-CRa=CH-、-OCO-CRa=CH-、-COO-CRa=CH-COO-、-COO-CRa=CH-OCO-、-OCO-CRa=CH-COO-、-OCO-CRa=CH-OCO-、-(CH2)z-C(=O)-O-、-(CH2)z-O-(C=O)-、-O-(C=O)-(CH2)z-、-(C=O)-O-(CH2)z-、-CH=CH-、-CF=CF-、-CF=CH-、-CH=CF-、-CF2-、-CF2O-、-OCF2-、-CF2CH2-、-CH2CF2-、-CF2CF2-或-C≡C-(式中,Ra各自獨立地表示氫原 子或碳原子數1~4之烷基,前述式中,z表示1~4之整數。), Mp2表示1,4-伸苯基、1,4-伸環己基、蒽-2,6-二基、菲-2,7-二基、吡啶-2,5-二基、嘧啶-2,5-二基、萘-2,6-二基、茚烷-2,5-二基、1,2,3,4-四氫萘-2,6-二基或1,3-二

Figure TW201803973AD00203
烷-2,5-二基,Mp2未經取代或亦可被碳原子數1~12之烷基、碳原子數1~12之鹵化烷基、碳原子數1~12之烷氧基、碳原子數1~12之鹵化烷氧基、鹵素原子、氰基、硝基或-Rp1取代, Mp1表示以下之式(i-11)~(ix-11)中的任一者,
Figure TW201803973AD00204
In the formulae (RI) to (R-IX), R 2 to R 6 are independently of each other a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, or a halogenated alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, and W is Single bond, -O- or methylene, T is a single bond or -COO-, p, t and q each independently represent 0, 1 or 2, Sp p1 and Sp p2 represent a spacer group (spacer group ), Sp p1 and Sp p2 each independently represent a single bond, an alkylene group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, or -O- (CH 2 ) s- (where s represents an integer from 1 to 11, and the oxygen atom is bonded In the aromatic ring.), L p1 and L p2 each independently represent a single bond, -O-, -S-, -CH 2- , -OCH 2- , -CH 2 O-, -CO-, -C 2 H 4- , -COO-, -OCO-, -OCOOCH 2- , -CH 2 OCOO-, -OCH 2 CH 2 O-, -CO-NR a- , -NR a -CO-, -SCH 2 -,- CH 2 S-, -CH = CR a -COO-, -CH = CR a -OCO-, -COO-CR a = CH-, -OCO-CR a = CH-, -COO-CR a = CH-COO -, -COO-CR a = CH-OCO-, -OCO-CR a = CH-COO-, -OCO-CR a = CH-OCO-,-(CH 2 ) z -C (= O) -O- ,-(CH 2 ) zO- (C = O)-, -O- (C = O)-(CH 2 ) z-,-(C = O) -O- (CH 2 ) z-, -CH = CH-, -CF = CF-, -CF = CH-, -CH = CF-, -CF 2- , -CF 2 O-, -OCF 2- , -CF 2 CH 2- , -CH 2 CF 2- , -CF 2 C F 2 -or -C≡C- (In the formula, each of R a independently represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. In the foregoing formula, z represents an integer of 1 to 4.), and M p2 represents 1 1,4-phenylene, 1,4-cyclohexyl, anthracene-2,6-diyl, phenanthrene-2,7-diyl, pyridine-2,5-diyl, pyrimidine-2,5-diyl , Naphthalene-2,6-diyl, indane-2,5-diyl, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl, or 1,3-diyl
Figure TW201803973AD00203
Alkane-2,5-diyl, M p2 is unsubstituted or may also be alkyl having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, halogenated alkyl having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, alkoxy having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, Halogenated alkoxy, halogen atom, cyano, nitro or -R p1 substituted with 1 to 12 carbon atoms, and M p1 represents any one of the following formulae (i-11) to (ix-11),
Figure TW201803973AD00204

(式中,於★與Spp1鍵結,於★★與Lp1或者Lp2鍵結。), Mp3表示以下之式(i-13)~(ix-13)中的任一者,

Figure TW201803973AD00205
(In the formula, it is bonded to Sp p1 in ★, and it is bonded to L p1 or L p2 in ★.), M p3 represents any one of the following formulas (i-13) to (ix-13),
Figure TW201803973AD00205

(式中,於★與Zp1鍵結,於★★與Lp2鍵結。), mp2~mp4各自獨立地表示0、1、2或3,mp1及mp5各自獨立地表示1、2或3,當存在複數個Zp1之情形時,其等可相同或亦可不同,當存在複數個Rp1之情形時,其等可相同或亦可不同,當存在複數個Rp2之情形時,其等可相同或亦可不同,當存在複數個Spp1之情形時,其等可相同或亦可不同,當存在複數個Spp2之情形時,其等可相同或亦可不同,當存在複數個Lp1之情形時,其等可相同或亦可不同,當存在複數個Mp2之情形時,該等可相同或亦可不同。)。又,該聚合性化合物較佳含有1種或2種以上。 (In the formula, it is bonded to Z p1 and ★ to L p2 .), M p2 to m p4 each independently represent 0, 1, 2, or 3, and m p1 and m p5 each independently represent 1 , 2 or 3, when there are a plurality of Z p1 , they may be the same or different, when there are a plurality of R p1 , they may be the same or different, when there are a plurality of R p2 In the case, they may be the same or different. When there is a plurality of Sp p1 , they may be the same or different. When there are a plurality of Sp p2 , they may be the same or different. When a plurality of L p1 are present, they may be the same or different, and when a plurality of M p2 are present, they may be the same or different. ). The polymerizable compound preferably contains one or two or more kinds.

於本發明之通式(P)中,Zp1較佳為-Spp2-Rp2,R11及R12較佳各自獨立地為式(R-1)至式(R-3)中之任一者。 In the general formula (P) of the present invention, Z p1 is preferably -Sp p2 -R p2 , and R 11 and R 12 are each preferably independently any one of formula (R-1) to formula (R-3) One.

又,於前述通式(P)中,較佳為mp1+mp5在2以上。 In the general formula (P), m p1 + m p5 is preferably 2 or more.

又,於前述通式(P)中,Lp1為單鍵、-OCH2-、-CH2O-、-CO-、-C2H4-、-COO-、-OCO-、-COOC2H4-、-OCOC2H4-、-C2H4OCO-、-C2H4COO-、-CH=CH-、-CF2-、-CF2O-、-(CH2)z-C(=O)-O-、-(CH2)z-O-(C=O)-、-O-(C=O)-(CH2)z-、 -CH=CH-COO-、-COO-CH=CH-、-OCOCH=CH-、-(C=O)-O-(CH2)z-、-OCF2-或-C≡C-,Lp2為-OCH2CH2O-、-COOC2H4-、-OCOC2H4-、-(CH2)z-C(=O)-O-、-(CH2)z-O-(C=O)-、-O-(C=O)-(CH2)z-、-(C=O)-O-(CH2)z-、-CH=CH-COO-、-COO-CH=CH-、-OCOCH=CH-、-C2H4OCO-或-C2H4COO-,前述式中之z較佳為1~4之整數。 In the general formula (P), L p1 is a single bond, -OCH 2- , -CH 2 O-, -CO-, -C 2 H 4- , -COO-, -OCO-, -COOC 2 H 4- , -OCOC 2 H 4- , -C 2 H 4 OCO-, -C 2 H 4 COO-, -CH = CH-, -CF 2- , -CF 2 O-,-(CH 2 ) z -C (= O) -O-,-(CH 2 ) zO- (C = O)-, -O- (C = O)-(CH 2 ) z-, -CH = CH-COO-, -COO -CH = CH-, -OCOCH = CH-,-(C = O) -O- (CH 2 ) z-, -OCF 2 -or -C≡C-, and L p2 is -OCH 2 CH 2 O-, -COOC 2 H 4 -, - OCOC 2 H 4 -, - (CH 2) z -C (= O) -O -, - (CH 2) zO- (C = O) -, - O- (C = O)-(CH 2 ) z-,-(C = O) -O- (CH 2 ) z-, -CH = CH-COO-, -COO-CH = CH-, -OCOCH = CH-, -C For 2 H 4 OCO- or -C 2 H 4 COO-, z in the foregoing formula is preferably an integer of 1 to 4.

又,較佳為,前述通式(P)之Lp1及Lp2的至少任一者為選自由-(CH2)z-C(=O)-O-、-(CH2)z-O-(C=O)-及-O-(C=O)-(CH2)z-、-(C=O)-O-(CH2)z-組成之群中的至少1種。 In addition, it is preferred that at least one of L p1 and L p2 in the general formula (P) is selected from-(CH 2 ) z -C (= O) -O-,-(CH 2 ) zO- ( At least one of the group consisting of C = O)-and -O- (C = O)-(CH 2 ) z-,-(C = O) -O- (CH 2 ) z-.

又,於前述通式(P)中,Rp1及Rp2更佳各自獨立地為以下之式(R-1)至式(R-15)中的任一者。 Further, in the general formula (P), R p1 and R p2 are each preferably independently any one of the following formulae (R-1) to (R-15).

Figure TW201803973AD00206
Figure TW201803973AD00206

又,前述通式(P)之mp3表示0、1、2或3,當mp2為1之情形時,Lp1為單鍵,當mp2為2或3之情形時,複數個存在之Lp1的至少1個較佳為單鍵。 In addition, m p3 of the aforementioned general formula (P) represents 0, 1, 2 or 3; when m p2 is 1, L p1 is a single bond; when m p2 is 2 or 3, a plurality of At least one of L p1 is preferably a single bond.

又,前述通式(P)之mp3表示0、1、2或3,當mp3為1之情形時,Mp2為1,4-伸苯基,當mp3為2或3之情形時,複數個存在之Mp2之中較佳至少透過Lp1而與Mp1鄰接之Mp2為1,4-伸苯基。 In addition, m p3 of the aforementioned general formula (P) represents 0, 1, 2 or 3; when m p3 is 1, M p2 is 1,4-phenylene; when m p3 is 2 or 3 , among a plurality of presence of at least transmitted preferred L M p2 and p1 and p1 of adjacent M M p2 is 1,4-phenylene.

並且,前述通式(P)之mp3表示0、1、2或3,Mp2之至少1個較佳為經1個或2個以上之氟取代的1,4-伸苯基。 In addition, m p3 in the aforementioned general formula (P) represents 0, 1, 2 or 3, and at least one of M p2 is preferably 1,4-phenylene substituted with one or two or more fluorines.

並且,前述通式(P)之mp4表示0、1、2或3,Mp3之至少1個較佳為經1個或2個以上之氟取代的1,4-伸苯基。 In addition, m p4 in the aforementioned general formula (P) represents 0, 1, 2 or 3, and at least one of M p3 is preferably 1,4-phenylene substituted with one or two or more fluorines.

又,作為前述通式(P)中之間隔基團(Spp1,Spp2,Spp4),較佳為單鍵、-OCH2-、-(CH2)zO-、-CO-、-C2H4-、-COO-、-OCO-、-COOC2H4-、-OCOC2H4-、-(CH2)z-、-C2H4OCO-、-C2H4COO-、-CH=CH-、-CF2-、-CF2O-、-(CH2)z-C(=O)-O-、-(CH2)z-O-(C=O)-、-O-(C=O)-(CH2)z-、-(C=O)-O-(CH2)z-、-O-(CH2)z-O-、-OCF2-、-CH=CH-COO-、-COO-CH=CH-、-OCOCH=CH-或-C≡C-該Z較佳為1以上10以下之整數。 The spacer groups (Sp p1 , Sp p2 , Sp p4 ) in the general formula (P) are preferably a single bond, -OCH 2 -,-(CH 2 ) z O-, -CO-,- C 2 H 4- , -COO-, -OCO-, -COOC 2 H 4- , -OCOC 2 H 4 -,-(CH 2 ) z- , -C 2 H 4 OCO-, -C 2 H 4 COO -, -CH = CH-, -CF 2- , -CF 2 O-,-(CH 2 ) z -C (= O) -O-,-(CH 2 ) z -O- (C = O)- , -O- (C = O)-(CH 2 ) z -,-(C = O) -O- (CH 2 ) z- , -O- (CH 2 ) z -O-, -OCF 2- , -CH = CH-COO-, -COO-CH = CH-, -OCOCH = CH-, or -C≡C- The Z is preferably an integer of 1 to 10.

本發明之通式(P)之聚合性化合物,較佳為選自由通式(P-a)、通式(P-b)、通式(P-c)及通式(P-d)表示之化合物組成之群中的至少1種化合物。 The polymerizable compound of the general formula (P) of the present invention is preferably at least one selected from the group consisting of compounds represented by the general formula (Pa), the general formula (Pb), the general formula (Pc), and the general formula (Pd). 1 compound.

Figure TW201803973AD00207
Figure TW201803973AD00207

Figure TW201803973AD00208
Figure TW201803973AD00208

Figure TW201803973AD00209
Figure TW201803973AD00209

Figure TW201803973AD00210
Figure TW201803973AD00210

上述通式(P-a)~通式(P-d)中,Rp1及Rp2各自獨立地表示以下之式(R-I)至式(R-IX)中的任一者,

Figure TW201803973AD00211
In the general formulae (Pa) to (Pd), R p1 and R p2 each independently represent any one of the following formulae (RI) to (R-IX),
Figure TW201803973AD00211

前述式(R-I)~(R-IX)中,R2~R6互相獨立地為氫原子、碳原子數1~5個之烷基或碳原子數1~5個之鹵化烷基,W為單鍵、-O-或亞甲基,T為單鍵或-COO-,p、t及q各自獨立地表示0、1或2, 環A及環B各自獨立地表示1,4-伸苯基、1,4-伸環己基、蒽-2,6-二基、菲-2,7-二基、吡啶-2,5-二基、嘧啶-2,5-二基、萘-2,6-二基、茚烷-2,5-二基、1,2,3,4-四氫萘-2,6-二基或1,3-二

Figure TW201803973AD00212
烷-2,5-二基,較佳為未經取代或經碳原子數1~12之烷基、碳原子數1~12之鹵化烷基、 碳原子數1~12之烷氧基、碳原子數1~12之鹵化烷氧基、鹵素原子、氰基、硝基或-Rp1取代, 環C表示以下之式(c-i)~(c-ix)的任一者,
Figure TW201803973AD00213
In the formulae (RI) to (R-IX), R 2 to R 6 are independently of each other a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, or a halogenated alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, and W is Single bond, -O- or methylene, T is a single bond or -COO-, p, t and q each independently represent 0, 1 or 2, ring A and ring B each independently represent 1,4-benzene Base, 1,4-cyclohexyl, anthracene-2,6-diyl, phenanthrene-2,7-diyl, pyridine-2,5-diyl, pyrimidine-2,5-diyl, naphthalene-2, 6-diyl, indane-2,5-diyl, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl or 1,3-diyl
Figure TW201803973AD00212
Alkane-2,5-diyl is preferably unsubstituted or alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, halogenated alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, alkoxy group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, carbon Halogenated alkoxy, halogen atom, cyano, nitro or -R p1 substituted with 1 to 12 atoms, and ring C represents any one of the following formulae (ci) to (c-ix),
Figure TW201803973AD00213

(式中,於★與Spp1鍵結,於★★與Lp5或者Lp6鍵結。) (In the formula, it is bonded to Sp p1 at ★ and L p5 or L p6 at ★★.)

Spp1及Spp4表示間隔基團,Xp1~Xp4較佳各自獨立地表示氫原子或鹵素原子, Sp p1 and Sp p4 represent a spacer group, and X p1 to X p4 each preferably independently represent a hydrogen atom or a halogen atom,

Lp4、Lp5及Lp6較佳各自獨立地為單鍵、-OCH2-、-CH2O-、-CO-、-C2H4-、-COO-、-OCO-、-COOC2H4-、-OCOC2H4-、-C2H4OCO-、-C2H4COO-、-CH=CH-、-CF2-、-CF2O-、-(CH2)z-C(=O)-O-、-(CH2)z-O-(C=O)-、-O-(C=O)-(CH2)z-、-(C=O)-O-(CH2)z-、-O-(CH2)z-O-、-OCF2-、-CH=CHCOO-、-COOCH=CH-、-OCOCH=CH-或-C≡C-,前述式中之z較佳為1~4之整數。 L p4 , L p5 and L p6 are preferably each independently a single bond, -OCH 2- , -CH 2 O-, -CO-, -C 2 H 4- , -COO-, -OCO-, -COOC 2 H 4- , -OCOC 2 H 4- , -C 2 H 4 OCO-, -C 2 H 4 COO-, -CH = CH-, -CF 2- , -CF 2 O-,-(CH 2 ) z -C (= O) -O-,-(CH 2 ) z -O- (C = O)-, -O- (C = O)-(CH 2 ) z -,-(C = O) -O -(CH 2 ) z- , -O- (CH 2 ) z -O-, -OCF 2- , -CH = CHCOO-, -COOCH = CH-, -OCOCH = CH- or -C≡C-, In the formula, z is preferably an integer of 1 to 4.

Lp3較佳為-CH=CHCOO-、-COOCH=CH-或-OCOCH=CH-。 L p3 is preferably -CH = CHCOO-, -COOCH = CH-, or -OCOCH = CH-.

於上述通式(P-a)表示之化合物中,mp6及mp7較佳各自獨立地表示0、1、2或3。又,更佳為mp6+mp7=2~5。 In the compound represented by the general formula (Pa), m p6 and m p7 each preferably independently represent 0, 1, 2 or 3. It is more preferable that m p6 + m p7 = 2 to 5.

於上述通式(P-d)表示之化合物中,mp12及mp15各自獨立地表示1、2或3,mp13較佳表示0、1、2或3,mp14較佳表示0或1。又,更佳為mp12+mp15=2~5。當存在複數個Rp1之情形時,其等可相同或亦可不同,當存在複數個Rp1之情形時,其等可相同或亦可不同,當存在複數個Rp2之情形時,其等可相同或亦可不同,當存在複數個Spp1之情形時,其等可相同或亦可不同,當存在複數個Spp4之情形時,其等可相同或亦可不同,當存在複數個Lp4及Lp5之情形時,其等可相同或亦可不同,當存在複數個環A~環C之情形時,該等可相同或亦可不同。 In the compound represented by the general formula (Pd), m p12 and m p15 each independently represent 1, 2, or 3, m p13 preferably represents 0, 1, 2, or 3, and m p14 preferably represents 0 or 1. It is more preferable that m p12 + m p15 = 2 to 5. When there are a plurality of R p1 cases, they may be the same or different. When there are a plurality of R p1 cases, they may be the same or different. When there are a plurality of R p2 cases, they may be the same. It may be the same or different. When there is a plurality of Sp p1 , they may be the same or different. When there is a plurality of Sp p4 , they may be the same or different. When there is a plurality of L In the case of p4 and L p5 , they may be the same or different, and when there are a plurality of rings A to C, these may be the same or different.

以下例示本發明之通式(P-a)~通式(P-d)表示之化合物的較佳結構。 The preferable structures of the compounds represented by the general formulae (P-a) to (P-d) of the present invention are exemplified below.

本發明之通式(P-a)表示之化合物的較佳例,可舉下述式(P-a-1)~式(P-a-31)表示之聚合性化合物。 Preferred examples of the compound represented by the general formula (P-a) of the present invention include polymerizable compounds represented by the following formulae (P-a-1) to (P-a-31).

Figure TW201803973AD00214
Figure TW201803973AD00214

Figure TW201803973AD00215
Figure TW201803973AD00215

Figure TW201803973AD00216
Figure TW201803973AD00216

Figure TW201803973AD00217
Figure TW201803973AD00217

Figure TW201803973AD00218
Figure TW201803973AD00218

Figure TW201803973AD00219
Figure TW201803973AD00219

Figure TW201803973AD00220
Figure TW201803973AD00220

Figure TW201803973AD00221
Figure TW201803973AD00221

Figure TW201803973AD00222
Figure TW201803973AD00222

Figure TW201803973AD00223
Figure TW201803973AD00223

Figure TW201803973AD00224
Figure TW201803973AD00224

Figure TW201803973AD00225
Figure TW201803973AD00225

Figure TW201803973AD00226
Figure TW201803973AD00226

Figure TW201803973AD00227
Figure TW201803973AD00227

Figure TW201803973AD00228
Figure TW201803973AD00228

Figure TW201803973AD00229
Figure TW201803973AD00229

Figure TW201803973AD00230
Figure TW201803973AD00230

Figure TW201803973AD00231
Figure TW201803973AD00231

Figure TW201803973AD00232
Figure TW201803973AD00232

Figure TW201803973AD00233
Figure TW201803973AD00233

Figure TW201803973AD00234
Figure TW201803973AD00234

Figure TW201803973AD00235
Figure TW201803973AD00235

Figure TW201803973AD00236
Figure TW201803973AD00236

Figure TW201803973AD00237
Figure TW201803973AD00237

Figure TW201803973AD00238
Figure TW201803973AD00238

Figure TW201803973AD00239
Figure TW201803973AD00239

Figure TW201803973AD00240
Figure TW201803973AD00240

Figure TW201803973AD00241
Figure TW201803973AD00241

Figure TW201803973AD00242
Figure TW201803973AD00242

Figure TW201803973AD00243
Figure TW201803973AD00243

Figure TW201803973AD00244
Figure TW201803973AD00244

本發明之通式(P-b)表示之化合物的較佳例,可舉下述式(P-b-1)~式(P-b-34)表示之聚合性化合物。 Preferred examples of the compound represented by the general formula (P-b) of the present invention include polymerizable compounds represented by the following formulae (P-b-1) to (P-b-34).

Figure TW201803973AD00245
Figure TW201803973AD00245

Figure TW201803973AD00246
Figure TW201803973AD00246

Figure TW201803973AD00247
Figure TW201803973AD00247

Figure TW201803973AD00248
Figure TW201803973AD00248

Figure TW201803973AD00249
Figure TW201803973AD00249

Figure TW201803973AD00250
Figure TW201803973AD00250

Figure TW201803973AD00251
Figure TW201803973AD00251

Figure TW201803973AD00252
Figure TW201803973AD00252

Figure TW201803973AD00253
Figure TW201803973AD00253

Figure TW201803973AD00254
Figure TW201803973AD00254

本發明之通式(P-c)表示之化合物的較佳例,可舉下述式(P-c-1)~式(P-c-52)表示之聚合性化合物。 Preferred examples of the compound represented by the general formula (P-c) of the present invention include polymerizable compounds represented by the following formulae (P-c-1) to (P-c-52).

Figure TW201803973AD00255
Figure TW201803973AD00255

Figure TW201803973AD00256
Figure TW201803973AD00256

Figure TW201803973AD00257
Figure TW201803973AD00257

本發明之通式(P-d)表示之化合物,較佳為以下之通式(P-d’)表示之化合物。 The compound represented by the general formula (P-d) of the present invention is preferably a compound represented by the following general formula (P-d ').

Figure TW201803973AD00258
Figure TW201803973AD00258

(於上述通式(P-d’)表示之化合物中,mp10更佳表示2或3。其他之記號由於與上述通式(p-d)相同,故省略之。) (In the compound represented by the general formula (P-d '), m p10 more preferably represents 2 or 3. Other symbols are the same as the general formula (pd), and are omitted.)

本發明之通式(P-d)表示之化合物的較佳例,可舉下述式(P-d-1)~式(P-d-31)表示之聚合性化合物。 Preferred examples of the compound represented by the general formula (P-d) of the present invention include polymerizable compounds represented by the following formulae (P-d-1) to (P-d-31).

Figure TW201803973AD00259
Figure TW201803973AD00259

Figure TW201803973AD00260
Figure TW201803973AD00260

Figure TW201803973AD00261
Figure TW201803973AD00261

Figure TW201803973AD00262
Figure TW201803973AD00262

Figure TW201803973AD00263
Figure TW201803973AD00263

Figure TW201803973AD00264
Figure TW201803973AD00264

Figure TW201803973AD00265
Figure TW201803973AD00265

Figure TW201803973AD00266
Figure TW201803973AD00266

Figure TW201803973AD00267
Figure TW201803973AD00267

Figure TW201803973AD00268
Figure TW201803973AD00268

Figure TW201803973AD00269
Figure TW201803973AD00269

Figure TW201803973AD00270
Figure TW201803973AD00270

Figure TW201803973AD00271
Figure TW201803973AD00271

Figure TW201803973AD00272
Figure TW201803973AD00272

Figure TW201803973AD00273
Figure TW201803973AD00273

Figure TW201803973AD00274
Figure TW201803973AD00274

Figure TW201803973AD00275
Figure TW201803973AD00275

Figure TW201803973AD00276
Figure TW201803973AD00276

Figure TW201803973AD00277
Figure TW201803973AD00277

Figure TW201803973AD00278
Figure TW201803973AD00278

Figure TW201803973AD00279
Figure TW201803973AD00279

Figure TW201803973AD00280
Figure TW201803973AD00280

Figure TW201803973AD00281
Figure TW201803973AD00281

Figure TW201803973AD00282
Figure TW201803973AD00282

Figure TW201803973AD00283
Figure TW201803973AD00283

Figure TW201803973AD00284
Figure TW201803973AD00284

Figure TW201803973AD00285
Figure TW201803973AD00285

Figure TW201803973AD00286
Figure TW201803973AD00286

Figure TW201803973AD00287
Figure TW201803973AD00287

Figure TW201803973AD00288
Figure TW201803973AD00288

Figure TW201803973AD00289
Figure TW201803973AD00289

Figure TW201803973AD00290
Figure TW201803973AD00290

Figure TW201803973AD00291
Figure TW201803973AD00291

Figure TW201803973AD00292
Figure TW201803973AD00292

Figure TW201803973AD00293
Figure TW201803973AD00293

Figure TW201803973AD00294
Figure TW201803973AD00294

本發明之「碳原子數1~15個之烷基」較佳為直鏈狀或分支狀烷基,更佳為直鏈狀烷基。又,上述通式(1)中,R1及R2各自獨立地為碳原子數1~15個之烷基,R1及R2較佳各自獨立地為碳原子數1~8個之烷基,更佳為碳原子數1~6個之烷基。 The "alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms" in the present invention is preferably a linear or branched alkyl group, and more preferably a linear alkyl group. In the above general formula (1), R 1 and R 2 are each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms, and R 1 and R 2 are each preferably independently an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms. Is more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.

作為本發明之「碳原子數1~15個之烷基」之例,可列舉:甲基、乙基、丙基、丁基、異丙基、異丁基、三級丁基、3-戊基、異戊基、新戊基、戊基、己基、庚基、辛基、壬基、癸基、十二基、十五基等。另,於本說明書中,烷基之例為共通,可根據各烷基之碳原子數的數目,適當從上述例示加以選擇。 Examples of the "alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms" in the present invention include methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, isopropyl, isobutyl, tertiary butyl, and 3-pentyl. Base, isopentyl, neopentyl, pentyl, hexyl, heptyl, octyl, nonyl, decyl, dodecyl, pentayl, and the like. In the present specification, examples of the alkyl group are common, and they can be appropriately selected from the above examples according to the number of carbon atoms in each alkyl group.

本發明之「碳原子數1~15個之烷氧基」之例,較佳為該取代基中之至少1個氧原子存在於與環結構直接鍵結之位置,更佳為甲氧基、乙氧基、丙氧基(正丙氧基(n-propoxy)、異丙氧基(i-propoxy))、丁氧基、戊氧基、辛氧基、癸氧基。另,於本說明書中,烷氧基之例為共通,可根據各烷氧基之碳原子數的數目,適當從上述例示加以選擇。 As an example of the "alkoxy group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms" in the present invention, it is preferred that at least one oxygen atom in the substituent exists at a position directly bonded to the ring structure, and more preferably a methoxy group, Ethoxy, propoxy (n-propoxy, i-propoxy), butoxy, pentoxy, octyloxy, decoxy. In this specification, examples of the alkoxy group are common, and they can be appropriately selected from the above-mentioned examples according to the number of carbon atoms in each alkoxy group.

本發明之「碳原子數2~15個之烯基」之例,可列舉:乙烯基、烯丙基、1-丙烯基、異丙烯基、2-丁烯基、3-丁烯基、1,3-丁二烯基、2-戊烯基、3-戊烯基、2-己烯基等。又,作為本發明更佳之烯基,以下述記載之式(i)(乙烯基)、式(ii)(1-丙烯基)、式(iii)(3-丁烯基)及式(iv)(3-戊烯基)表示,

Figure TW201803973AD00295
Examples of the "alkenyl group having 2 to 15 carbon atoms" in the present invention include vinyl, allyl, 1-propenyl, isopropenyl, 2-butenyl, 3-butenyl, 1 , 3-butadienyl, 2-pentenyl, 3-pentenyl, 2-hexenyl and the like. In addition, as a more preferable alkenyl group in the present invention, the following formula (i) (vinyl), formula (ii) (1-propenyl), formula (iii) (3-butenyl), and formula (iv) (3-pentenyl) represents,
Figure TW201803973AD00295

(上述式(i)~(iv)中,*表示鍵結於環結構之部位。),但當本案發明之液晶組成物含有聚合性單體之情形時,較佳為式(ii)及式(iv)表示之結構,更佳為式(ii)表示之結構。另,於本說明書中,烯基之例為共通,可根據各烯基之碳原子數的數目,適當從上述例示加以選擇。 (In the above formulae (i) to (iv), * represents a site bonded to a ring structure.) However, when the liquid crystal composition of the present invention contains a polymerizable monomer, the formulae (ii) and the formulae are preferred. The structure represented by (iv) is more preferably the structure represented by formula (ii). In the present specification, examples of alkenyl groups are common, and they can be appropriately selected from the above examples according to the number of carbon atoms in each alkenyl group.

又,本發明之聚合性化合物之中,作為對提高與低分子液晶之溶解性抑制結晶化較佳的單官能性具有反應基之聚合性化合物,較佳為下述通式 (VI)表示之聚合性化合物,

Figure TW201803973AD00296
Among the polymerizable compounds of the present invention, as the polymerizable compound having a monofunctional group which is preferred for improving the solubility with low-molecular liquid crystal and suppressing crystallization, it is preferably represented by the following general formula (VI): Polymerizable compounds,
Figure TW201803973AD00296

(式中,X3表示氫原子或甲基,Sp3表示單鍵、碳原子數1~12之伸烷基或-O-(CH2)t-(式中,t表示2~11之整數,氧原子鍵結於芳香環。),V表示碳原子數2~20之直鏈或者分支多價伸烷基或碳原子數5~30之多價環狀取代基,多價伸烷基中之伸烷基可於氧原子不鄰接之範圍被氧原子取代,或亦可被碳原子數5~20之烷基(基中之伸烷基可於氧原子不鄰接之範圍被氧原子取代。)或環狀取代基取代,W表示氫原子、鹵素原子或碳原子數1~15之烷基。式中所有的1,4-伸苯基其任意之氫原子可被取代為-CH3、-OCH3、氟原子或氰基。)。 (In the formula, X 3 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and Sp 3 represents a single bond, an alkylene group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, or -O- (CH 2 ) t- (wherein, t represents an integer from 2 to 11) The oxygen atom is bonded to the aromatic ring.), V represents a linear or branched polyvalent alkylene group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms or a polyvalent cyclic substituent group having 5 to 30 carbon atoms. The alkylene group may be substituted with an oxygen atom in a range where the oxygen atoms are not adjacent, or may be substituted with an alkyl group having 5 to 20 carbon atoms (the alkylene group in the group may be replaced with an oxygen atom in a range where the oxygen atoms are not adjacent. ) Or a cyclic substituent, W represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, or an alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms. All 1,4-phenylene groups in the formula may be substituted for any hydrogen atom by -CH 3 , -OCH 3 , a fluorine atom or a cyano group.).

於上述通式(VI)中,X3表示氫原子或甲基,但當重視反應速度之情形時,較佳為氫原子,當重視降低反應殘留量之情形時,則較佳為甲基。 In the general formula (VI), X 3 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group. When the reaction rate is important, a hydrogen atom is preferred, and when a reduction in the reaction residual amount is important, a methyl group is preferred.

於上述通式(VI)中,Sp3表示單鍵、碳原子數1~12之伸烷基或-O-(CH2)t-(式中,t表示2~11之整數,氧原子鍵結於芳香環。),由於碳鏈之長度會對Tg造成影響,因此,當聚合性化合物含量未達10重量%之情形時,較佳為不太長,較佳為單鍵或碳原子數1~5之伸烷基,當聚合性化合物含量未達6重量%之情形時,更佳為單鍵或碳原子數1~3之伸烷基。當聚合性化合物含量在10重量%以上之情形時,較佳為碳數5~10之伸烷基。又,當Sp3表示-O-(CH2)t-之情形時,亦是t較佳為1~5, 更佳為1~3。並且,於含有配向膜之基板表面,由於碳原子數會對預傾角造成影響,因此,視需要,較佳混合複數種Sp3之碳原子數不同的聚合性化合物來使用,以得到想要之預傾角。 In the above general formula (VI), Sp 3 represents a single bond, an alkylene group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, or -O- (CH 2 ) t- (wherein, t represents an integer of 2 to 11 and an oxygen atom bond It is bound to an aromatic ring.) Since the length of the carbon chain affects Tg, when the content of the polymerizable compound is less than 10% by weight, it is preferably not too long, and is preferably a single bond or the number of carbon atoms. When the content of the polymerizable compound is less than 6% by weight, the alkylene group having 1 to 5 is more preferably a single bond or an alkylene group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms. When the content of the polymerizable compound is 10% by weight or more, an alkylene group having 5 to 10 carbon atoms is preferred. When Sp 3 represents -O- (CH 2 ) t- , t is preferably from 1 to 5, and more preferably from 1 to 3. In addition, since the number of carbon atoms affects the pretilt angle on the surface of the substrate containing the alignment film, it is preferable to use a plurality of polymerizable compounds having different carbon atom numbers of Sp 3 as needed to obtain the desired Pre-tilt angle.

於上述通式(VI)中,V表示碳原子數2~20之直鏈或者分支多價伸烷基或碳原子數5~30之多價環狀取代基,多價伸烷基中之伸烷基可於氧原子不鄰接之範圍被氧原子取代,或亦可被碳原子數5~20之烷基(基中之伸烷基可於氧原子不鄰接之範圍被氧原子取代。)或環狀取代基取代,較佳被2個以上之環狀取代基取代。 In the above general formula (VI), V represents a straight-chain or branched polyvalent alkylene group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms or a polyvalent cyclic substituent group having 5 to 30 carbon atoms. The alkyl group may be substituted with an oxygen atom in a range where the oxygen atoms are not adjacent, or may be substituted with an alkyl group having 5 to 20 carbon atoms (the alkylene group in the group may be substituted with an oxygen atom in a range where the oxygen atoms are not adjacent) or The cyclic substituent is preferably substituted with two or more cyclic substituents.

通式(VI)表示之聚合性化合物更具體而言,可舉通式(X1a)表示之化合物,

Figure TW201803973AD00297
More specifically, the polymerizable compound represented by the general formula (VI) may be a compound represented by the general formula (X1a).
Figure TW201803973AD00297

(式中,A1表示氫原子或甲基,A2表示單鍵或碳原子數1~8之伸烷基(該伸烷基中之1個或2個以上的亞甲基,可以氧原子不相互直接鍵結之方式,各自獨立地被氧原子、-CO-、-COO-或-OCO-取代,該伸烷基中之1個或2個以上的氫原子可各自獨立地被氟原子、甲基或乙基取代。), A3及A6各自獨立地表示氫原子、鹵素原子或碳原子數1~10之烷基(該烷基中之1個或2個以上的亞甲基,可以氧原子不相互直接鍵結之方式,各自獨立地被氧原子、-CO-、-COO-或-OCO-取代,該烷基中之1 個或2個以上的氫原子,可各自獨立地被鹵素原子或碳原子數1~17之烷基取代。),A4及A7各自獨立地表示氫原子、鹵素原子或碳原子數1~10之烷基(該烷基中之1個或2個以上的亞甲基,可以氧原子不相互直接鍵結之方式,各自獨立地被氧原子、-CO-、-COO-或-OCO-取代,該烷基中之1個或2個以上的氫原子可各自獨立地鹵素原子或碳原子數1~9之烷基取代。),p表示0~10,B1、B2及B3各自獨立地表示氫原子、碳原子數1~10之直鏈狀或者支鏈狀烷基(該烷基中之1個或2個以上的亞甲基,可以氧原子不相互直接鍵結之方式,各自獨立地被氧原子、-CO-、-COO-或-OCO-取代,該烷基中之1個或2個以上的氫原子,可各自獨立地被鹵素原子或碳原子數3~6之三烷氧基矽基(trialkoxysilyl)取代。)。 (In the formula, A 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and A 2 represents a single bond or an alkylene group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms. (One or more methylene groups in the alkylene group may be an oxygen atom. In a manner that they are not directly bonded to each other, they are each independently replaced by an oxygen atom, -CO-, -COO-, or -OCO-, and one or more hydrogen atoms in the alkylene group can be independently replaced by fluorine atoms. , Methyl, or ethyl.), A 3 and A 6 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, or an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms (one or two or more methylene groups in the alkyl group) In the manner that the oxygen atoms are not directly bonded to each other, each is independently replaced by an oxygen atom, -CO-, -COO-, or -OCO-, and one or more hydrogen atoms in the alkyl group may be independent of each other. Is substituted by a halogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 17 carbon atoms.), A 4 and A 7 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, or an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms (one of the alkyl groups) Or two or more methylene groups, each of which may be independently substituted by an oxygen atom, -CO-, -COO-, or -OCO- in a manner that oxygen atoms are not directly bonded to each other, and one or two of the alkyl groups are The above hydrogen atoms may each Is independently a halogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 9 carbon atoms, the substituent.), P represents 0 ~ 10, B 1, B 2 and B 3 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a straight-chain carbon atoms of 1 to 10, or Branched alkyl group (one or two or more methylene groups in the alkyl group can be independently bonded to each other by oxygen atoms, -CO-, -COO-, or -OCO -Substitution. One or two or more hydrogen atoms in the alkyl group may be independently substituted with a halogen atom or a trialkoxysilyl group having 3 to 6 carbon atoms.).

上述通式(X1a)較佳為通式(II-b)表示之化合物。 The general formula (X1a) is preferably a compound represented by the general formula (II-b).

Figure TW201803973AD00298
Figure TW201803973AD00298

通式(II-b)表示之化合物,具體而言,較佳為下述式(II-q)~(II-z)、(II-aa)~(II-al)表示之化合物。 The compound represented by the general formula (II-b) is specifically preferably a compound represented by the following formulae (II-q) to (II-z) and (II-aa) to (II-al).

Figure TW201803973AD00299
Figure TW201803973AD00299

Figure TW201803973AD00300
Figure TW201803973AD00300

上述通式(VI)、通式(XaI)及通式(II-b)表示之化合物,可僅為1種,或亦可為2種以上。 The compound represented by the general formula (VI), the general formula (XaI), and the general formula (II-b) may be only one kind, or two or more kinds.

又,作為通式(VI)表示之聚合性化合物,亦可舉通式(X1b)表示之化合物,

Figure TW201803973AD00301
The polymerizable compound represented by the general formula (VI) may be a compound represented by the general formula (X1b).
Figure TW201803973AD00301

(式中,A8表示氫原子或甲基,6員環T1、T2及T3各自獨立地表示下述之任一者,

Figure TW201803973AD00302
(Wherein A 8 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and the 6-membered rings T 1 , T 2, and T 3 each independently represent any of the following,
Figure TW201803973AD00302

(其中q表示1至4之整數。),q表示0或1,Y1及Y2各自獨立地表示單鍵、-CH2CH2-、-CH2O-、-OCH2-、-COO-、-OCO-、-C≡C-、-CH=CH-、-CF=CF-、-(CH2)4-、-CH2CH2CH2O-、-OCH2CH2CH2-、-CH=CHCH2CH2-或-CH2CH2CH=CH-,Y3及Y4各自獨立地表示單鍵、碳原子數1~12之伸烷基(該伸烷基中之1個或2個以上的亞甲基,可以氧原子不相互直接鍵結之方式,各自獨立地被氧原子、-CO-、-COO-或-OCO-取代,該伸烷基中之1個或2個以上的氫原子可各自獨立地被氟原子、甲基或乙基取代。),B8表示氫原子、氰基、鹵素原子或碳原子數1~8之烷基,或末端具有丙烯醯基或甲基丙烯醯基之伸烷基。)。 (Where q represents an integer from 1 to 4.), q represents 0 or 1, Y 1 and Y 2 each independently represents a single bond, -CH 2 CH 2- , -CH 2 O-, -OCH 2- , -COO -, -OCO-, -C≡C-, -CH = CH-, -CF = CF-,-(CH 2 ) 4- , -CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 O-, -OCH 2 CH 2 CH 2- , -CH = CHCH 2 CH 2 -or -CH 2 CH 2 CH = CH-, Y 3 and Y 4 each independently represents a single bond, and an alkylene group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms (1 of the alkylene group) Two or more methylene groups, each of which may be independently substituted by an oxygen atom, -CO-, -COO-, or -OCO- in a manner that oxygen atoms are not directly bonded to each other, and one or more of the alkylene groups Each of two or more hydrogen atoms may be independently substituted by a fluorine atom, a methyl group, or an ethyl group.), B 8 represents a hydrogen atom, a cyano group, a halogen atom, or an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, or a terminal having propylene fluorene Alkyl or methacrylfluorene. ).

作為例示化合物,如下所示,但並非限定於此等。 Exemplary compounds are shown below, but are not limited thereto.

Figure TW201803973AD00303
Figure TW201803973AD00303

Figure TW201803973AD00304
Figure TW201803973AD00304

Figure TW201803973AD00305
Figure TW201803973AD00305

Figure TW201803973AD00306
Figure TW201803973AD00306

Figure TW201803973AD00307
Figure TW201803973AD00307

Figure TW201803973AD00308
Figure TW201803973AD00308

Figure TW201803973AD00309
Figure TW201803973AD00309

並且,通式(VI)表示之聚合性化合物具體而言,亦可舉通式(X1c)表示之化合物,

Figure TW201803973AD00310
Further, the polymerizable compound represented by the general formula (VI) may specifically be a compound represented by the general formula (X1c),
Figure TW201803973AD00310

(式中,R70表示氫原子或甲基,R71表示具有縮合環之烴基。)。作為例示化合物,如下所示,但並非限定於此等。 (In the formula, R 70 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and R 71 represents a hydrocarbon group having a condensed ring.). Exemplary compounds are shown below, but are not limited thereto.

Figure TW201803973AD00311
Figure TW201803973AD00311

Figure TW201803973AD00312
Figure TW201803973AD00312

Figure TW201803973AD00313
Figure TW201803973AD00313

Figure TW201803973AD00314
Figure TW201803973AD00314

又,本發明之聚合性化合物之中,作為對提高與低分子液晶之溶解性抑制結晶化較佳的多官能性具有反應基之聚合性化合物,較佳為下述通式(V)表示之聚合性化合物,

Figure TW201803973AD00315
Among the polymerizable compounds of the present invention, the polymerizable compound having a reactive group having a polyfunctionality which is preferable for improving the solubility with a low-molecular liquid crystal and suppressing crystallization is preferably represented by the following general formula (V). Polymerizable compounds,
Figure TW201803973AD00315

(式中,X1及X2各自獨立地表示氫原子或甲基,Sp1及Sp2各自獨立地表示單鍵、碳原子數1~12之伸烷基或-O-(CH2)s-(式中,s表示1~11之整數,氧原子鍵結於芳香環。),U表示碳原子數2~20之直鏈或者分支多價伸烷基或碳原子數5~30之多價環狀取代基,多價伸烷基中之伸烷基可於氧原子不鄰接之範圍被氧原子取代,或亦可被碳原子數5~20之烷基(基中之伸烷基可於氧原子不鄰接之範圍被氧原子取代。)或環狀取代基取代,k表示1~5之整數。式中所有的1,4-伸苯基其任意之氫原子可被-CH3、-OCH3、氟原子或氰基。)。 (Wherein X 1 and X 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and Sp 1 and Sp 2 each independently represent a single bond, an alkylene group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, or -O- (CH 2 ) s -(In the formula, s represents an integer of 1 to 11, and an oxygen atom is bonded to an aromatic ring.), U represents a linear or branched polyvalent alkylene group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms or 5 to 30 carbon atoms Valent cyclic substituents, the alkylene group in the polyvalent alkylene group may be replaced by an oxygen atom in the range where the oxygen atoms are not adjacent, or may be an alkyl group having 5 to 20 carbon atoms (the alkylene group in the group may be It is substituted by an oxygen atom in a range where the oxygen atoms are not adjacent.) Or a cyclic substituent, k represents an integer of 1 to 5. In all 1,4-phenylene groups, any hydrogen atom may be replaced by -CH 3 , -OCH 3 , a fluorine atom or a cyano group.).

於上述通式(V)中,X1及X2各自獨立地表示氫原子或甲基,但當重視反應速度之情形時,較佳為氫原子,當重視降低反應殘留量之情形時,則較佳為甲基。 In the above general formula (V), X 1 and X 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, but when a reaction speed is important, a hydrogen atom is preferred, and when a reduction in a reaction residual amount is important, Methyl is preferred.

於上述通式(V)中,Sp1及Sp2各自獨立地表示單鍵、碳原子數1~12之伸烷基或-O-(CH2)s-(式中,s表示2~11之整數,氧原子鍵結於芳香環。),本發明之液晶顯示元件的預傾角,會受到該碳原子數、與液晶之含量及所使用之配向膜的種類或配向處理條件的影響。較佳使用會在配向膜表面取決於聚合性化合物之分子結構而自發地誘發預傾角者。因此,並不一定要加以限定,例如使預傾角為5度左右之情形時,較佳為碳鏈不太長,更佳為單鍵或碳原子數1~5之伸烷基,更佳為單鍵或碳原子數1~3之伸烷基。並且,要使預傾角在2度左右以內,較佳使用碳原子數為6~12之聚合性化合物,碳原子數更佳為8~10。又,當Sp1及Sp2表示-O-(CH2)s-之情形時,由於亦會對預傾角造成影響,因此,較佳適當地視需要對Sp1及Sp2之長度進行調整來使用,當為了增加預傾角時,s較佳為1~5,更佳 為1~3。當為了減小預傾角時,s較佳為6~10。又,由於Sp1及Sp2之至少一者為單鍵而會顯現出分子之非對稱性,因而誘發預傾斜,故較佳。 In the general formula (V), Sp 1 and Sp 2 each independently represent a single bond, an alkylene group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, or -O- (CH 2 ) s- (where s represents 2 to 11 An integer, an oxygen atom is bonded to an aromatic ring.) The pretilt angle of the liquid crystal display element of the present invention is affected by the number of carbon atoms, the content with the liquid crystal, the type of alignment film used, or the alignment processing conditions. It is preferred to use a person who spontaneously induces a pretilt angle on the surface of the alignment film depending on the molecular structure of the polymerizable compound. Therefore, it is not necessarily limited. For example, when the pretilt angle is about 5 degrees, the carbon chain is preferably not too long, more preferably a single bond or an alkylene group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, and more preferably Single bond or alkylene with 1 to 3 carbon atoms. In addition, if the pretilt angle is within about 2 degrees, it is preferable to use a polymerizable compound having 6 to 12 carbon atoms, and more preferably 8 to 10 carbon atoms. When Sp 1 and Sp 2 represent -O- (CH 2 ) s- , the pretilt angle is also affected. Therefore, it is better to adjust the lengths of Sp 1 and Sp 2 as needed. When used, in order to increase the pretilt angle, s is preferably 1 to 5, and more preferably 1 to 3. In order to reduce the pretilt angle, s is preferably 6 to 10. In addition, since at least one of Sp 1 and Sp 2 is a single bond, asymmetry of a molecule is exhibited, and pretilt is induced, so it is preferable.

又,於上述通式(V)中,Sp1及Sp2為相同之化合物亦較佳,較佳使用2種以上Sp1及Sp2為相同之化合物。此情形時,更佳使用Sp1及Sp2彼此不同之2種以上。 Further, in the general formula (V), it is also preferable that Sp 1 and Sp 2 are the same. It is preferable to use two or more kinds of compounds in which Sp 1 and Sp 2 are the same. In this case, it is more preferable to use two or more different Sp 1 and Sp 2 .

於上述通式(V)中,U表示碳原子數2~20之直鏈或者分支多價伸烷基或碳原子數5~30之多價環狀取代基,多價伸烷基中之伸烷基可於氧原子不鄰接之範圍被氧原子取代,亦可被碳原子數5~20之烷基(基中之伸烷基可於氧原子不鄰接之範圍被氧原子取代。)、環狀取代基取代,較佳被2個以上之環狀取代基取代。 In the above general formula (V), U represents a linear or branched polyvalent alkylene group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms or a polyvalent cyclic substituent group having 5 to 30 carbon atoms. An alkyl group may be substituted with an oxygen atom in a range where the oxygen atoms are not adjacent, or an alkyl group having 5 to 20 carbon atoms (an alkylene group in the group may be replaced with an oxygen atom in a range where the oxygen atoms are not adjacent.), A ring Substituent substituents are preferably substituted by two or more cyclic substituents.

於上述通式(V)中,U具體而言較佳表示以下之式(Va-1)至式(Va-13)。為了提高錨定(anchoring)力,較佳為直線性高之聯苯等,較佳表示式(Va-1)至式(Va-6)。又,表示式(Va-6)至式(Va-11)之結構在與液晶之溶解性高的方面上較佳,較佳與式(Va-1)至式(Va-6)組合使用。 In the general formula (V), U specifically preferably represents the following formulae (Va-1) to (Va-13). In order to increase the anchoring force, biphenyl or the like having high linearity is preferred, and the formulae (Va-1) to (Va-6) are preferably expressed. The structures representing the formulae (Va-6) to (Va-11) are preferred in terms of high solubility with liquid crystals, and are preferably used in combination with the formulae (Va-1) to (Va-6).

Figure TW201803973AD00316
Figure TW201803973AD00316

Figure TW201803973AD00317
Figure TW201803973AD00317

Figure TW201803973AD00318
Figure TW201803973AD00318

Figure TW201803973AD00319
Figure TW201803973AD00319

Figure TW201803973AD00320
Figure TW201803973AD00320

Figure TW201803973AD00321
Figure TW201803973AD00321

Figure TW201803973AD00322
Figure TW201803973AD00322

Figure TW201803973AD00323
Figure TW201803973AD00323

Figure TW201803973AD00324
Figure TW201803973AD00324

Figure TW201803973AD00325
Figure TW201803973AD00325

Figure TW201803973AD00326
Figure TW201803973AD00326

Figure TW201803973AD00327
Figure TW201803973AD00327

Figure TW201803973AD00328
Figure TW201803973AD00328

Figure TW201803973AD00329
Figure TW201803973AD00329

Figure TW201803973AD00330
Figure TW201803973AD00330

Figure TW201803973AD00331
Figure TW201803973AD00331

Figure TW201803973AD00332
Figure TW201803973AD00332

Figure TW201803973AD00333
Figure TW201803973AD00333

Figure TW201803973AD00334
Figure TW201803973AD00334

Figure TW201803973AD00335
Figure TW201803973AD00335

Figure TW201803973AD00336
Figure TW201803973AD00336

Figure TW201803973AD00337
Figure TW201803973AD00337

Figure TW201803973AD00338
Figure TW201803973AD00338

(式中,兩端鍵結於Sp1或Sp2。Zp1及Zp2各自獨立地表示-OCH2-、-CH2O-、-COO-、-OCO-、-CF2O-、-OCF2-、-CH2CH2-、-CF2CF2-、-CH=CH-COO-、-CH=CH-OCO-、-COO-CH=CH-、-OCO-CH=CH-、-COO-CH2CH2-、-OCO-CH2CH2-、-CH2CH2-COO-、-CH2CH2-OCO-、-COO-CH2-、-OCO-CH2-、-CH2-COO-、-CH2-OCO-、-CY1=CY2-、-C≡C-或單鍵。式中所有的1,4-伸苯基其任意之氫原子可被取代為-CH3、-OCH3、氟原子或氰基。又,伸環己基中之1個或2個以上的CH2CH2基可被-CH=CH-、-CF2O-、-OCF2-取代。) (In the formula, both ends are bonded to Sp 1 or Sp 2. Z p1 and Z p2 each independently represent -OCH 2- , -CH 2 O-, -COO-, -OCO-, -CF 2 O-,- OCF 2- , -CH 2 CH 2- , -CF 2 CF 2- , -CH = CH-COO-, -CH = CH-OCO-, -COO-CH = CH-, -OCO-CH = CH-, -COO-CH 2 CH 2- , -OCO-CH 2 CH 2- , -CH 2 CH 2 -COO-, -CH 2 CH 2 -OCO-, -COO-CH 2- , -OCO-CH 2- , -CH 2 -COO-, -CH 2 -OCO-, -CY 1 = CY 2- , -C≡C-, or a single bond. All 1,4-phenylene groups in the formula can be replaced by any hydrogen atom It is -CH 3 , -OCH 3 , a fluorine atom, or a cyano group. Furthermore, one or more CH 2 CH 2 groups in the cyclohexyl group may be -CH = CH-, -CF 2 O-, -OCF. 2 -replaced.)

當U具有環結構之情形時,前述Sp1及Sp2較佳至少一者表示-O-(CH2)s-(式中,s表示1~7之整數,氧原子鍵結於芳香環。),亦較佳兩者皆為-O-(CH2)s-。 When U has a ring structure, it is preferable that at least one of the aforementioned Sp 1 and Sp 2 represents -O- (CH 2 ) s- (wherein s represents an integer of 1 to 7, and an oxygen atom is bonded to an aromatic ring. ), And preferably both are -O- (CH 2 ) s- .

於上述通式(V)中,k表示1~5之整數,較佳為k為1之雙官能化合物,或k為2之三官能化合物,更佳為雙官能化合物。 In the general formula (V), k represents an integer of 1 to 5, preferably a bifunctional compound in which k is 1, or a trifunctional compound in which k is 2, and more preferably a bifunctional compound.

上述通式(V)表示之化合物,具體而言,較佳為以下之通式(Vb)表示之化合物。 The compound represented by the general formula (V) is specifically preferably a compound represented by the following general formula (Vb).

Figure TW201803973AD00339
Figure TW201803973AD00339

(式中,X1及X2各自獨立地表示氫原子或甲基,Sp1及Sp2各自獨立地表示單鍵、碳原子數1~12之伸烷基或-O-(CH2)s-(式中,s表示1~7之整數,氧原子鍵結於芳香環。),Z1表示-OCH2-、-CH2O-、-COO-、-OCO-、-CF2O-、-OCF2-、-CH2CH2-、-CF2CF2-、-CH=CH-COO-、-CH=CH-OCO-、-COO-CH=CH-、-OCO-CH=CH-、-COO-CH2CH2-、-OCO-CH2CH2-、-CH2CH2-COO-、-CH2CH2-OCO-、-COO-CH2-、-OCO-CH2-、-CH2-COO-、-CH2-OCO-、-CY1=CY2-(Y1及Y2各自獨立地表示氫原子或氟原子。)、-C≡C-或單鍵,C表示1,4-伸苯基、反式-1,4-伸環己基或單鍵,式中所有的1,4-伸苯基其任意之氫原子可被氟原子取代。) (Wherein X 1 and X 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and Sp 1 and Sp 2 each independently represent a single bond, an alkylene group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, or -O- (CH 2 ) s -(In the formula, s represents an integer of 1 to 7, and an oxygen atom is bonded to an aromatic ring.), Z 1 represents -OCH 2- , -CH 2 O-, -COO-, -OCO-, -CF 2 O- , -OCF 2- , -CH 2 CH 2- , -CF 2 CF 2- , -CH = CH-COO-, -CH = CH-OCO-, -COO-CH = CH-, -OCO-CH = CH -, - COO-CH 2 CH 2 -, - OCO-CH 2 CH 2 -, - CH 2 CH 2 -COO -, - CH 2 CH 2 -OCO -, - COO-CH 2 -, - OCO-CH 2 -, -CH 2 -COO-, -CH 2 -OCO-, -CY 1 = CY 2- (Y 1 and Y 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a fluorine atom.), -C≡C-, or a single bond, C represents 1,4-phenylene, trans-1,4-cyclohexyl, or a single bond, and all 1,4-phenylenes in the formula may have any hydrogen atom replaced by a fluorine atom.)

於上述通式(Vb)中,X1及X2各自獨立地表示氫原子或甲基,較佳為皆表示氫原子之二丙烯酸酯衍生物,或皆具有甲基之二甲基丙烯酸酯衍生物,亦較佳為一者表示氫原子,另一者表示甲基之化合物。此等化合物之聚合速度,二丙烯酸酯衍生物最快,二甲基丙烯酸酯衍生物較慢,非對稱化合物為中間,可根據其用途使用較佳之態樣。 In the above general formula (Vb), X 1 and X 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, preferably a diacrylate derivative both representing a hydrogen atom, or a dimethacrylate derivative each having a methyl group It is also preferably a compound in which one represents a hydrogen atom and the other represents a methyl group. The polymerization speed of these compounds is the fastest with diacrylate derivatives and slower with dimethacrylate derivatives. Asymmetric compounds are in the middle, which can be used in a better state according to their applications.

於上述通式(Vb)中,Sp1及Sp2各自獨立地表示單鍵、碳原子數1~12之伸烷基或-O-(CH2)s-,較佳至少一者為-O-(CH2)s-,更佳為兩者表示-O-(CH2)s-之態樣。此情形時,s較佳為1~6。 In the above general formula (Vb), Sp 1 and Sp 2 each independently represent a single bond, an alkylene group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, or -O- (CH 2 ) s-, and preferably at least one of them is -O. -(CH 2 ) s-, more preferably, both represent -O- (CH 2 ) s-. In this case, s is preferably 1 to 6.

於上述通式(Vb)中,Z1表示-OCH2-、-CH2O-、-COO-、-OCO-、-CF2O-、-OCF2-、-CH2CH2-、-CF2CF2-、-CH=CH-COO-、 -CH=CH-OCO-、-COO-CH=CH-、-OCO-CH=CH-、-COO-CH2CH2-、-OCO-CH2CH2-、-CH2CH2-COO-、-CH2CH2-OCO-、-COO-CH2-、-OCO-CH2-、-CH2-COO-、-CH2-OCO-、-CY1=CY2-(Y1及Y2各自獨立地表示氫原子或氟原子。)、-C≡C-或單鍵,較佳為-OCH2-、-CH2O-、-COO-、-OCO-、-CF2O-、-OCF2-、-CH2CH2-、-CF2CF2-或單鍵,更佳為-COO-、-OCO-或單鍵,尤佳為單鍵。於上述通式(Vb)中,C表示任意氫原子可被氟原子取代之1,4-伸苯基、反式-1,4-伸環己基或單鍵,較佳為1,4-伸苯基或單鍵。當C表示單鍵以外之環結構的情形時,Z1亦較佳為單鍵以外之連結基團,當C為單鍵之情形時,Z1較佳為單鍵。 In the general formula (Vb), Z 1 represents -OCH 2- , -CH 2 O-, -COO-, -OCO-, -CF 2 O-, -OCF 2- , -CH 2 CH 2 -,- CF 2 CF 2- , -CH = CH-COO-, -CH = CH-OCO-, -COO-CH = CH-, -OCO-CH = CH-, -COO-CH 2 CH 2- , -OCO- CH 2 CH 2- , -CH 2 CH 2 -COO-, -CH 2 CH 2 -OCO-, -COO-CH 2- , -OCO-CH 2- , -CH 2 -COO-, -CH 2 -OCO -, -CY 1 = CY 2- (Y 1 and Y 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a fluorine atom.), -C≡C- or a single bond, preferably -OCH 2- , -CH 2 O-, -COO-, -OCO-, -CF 2 O-, -OCF 2- , -CH 2 CH 2- , -CF 2 CF 2 -or a single bond, more preferably -COO-, -OCO- or a single bond, Especially preferred is a single key. In the above general formula (Vb), C represents 1,4-phenylene, trans-1,4-cyclohexyl, or a single bond in which any hydrogen atom may be substituted by a fluorine atom, preferably 1,4-phenylene. Phenyl or single bond. When C represents a ring structure other than a single bond, Z 1 is also preferably a linking group other than a single bond, and when C is a single bond, Z 1 is preferably a single bond.

根據上述,於上述通式(Vb)中,C表示單鍵,環結構由二個環形成之情形為佳,作為具有環結構之聚合性化合物,具體而言,較佳為以下之通式(V-1)至(V-6)表示之化合物,尤佳為通式(V-1)至(V-4)表示之化合物,最佳為通式(V-2)表示之化合物。 According to the above, in the general formula (Vb), it is preferable that C represents a single bond and the ring structure is formed by two rings. As a polymerizable compound having a ring structure, specifically, the following general formula ( The compounds represented by V-1) to (V-6) are particularly preferably compounds represented by general formulae (V-1) to (V-4), and most preferably compounds represented by general formula (V-2).

Figure TW201803973AD00340
Figure TW201803973AD00340

Figure TW201803973AD00341
Figure TW201803973AD00341

Figure TW201803973AD00342
Figure TW201803973AD00342

Figure TW201803973AD00343
Figure TW201803973AD00343

Figure TW201803973AD00344
Figure TW201803973AD00344

Figure TW201803973AD00345
Figure TW201803973AD00345

又,於上述通式(Vb)中,以下之通式(V1-1)至(V1-5)表示之化合物在提高與液晶組成物之溶解性的方面較佳,尤佳為通式(V1-1)表示之化合物。 In addition, in the general formula (Vb), compounds represented by the following general formulae (V1-1) to (V1-5) are preferable in terms of improving solubility with a liquid crystal composition, and particularly preferably the general formula (V1) -1).

又,上述通式(Vb)由三個環結構形成之情形時亦較佳地被使用,通式(V1-6)至(V1-13)表示之化合物在提高與液晶組成物之溶解性的方面較佳。並且,與液晶之錨定力強的通式(V-1)至(V-6)表示之化合物,亦較佳與錨定力弱但與液晶組成物之相溶性良好的通式(V1-1)至(V1-5)表示之化合物混合來使用。 In addition, the case where the general formula (Vb) is formed by three ring structures is also preferably used. The compounds represented by general formulae (V1-6) to (V1-13) are used to improve the solubility with the liquid crystal composition. Better. In addition, the compounds represented by the general formulae (V-1) to (V-6) having strong anchoring force with liquid crystals are also preferably the general formula (V1-) having weak anchoring force but good compatibility with liquid crystal compositions. 1) Compounds represented by (V1-5) are used in combination.

Figure TW201803973AD00346
Figure TW201803973AD00346

Figure TW201803973AD00347
Figure TW201803973AD00347

Figure TW201803973AD00348
Figure TW201803973AD00348

Figure TW201803973AD00349
Figure TW201803973AD00349

Figure TW201803973AD00350
Figure TW201803973AD00350

Figure TW201803973AD00351
Figure TW201803973AD00351

Figure TW201803973AD00352
Figure TW201803973AD00352

Figure TW201803973AD00353
Figure TW201803973AD00353

Figure TW201803973AD00354
Figure TW201803973AD00354

Figure TW201803973AD00355
Figure TW201803973AD00355

Figure TW201803973AD00356
Figure TW201803973AD00356

Figure TW201803973AD00357
Figure TW201803973AD00357

Figure TW201803973AD00358
Figure TW201803973AD00358

(式中,q1及q2各自獨立地表示1~12之整數,R3表示氫原子或甲基。) (In the formula, q1 and q2 each independently represent an integer of 1 to 12, and R 3 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.)

作為上述通式(V)表示之化合物,具體而言,以下之通式(Vc)表示之化合物在提高反應速度的方面較佳,又,由於會使預傾角熱穩定化,因此較佳。並且,亦可視需要調整Sp1、Sp2及Sp3之碳原子數而得到想要之預傾角。預傾斜與該碳原子數之關係,顯示出與官能基為2個之情形時相同的傾向。 As the compound represented by the general formula (V), specifically, the compound represented by the following general formula (Vc) is preferable in terms of increasing the reaction rate, and it is also preferable because the pretilt angle is thermally stabilized. In addition, the number of carbon atoms of Sp 1 , Sp 2 and Sp 3 can be adjusted as needed to obtain the desired pretilt angle. The relationship between the pretilt and the number of carbon atoms shows the same tendency as when the number of functional groups is two.

Figure TW201803973AD00359
Figure TW201803973AD00359

(式中,X1,X2及X3各自獨立地表示氫原子或甲基,Sp1、Sp2及Sp3各自獨立地表示單鍵、碳原子數1~12之伸烷基或-O-(CH2)s-(式中,s表示2~7之整數,氧原子鍵結於芳香環。),Z11表示-OCH2-、-CH2O-、-COO-、-OCO-、-CF2O-、-OCF2-、-CH2CH2-、-CF2CF2-、-CH=CH-COO-、-CH=CH-OCO-、-COO-CH=CH-、-OCO-CH=CH-、-COO-CH2CH2-、-OCO-CH2CH2-、-CH2CH2-COO-、-CH2CH2-OCO-、-COO-CH2-、-OCO-CH2-、-CH2-COO-、-CH2-OCO-、-CY1=CY2-、-C≡C-或單鍵,J表示1,4-伸苯基、反式-1,4-伸環己基或單鍵,式中所有的1,4-伸苯基其任意之氫原子可被氟原子取代。) (Wherein X 1 , X 2 and X 3 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and Sp 1 , Sp 2 and Sp 3 each independently represent a single bond, an alkylene group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, or -O -(CH 2 ) s- (In the formula, s represents an integer of 2 to 7, and an oxygen atom is bonded to an aromatic ring.), Z 11 represents -OCH 2- , -CH 2 O-, -COO-, -OCO- , -CF 2 O-, -OCF 2- , -CH 2 CH 2- , -CF 2 CF 2- , -CH = CH-COO-, -CH = CH-OCO-, -COO-CH = CH-, -OCO-CH = CH-, -COO-CH 2 CH 2- , -OCO-CH 2 CH 2- , -CH 2 CH 2 -COO-, -CH 2 CH 2 -OCO-, -COO-CH 2- , -OCO-CH 2- , -CH 2 -COO-, -CH 2 -OCO-, -CY 1 = CY 2- , -C≡C- or single bond, J represents 1,4-phenylene, trans (1,4-cyclohexyl or single bond, all 1,4-phenylenes in the formula may have any hydrogen atom replaced by a fluorine atom.)

亦較佳使用具有光配向功能之化合物作為聚合性化合物。其中,較佳使用顯示出光異構化之化合物。 It is also preferable to use a compound having a photo-alignment function as the polymerizable compound. Among them, a compound exhibiting photoisomerization is preferably used.

作為具有光配向功能之聚合性化合物,具體而言,較佳為下述之化合物;於通式(Vb)中,X1及X2各自獨立地表示氫原子或甲基,Sp1及Sp2各自獨立地表示單鍵、碳原子數1~8之伸烷基或-O-(CH2)s-(式中,s表示1~7之整數,氧原子鍵結於芳香環。),Z1表示-N=N-,C表示1,4-伸苯基、反式-1,4-伸環己基(任意之氫原子可被氟原子取代。)或單鍵。 As the polymerizable compound having a photo-alignment function, specifically, the following compounds are preferable; in the general formula (Vb), X 1 and X 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and Sp 1 and Sp 2 Each independently represents a single bond, an alkylene group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, or -O- (CH 2 ) s- (wherein s represents an integer of 1 to 7, and an oxygen atom is bonded to an aromatic ring.), Z 1 represents -N = N-, and C represents 1,4-phenylene, trans-1,4-cyclohexyl (any hydrogen atom may be substituted by a fluorine atom.) Or a single bond.

其中,較佳為以下之通式(Vn)表示之化合物。 Among them, a compound represented by the following general formula (Vn) is preferred.

Figure TW201803973AD00360
(式中,Rn1及Rn2各自獨立地表示氫原子或甲基,式中,pn及qn各自獨立地表示1~12之整數。)
Figure TW201803973AD00360
(In the formula, Rn 1 and Rn 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and in the formula, pn and qn each independently represent an integer of 1 to 12.)

[聚合起始劑] [Polymerization initiator]

作為使用於本發明之聚合性化合物之聚合方法,可使用自由基聚合、陰離子聚合、陽離子聚合等,較佳藉由自由基聚合來進行聚合,更佳為藉由光弗里斯重排進行之自由基聚合、藉由光聚合起始劑進行之自由基聚合。 As a polymerization method of the polymerizable compound used in the present invention, radical polymerization, anionic polymerization, and cationic polymerization can be used. The polymerization is preferably performed by radical polymerization, and more preferably, the freedom is performed by photo-fries rearrangement. Radical polymerization, radical polymerization using a photopolymerization initiator.

作為自由基聚合起始劑,可使用熱聚合起始劑、光聚合起始劑,較佳為光聚合起始劑。具體而言較佳為以下之化合物。 As the radical polymerization initiator, a thermal polymerization initiator and a photopolymerization initiator can be used, and a photopolymerization initiator is preferred. Specifically, the following compounds are preferred.

較佳為:二乙氧基苯乙酮、2-羥基-2-甲基-1-苯基丙烷-1-酮、二苯乙二酮二甲基縮酮、1-(4-異丙基苯基)-2-羥基-2-甲基丙烷-1-酮、4-(2-羥基乙氧基)苯基-(2-羥基-2-丙基)酮、1-羥基環己基-苯基酮、2-甲基-2-N-

Figure TW201803973AD00361
啉基(4-硫代甲基苯基(thiomethylphenyl))丙烷-1-酮、2-苄基-2-二甲基胺基-1-(4-N-
Figure TW201803973AD00362
啉基苯基)-丁酮、4'-苯氧基苯乙酮、4'-乙氧基苯乙酮等苯乙酮系;安息香、安息香異丙醚、安息香異丁醚、安息香甲醚、安息香乙醚等安息香系;2,4,6-三甲基苄醯基二苯基膦氧化物等醯基膦氧化物系; 二苯乙二酮、甲基苯基乙醛醯酯(methylphenylglyoxyester)系;二苯甲酮、鄰苄醯基苯甲酸甲酯、4-苯基二苯甲酮、4,4'-二氯二苯甲酮、羥基二苯甲酮、4-苄醯基-4'-甲基-二苯硫醚、丙烯酸化二苯甲酮、3,3',4,4'-四(三級丁基過氧化羰基)二苯甲酮、3,3'-二甲基-4-甲氧基二苯甲酮、2,5-二甲基二苯甲酮、3,4-二甲基二苯甲酮等二苯甲酮系;2-異丙基9-氧硫
Figure TW201803973AD00363
、2,4-二甲基9-氧硫
Figure TW201803973AD00364
、2,4-二乙基9-氧硫
Figure TW201803973AD00365
Figure TW201803973AD00366
、2,4-二氯9-氧硫
Figure TW201803973AD00367
等之9-氧硫
Figure TW201803973AD00368
系;米其勒酮、4,4'-二乙基胺基二苯甲酮等胺基二苯甲酮系;10-丁基-2-氯吖啶酮、2-乙基蒽醌、9,10-菲醌、樟腦醌等。其中,最佳為二苯乙二酮二甲基縮酮。 Preferred are: diethoxyacetophenone, 2-hydroxy-2-methyl-1-phenylpropane-1-one, diacetophenone dimethyl ketal, 1- (4-isopropyl (Phenyl) -2-hydroxy-2-methylpropane-1-one, 4- (2-hydroxyethoxy) phenyl- (2-hydroxy-2-propyl) one, 1-hydroxycyclohexyl-benzene Ketone, 2-methyl-2-N-
Figure TW201803973AD00361
(4-thiomethylphenyl) propane-1-one, 2-benzyl-2-dimethylamino-1- (4-N-
Figure TW201803973AD00362
(Phenylphenyl) -butanone, 4'-phenoxyacetophenone, 4'-ethoxyacetophenone and other acetophenone series; benzoin, benzoin isopropyl ether, benzoin isobutyl ether, benzoin methyl ether, Benzoin series such as benzoin ether; fluorenylphosphine oxide series such as 2,4,6-trimethylbenzylfluorenyldiphenylphosphine oxide; diphendione, methylphenylglyoxyester series ; Benzophenone, methyl benzyl benzoate, 4-phenylbenzophenone, 4,4'-dichlorobenzophenone, hydroxybenzophenone, 4-benzylfluorenyl-4 ' -Methyl-diphenyl sulfide, acrylated benzophenone, 3,3 ', 4,4'-tetrakis (tertiary-butylperoxycarbonyl) benzophenone, 3,3'-dimethyl- Benzophenones such as 4-methoxybenzophenone, 2,5-dimethylbenzophenone, 3,4-dimethylbenzophenone; 2-isopropyl9-oxosulfone
Figure TW201803973AD00363
2,4-dimethyl 9-oxosulfur
Figure TW201803973AD00364
, 2,4-diethyl 9-oxysulfur
Figure TW201803973AD00365
Figure TW201803973AD00366
, 2,4-dichloro 9-oxysulfur
Figure TW201803973AD00367
9-oxysulfur
Figure TW201803973AD00368
Series; aminobenzophenone series such as Michelin, 4,4'-diethylaminobenzophenone; 10-butyl-2-chloroacridone, 2-ethylanthraquinone, 9 , 10-phenanthrenequinone, camphorquinone, etc. Among them, diacetophenone dimethyl ketal is most preferred.

又,考慮自由基之壽命或反應性,亦較佳使用複數種聚合起始劑。 In consideration of the lifetime or reactivity of the radical, it is also preferable to use a plurality of polymerization initiators.

並且,作為不使用上述之聚合起始劑而是利用光弗里斯重排進行之自由基聚合的形態,亦可使之含有具有吸收紫外線之共軛系結構的聚合性液晶化合物並使之聚合。例如,藉由使用通式(X1c-1)至(X1c-4)表示之具有共軛系結構的聚合性液晶化合物代替聚合起始劑,不會使液晶元件之電壓保持率下降,故較佳。又,為了促進聚合,亦較佳將此等與聚合起始劑合併使用。 In addition, as a form of radical polymerization using photofries rearrangement without using the above-mentioned polymerization initiator, a polymerizable liquid crystal compound having a conjugated structure that absorbs ultraviolet rays may be contained and polymerized. For example, by using a polymerizable liquid crystal compound having a conjugated structure represented by the general formulae (X1c-1) to (X1c-4) instead of a polymerization initiator, the voltage retention of the liquid crystal element is not reduced, so it is preferable. . In order to promote polymerization, it is also preferable to use these in combination with a polymerization initiator.

Figure TW201803973AD00369
Figure TW201803973AD00369

Figure TW201803973AD00370
Figure TW201803973AD00370

Figure TW201803973AD00371
Figure TW201803973AD00371

Figure TW201803973AD00372
Figure TW201803973AD00372

[聚合性液晶組成物] [Polymerizable liquid crystal composition]

使用於本發明之聚合性液晶組成物,較佳含有上述所例示之液晶組成物與上述所例示之0.5質量%以上且未達10質量%之聚合性化合物,聚合性化合物之含量的下限值較佳為1質量%以上,較佳為2質量%以上,上限值較佳未達9質量%,更佳未達7質量%。又,使用於本發明之聚合性液晶組成物,亦較佳含有上述所例示之液晶組成物與上述所例示之10質量%以上且未達40質量%之聚合性化合物,此情形時之聚合性化合物之含量的下限值較佳為15質量%以上,較佳為20質量%以上,上限值較佳未達30質量%,更佳未達25質量%。並且,使用於本發明之聚合性液晶組成物較佳含有上述所例示之液晶組成物與上述所例示之5質量%以上且未達15質量%之聚合性化合物。 The polymerizable liquid crystal composition used in the present invention preferably contains the liquid crystal composition exemplified above and the polymerizable compound exemplified above in an amount of 0.5% by mass or more and less than 10% by mass, and the lower limit of the content of the polymerizable compound It is preferably 1% by mass or more, more preferably 2% by mass or more, and the upper limit value is preferably not more than 9% by mass, and more preferably not more than 7% by mass. The polymerizable liquid crystal composition used in the present invention preferably also contains the liquid crystal composition exemplified above and the polymerizable compound exemplified above 10% by mass and less than 40% by mass. The polymerizability in this case The lower limit value of the content of the compound is preferably 15% by mass or more, more preferably 20% by mass or more, and the upper limit value is preferably not more than 30% by mass, and more preferably not more than 25% by mass. The polymerizable liquid crystal composition used in the present invention preferably contains the liquid crystal composition exemplified above and the polymerizable compound exemplified above in an amount of 5% by mass or more and less than 15% by mass.

使用於本發明之聚合性液晶組成物,較佳藉由含有0.5質量%以上且未達40質量%之聚合性化合物,來形成具有單軸性光學異向性或單軸性折射 率異向性或易配向軸方向之聚合物網路,更佳為以該聚合物網路之光學軸或易配向軸與低分子液晶之易配向軸大致一致之方式形成。另,該聚合物網路亦含有複數個聚合物網路集合形成高分子薄膜而成之聚合物黏合劑。聚合物黏合劑之特徵在於:具有顯示出單軸配向性之折射率異向性,低分子液晶分散於該薄膜,該薄膜之單軸性光學軸與低分子液晶之光學軸大致皆朝向同一方向。故因此而不同於為光散射型液晶之高分子分散型液晶或聚合物網路型液晶,其特徵在於:於不會發生光散射,使用偏光之液晶元件中,可獲得高對比度之顯示,且縮短下降時間,提高液晶元件之應答性。並且,使用於本發明之聚合性液晶組成物,係將聚合物網路層形成於液晶元件整體,不同於將聚合物之薄膜層形成在液晶元件基板上誘發預傾斜之PSA(Polymer Sustained Alignment)型液晶組成物。 The polymerizable liquid crystal composition used in the present invention preferably has a uniaxial optical anisotropy or uniaxial refraction by containing a polymerizable compound of 0.5% by mass or more and less than 40% by mass. The polymer network in the direction of the anisotropy or easy alignment axis is more preferably formed in such a manner that the optical axis or the easy alignment axis of the polymer network and the easy alignment axis of the low-molecular liquid crystal are substantially the same. In addition, the polymer network also contains a polymer adhesive formed by combining a plurality of polymer networks to form a polymer film. The polymer adhesive is characterized in that it has a refractive index anisotropy that exhibits uniaxial alignment, and the low-molecular liquid crystal is dispersed in the film. The uniaxial optical axis of the film and the optical axis of the low-molecular liquid crystal are oriented substantially in the same direction. . Therefore, it is different from the polymer-dispersed liquid crystal or polymer network liquid crystal which is a light-scattering liquid crystal, and is characterized in that a high-contrast display can be obtained in a liquid crystal element that does not cause light scattering and uses polarized light, and Shorten the fall time and improve the responsiveness of the liquid crystal element. In addition, the polymerizable liquid crystal composition used in the present invention is formed of a polymer network layer on the entire liquid crystal element, which is different from the PSA (Polymer Sustained Alignment) in which a polymer thin film layer is formed on a liquid crystal element substrate to induce pretilt. Type liquid crystal composition.

無論於何種濃度,均較佳為含有至少兩種以上之Tg不同的聚合性化合物並視需要調整Tg。Tg較高之聚合性化合物(為聚合物之前驅物)較佳為具有交聯密度變高之分子結構的聚合性化合物且官能基數為2以上。又,Tg較低之聚合物的前驅物較佳為官能基數在1或者2以上且官能基間具有作為間隔基之伸烷基等而使分子長度增長的結構。於為了因應提升聚合物網路之熱穩定性或耐衝擊性而調整聚合物網路之Tg的情形時,較佳適當調整多官能單體與單官能單體之比例。又,Tg亦關係到聚合物網路之主鏈及側鏈中之分子級的熱運動性,亦會對電光特性造成影響。例如若提高交聯密度,則主鏈之分子運動性會下降,與低分子液晶之錨定力提高,驅動電壓變高,並且下降時間變短。另一方面,若減低交聯密度以使Tg下降,則因聚合物主鏈之熱運動性會提升而表現出與低分子液晶之錨定 力減低,驅動電壓下降,下降時間變長的傾向。聚合物網路界面處之錨定力除上述Tg以外,亦會受到聚合物側鏈之分子運動性的影響,聚合物界面之錨定力會因使用具有多價支鏈伸烷基及多價烷基之聚合性化合物而減低。又,具有多價支鏈伸烷基及多價烷基之聚合性化合物可有效在基板界面誘發預傾角,會作用於降低極角方向之錨定力的方向。 Regardless of the concentration, it is preferable to contain at least two or more polymerizable compounds having different Tgs and adjust Tg as necessary. The polymerizable compound having a higher Tg (being a polymer precursor) is preferably a polymerizable compound having a molecular structure with a high crosslinking density and the number of functional groups is 2 or more. In addition, the precursor of the polymer having a low Tg is preferably a structure in which the number of functional groups is 1 or 2 or more, and the length of the molecule is increased by having an alkylene group or the like as a spacer between the functional groups. When adjusting the Tg of the polymer network in order to improve the thermal stability or impact resistance of the polymer network, it is preferable to appropriately adjust the ratio of the polyfunctional monomer to the monofunctional monomer. In addition, Tg is also related to the molecular-level thermal mobility in the main chain and side chains of the polymer network, which also affects the electro-optical characteristics. For example, if the crosslink density is increased, the molecular mobility of the main chain will decrease, the anchoring force with the low-molecular liquid crystal will increase, the driving voltage will become higher, and the fall time will be shorter. On the other hand, if the crosslink density is reduced to reduce Tg, the thermal mobility of the polymer main chain will be improved and it will be anchored with low molecular liquid crystals. The force decreases, the driving voltage decreases, and the falling time tends to be longer. In addition to the above Tg, the anchoring force at the polymer network interface will also be affected by the molecular mobility of the polymer side chain. The anchoring force at the polymer interface will be affected by the use of polyvalent branched alkyl groups and polyvalent groups. Alkyl polymerizable compounds are reduced. In addition, a polymerizable compound having a polyvalent branched alkylene group and a polyvalent alkyl group can effectively induce a pretilt angle at the substrate interface, and will act in a direction that reduces the anchoring force in the polar angle direction.

於聚合性液晶組成物顯示出液晶相之狀態下,使聚合性液晶組成物中之聚合性化合物進行聚合,藉此使聚合性化合物之分子量增加,使液晶組成物與聚合性化合物發生相分離。分離為二相之形態於很大程度上會根據含有之液晶化合物的種類或聚合性化合物的種類而有所不同。可藉由雙節分解(binodal decomposition)形成相分離結構,亦可藉由旋節分解(spinodal decomposition)形成相分離結構,該雙節分解係於液晶相中產生無數個島狀之聚合性化合物相之核並使之成長,該旋節分解係由液晶相與聚合性化合物相之濃度波動而引起相分離。要形成由雙節分解引起之聚合物網路,較佳使低分子液晶之含量至少為85質量%以上,藉由使用聚合性化合物之反應速度快的化合物而產生無數個尺寸小於可見光波長之聚合性化合物之核,形成奈米級之相分離結構,故較佳。結果,若聚合性化合物相中之聚合進行,則取決於相分離結構而形成空隙間隔小於可見光波長之聚合物網路,另一方面,聚合物網路之空隙係由低分子液晶相之相分離所引起者,若該空隙之尺寸小於可見光波長,則無光散射性而為高對比度,且源自聚合物網路之錨定力的影響會變強,下降時間會變短,而獲得高速應答之液晶顯示元件,故而尤佳。雙節分解之聚合性化合物相的核生成會受到因化合物種類或組合的不同而導致之相溶性的變化,或者反應速度、 溫度等參數的影響,較佳視需要適當地進行調整。關於反應速度,於紫外線聚合之情形時,取決於聚合性化合物之官能基或光起始劑之種類及含量、紫外線照射強度,只要適當地調整紫外線照射條件以促進反應性即可,較佳為至少20mW/cm2以上之紫外線照射強度。於低分子液晶為85質量%以上時,較佳利用由旋節分解引起之相分離結構形成聚合物網路,旋節分解由於可獲得由具有週期性之兩相之濃度波動所引起的相分離微細結構,因此易於形成較可見光波長小且均一之空隙間隔,故較佳。較佳以聚合物網路形成。若聚合性化合物之比例未達15質量%,較佳形成由雙節分解引起之相分離結構,若為15質量%以上,則較佳形成由旋節分解引起之相分離結構。若聚合性化合物含量增加,則存在低分子液晶相與聚合性化合物相於溫度之影響下發生兩相分離的相轉變溫度。若在高於兩相分離轉變溫度之溫度,則會呈現等向相(isotropic phase),但若低於該溫度,則會發生分離,無法獲得均勻之相分離結構,並不佳。當因溫度而發生兩相分離之情形時,較佳在高於兩相分離溫度之溫度形成相分離結構。無論於上述何種情形時,均保持與低分子液晶之配向狀態相同之配向狀態,且同時形成聚合物網路。所形成之聚合物網路以仿照低分子液晶之配向的方式顯示出光學異向性。作為聚合物網路中之液晶層的形態,可列舉:於聚合物之三維網狀結構中液晶組成物形成連續層的結構、液晶組成物之微滴分散於聚合物中的結構,或者兩者混合存在的結構,以及以兩基板面為起點,存在聚合物網路層,於與對面基板之中心附近僅有液晶層的結構。無論為何種結構,均較佳藉由聚合物網路之作用來誘發相對於液晶元件基板界面呈0~90°之預傾角。形成之聚合物網路較佳具有使共存之低分子液晶沿液 晶單元之配向膜所呈現之配向方向配向的功能,並且,亦較佳具有使低分子液晶對聚合物界面方向發生預傾斜之功能。若導入使低分子液晶對聚合物界面發生預傾斜之聚合性化合物,則對提升透射率或降低液晶元件之驅動電壓有用,故較佳。又,關於可具有折射率異向性,使液晶朝配向方向配向之功能,較佳使用具有液晶原基之聚合性化合物。又,亦可藉由施加電壓且同時照射紫外線等來形成聚合物網路,形成預傾斜。 In a state where the polymerizable liquid crystal composition shows a liquid crystal phase, the polymerizable compound in the polymerizable liquid crystal composition is polymerized, thereby increasing the molecular weight of the polymerizable compound, and causing the liquid crystal composition and the polymerizable compound to undergo phase separation. The morphology separated into two phases largely differs depending on the type of liquid crystal compound or polymerizable compound contained. Phase separation structure can be formed by binodal decomposition, and spinodal decomposition can also be used to form phase separation structure. The binode decomposition generates numerous island-like polymerizable compound phases in the liquid crystal phase. The spinodal decomposition results in phase separation caused by fluctuations in the concentration of the liquid crystal phase and the polymerizable compound phase. To form a polymer network caused by bisection decomposition, it is preferable that the content of the low-molecular liquid crystal is at least 85% by mass or more. By using a polymerizable compound having a fast reaction rate, countless polymerizations having a size smaller than the wavelength of visible light are generated. The nucleus of the sex compound forms a nano-scale phase separation structure, so it is preferred. As a result, if the polymerization in the polymerizable compound phase proceeds, a polymer network having a void space smaller than the wavelength of visible light is formed depending on the phase separation structure. On the other hand, the voids in the polymer network are separated by the phase of the low-molecular liquid crystal phase. Cause: If the size of the gap is smaller than the wavelength of visible light, there will be no light scattering and high contrast, and the effect of the anchoring force from the polymer network will be stronger, the fall time will be shorter, and a high-speed response will be obtained. Liquid crystal display elements. The nucleation of the two-stage decomposed polymerizable compound phase may be affected by changes in the compatibility due to the type or combination of the compounds, or affected by parameters such as reaction speed and temperature. It is preferably adjusted as necessary. Regarding the reaction rate, in the case of ultraviolet polymerization, depending on the type and content of the functional group or photoinitiator of the polymerizable compound, and the intensity of ultraviolet irradiation, as long as the ultraviolet irradiation conditions are appropriately adjusted to promote reactivity, it is preferably UV radiation intensity of at least 20mW / cm 2 or more. When the low-molecular-weight liquid crystal is 85% by mass or more, it is preferable to form a polymer network using a phase separation structure caused by spinodal decomposition. The spinodal decomposition can obtain phase separation caused by fluctuations in the concentration of two phases having periodicity. The fine structure is preferable because it is easy to form a uniform and uniform void space smaller than the wavelength of visible light. It is preferably formed as a polymer network. If the proportion of the polymerizable compound is less than 15% by mass, it is preferable to form a phase separation structure caused by binode decomposition, and if it is 15% by mass or more, it is preferable to form a phase separation structure caused by spinodal decomposition. When the content of the polymerizable compound increases, there is a phase transition temperature at which the low-molecular liquid crystal phase and the polymerizable compound phase undergo two-phase separation under the influence of temperature. If the temperature is higher than the two-phase separation transition temperature, an isotropic phase will appear, but if it is lower than this temperature, separation will occur, and a uniform phase separation structure cannot be obtained, which is not good. When two-phase separation occurs due to temperature, it is preferable to form a phase-separated structure at a temperature higher than the two-phase separation temperature. In either case, the same alignment state as that of the low-molecular liquid crystal is maintained, and a polymer network is formed at the same time. The formed polymer network exhibits optical anisotropy in a manner that mimics the alignment of low-molecular liquid crystals. Examples of the form of the liquid crystal layer in the polymer network include a structure in which the liquid crystal composition forms a continuous layer in the three-dimensional network structure of the polymer, a structure in which droplets of the liquid crystal composition are dispersed in the polymer, or both. A mixed structure, and a polymer network layer starting from the two substrate surfaces, and having a liquid crystal layer near the center of the opposite substrate. Regardless of the structure, it is preferable to induce a pretilt angle of 0 to 90 ° with respect to the interface of the liquid crystal element substrate by the action of the polymer network. The formed polymer network preferably has the function of coordinating the coexisting low-molecular liquid crystals along the alignment direction presented by the alignment film of the liquid crystal cell, and also preferably has the function of pre-tilting the low-molecular liquid crystals to the polymer interface direction. . The introduction of a polymerizable compound that pre-tilts the low-molecular-weight liquid crystal to the polymer interface is useful for improving transmittance or reducing the driving voltage of the liquid crystal element, so it is preferable. In addition, as for the function of having refractive index anisotropy and orienting the liquid crystal in the alignment direction, a polymerizable compound having a liquid crystal original group is preferably used. In addition, a polymer network may be formed by applying a voltage and simultaneously irradiating ultraviolet rays or the like to form a pretilt.

對於VA模式等之垂直配向單元,亦可使用會誘發垂直配向且不具有液晶原基而具有多價烷基或多價分支伸烷基之聚合性化合物,與具有液晶原基之聚合性化合物合併使用亦佳。當使用上述聚合性液晶組成物藉由相分離聚合而於垂直配向單元內形成聚合物網路之情形時,較佳在與低分子液晶垂直於液晶單元基板之方向大致相同之方向形成有纖維狀或柱狀聚合物網路。又,於使用垂直配向膜而對位於單元基板表面之垂直配向膜實施摩擦處理等以誘發液晶傾斜配向從而誘發預傾角的情形時,較佳為纖維狀或柱狀聚合物網路傾斜形成於與預傾斜配向之低分子液晶同方向。聚合物網路之傾斜,亦可以於基板界面自發地發生之方式選定聚合性化合物。又,亦可施加電壓使液晶為傾斜配向狀態,照射紫外線等形成聚合物網路。 For a vertical alignment unit such as VA mode, a polymerizable compound having a polyvalent alkyl group or a polyvalent branched alkylene group which does not have a mesogen group and induces vertical alignment may be used, and it may be combined with a polymerizable compound having a mesogen group. It is also good to use. When the polymerizable liquid crystal composition is used to form a polymer network in a vertical alignment cell by phase separation polymerization, it is preferable to form a fibrous shape in a direction approximately the same as the direction in which the low-molecular liquid crystal is perpendicular to the liquid crystal cell substrate. Or columnar polymer networks. When a vertical alignment film is used and the vertical alignment film located on the surface of the unit substrate is subjected to a rubbing treatment or the like to induce tilted alignment of the liquid crystal to induce a pretilt angle, it is preferable that a fibrous or columnar polymer network is formed inclined with the The pre-tilt alignment of the low-molecular liquid crystals is in the same direction. The tilt of the polymer network can also select polymerizable compounds in a way that occurs spontaneously at the substrate interface. Alternatively, a voltage may be applied to bring the liquid crystal into a tilted alignment state, and a polymer network may be formed by irradiating ultraviolet rays or the like.

並且,作為施加電壓且同時誘發預傾角之方法,可於較聚合性液晶組成物之臨界電壓低0.9V左右之電壓至高2V左右之電壓的範圍內施加電壓且同時使之聚合,或亦可於聚合物網路形成過程中施加臨界電壓以上之電壓數秒~數十秒的短時間後,使未達臨界電壓,形成聚合物網路。由於纖維狀或柱狀聚合物網路會被傾斜地形成以誘發相對於透明基板平面呈90度 ~80度之預傾角,故更佳,較佳為90度~85度之預傾角,較佳為89.9度~85度之預傾角,較佳為89.9度~87度之預傾角,較佳為89.9度~88度之預傾角。以任一方法形成之纖維狀或柱狀聚合物網路,其特徵在於:將連結二片之單元基板間。藉此,預傾角之熱穩定性會獲得提升,可提高液晶顯示元件之可靠性。 In addition, as a method of applying a voltage and inducing a pretilt angle at the same time, a voltage may be applied and polymerized simultaneously in a range of about 0.9 V lower than the critical voltage of the polymerizable liquid crystal composition and about 2 V higher than the critical voltage of the polymerizable liquid crystal composition. In the process of forming a polymer network, a voltage of more than a critical voltage is applied for a short time of several seconds to several tens of seconds, so that the critical voltage is not reached to form a polymer network. Because the fibrous or columnar polymer network is formed obliquely to induce a 90-degree angle with respect to the plane of the transparent substrate A pretilt angle of ~ 80 degrees is better, preferably a pretilt angle of 90 degrees to 85 degrees, preferably a pretilt angle of 89.9 degrees to 85 degrees, more preferably a pretilt angle of 89.9 degrees to 87 degrees, and more preferably Pre-tilt angle from 89.9 degrees to 88 degrees. A fibrous or columnar polymer network formed by any method is characterized in that two unit substrates are connected to each other. Thereby, the thermal stability of the pretilt angle can be improved, and the reliability of the liquid crystal display element can be improved.

另外,作為藉由使纖維狀或柱狀聚合物網路傾斜配向形成而誘發低分子液晶之預傾角的方法,可舉下述方法:將位於官能基與液晶原基間之伸烷基之碳原子數為6以上且預傾角之誘發角度小的雙官能丙烯酸酯和位於官能基與液晶原基間之伸烷基之碳原子數為5以上且預傾角之誘發角度大的雙官能丙烯酸酯組合使用。可藉由調整此等化合物之摻合比,而於界面附近誘發想要的預傾角。 In addition, as a method for inducing a pretilt angle of a low-molecular liquid crystal by forming an oblique alignment of a fibrous or columnar polymer network, the following method may be mentioned: a carbon of an alkylene group located between a functional group and a mesogen group A combination of a bifunctional acrylate having 6 or more atoms and a small pretilt induced angle and a bifunctional acrylate having a carbon number of 5 or more and a large pretilt induced angle of the alkylene group between the functional group and the mesogen. use. The desired pretilt angle can be induced near the interface by adjusting the blending ratio of these compounds.

並且,可舉於至少0.01%以上且1%以下之範圍添加具有可逆性光配向功能之聚合性化合物形成纖維狀或柱狀聚合物網路的方法。於此情形時,於反式體中,會成為與低分子液晶相同之棒狀形態,對低分子液晶之配向狀態造成影響。本發明之聚合性液晶組成物含有之該反式體,若將紫外線自單元上表面以平行光之形態照射,則該棒狀之分子長軸方向會一致平行於紫外線行進方向,低分子液晶亦同時配向成一致朝向該反式體之分子長軸方向。若對單元傾斜地照射紫外線,則該反式體之分子長軸會朝向傾斜方向,使液晶朝紫外線之傾斜方向配向。亦即,會誘發預傾角,顯示出光配向功能。若於此階段使聚合性化合物交聯,則經誘發之預傾角會因由聚合相分離所形成之纖維狀或柱狀聚合物網路而固定化。因此,關於VA模式中重要之預傾角的誘發,可視需要,使用下述方法來製作本發明 之液晶元件:施加電壓且同時使之聚合相分離的方法;添加複數種誘發之預傾角不同之聚合性化合物使之聚合相分離的方法;利用具有可逆性光配向功能之聚合性化合物顯示出之光配向功能使低分子液晶及聚合性液晶化合物朝紫外線行進方向配向,進行聚合相分離的方法。 In addition, a method of forming a fibrous or columnar polymer network by adding a polymerizable compound having a reversible photo-alignment function in a range of at least 0.01% to 1% can be mentioned. In this case, the trans-form will have the same rod-like morphology as the low-molecular liquid crystal, which will affect the alignment state of the low-molecular liquid crystal. If the trans isomer contained in the polymerizable liquid crystal composition of the present invention is irradiated with ultraviolet rays from the upper surface of the unit in the form of parallel light, the long axis direction of the rod-shaped molecules will be uniformly parallel to the ultraviolet traveling direction. At the same time, the molecules are aligned in the direction of the major axis of the trans isomer. When the unit is irradiated with ultraviolet rays obliquely, the long axis of the molecules of the trans-isomer will face the oblique direction, and the liquid crystal will be aligned in the oblique direction of the ultraviolet rays. That is, a pretilt angle is induced, and a light alignment function is exhibited. If the polymerizable compound is crosslinked at this stage, the induced pretilt angle will be fixed due to the fibrous or columnar polymer network formed by the polymerized phase separation. Therefore, regarding the induction of the important pretilt angle in the VA mode, the following methods can be used to make the present invention as needed. Liquid crystal element: a method of applying a voltage and separating the polymerized phases at the same time; a method of adding a plurality of polymerizable compounds with different pretilt angles induced to separate the polymerized phases; a polymerizable compound with a reversible photo-alignment function A method for photo-alignment to align a low-molecular liquid crystal and a polymerizable liquid crystal compound in the direction of ultraviolet rays and perform a polymerization phase separation.

具有光配向功能之聚合性化合物較佳為會吸收紫外線而成為反式體之光異構化合物,並且較佳為,具有光配向功能之聚合性化合物的反應速度慢於具有光配向功能之聚合性化合物以外的聚合性化合物之反應速度。若受到紫外線照射,則若具有光配向功能之聚合性化合物會立即變成反式體沿光行進方向配向,則周圍含有聚合性化合物之液晶化合物亦會朝相同之方向配向。此時,聚合相分離會進行,低分子液晶長軸方向與聚合物網路之易配向軸方向會一致朝向與具有光配向功能之聚合性化合物之易配向軸相同的方向,朝紫外線光行進方向誘發預傾角。 The polymerizable compound having a photo-alignment function is preferably a photoisomer compound that absorbs ultraviolet rays and becomes a trans isomer. Furthermore, the reaction rate of the polymerizable compound having a photo-alignment function is slower than that of a polymerizable compound having a photo-alignment function. Reaction rate of polymerizable compounds other than compounds. If it is irradiated with ultraviolet rays, if the polymerizable compound having a photo-alignment function is immediately converted into an isomer and aligned in the direction of travel of the light, the liquid crystal compound containing the polymerizable compound around will also be aligned in the same direction. At this time, the polymerization phase separation will proceed, and the long-axis direction of the low-molecular liquid crystal and the easy-alignment axis direction of the polymer network will be aligned in the same direction as the easy-alignment axis of the polymerizable compound having a photo-alignment function, and will be in the direction of the ultraviolet light. Induced pretilt angle.

並且,於IPS或FFS模式等之平行配向單元,使用聚合性液晶組成物藉由相分離聚合而形成纖維狀或柱狀聚合物網路,低分子液晶相對於位在液晶單元基板面之配向膜的配向方向平行配向,較佳所形成之纖維狀或柱狀聚合物網路之折射率異向性或易配向軸方向與低分子液晶之配向方向為大致相同之方向。並且,纖維狀或柱狀聚合物網路更佳為除了分散有低分子液晶之空隙以外大致存在於單元整體中。為了對聚合物界面方向誘發該預傾角,較佳使用不具有液晶原基而具有多價烷基或多價伸烷基之聚合性化合物與具有液晶原基之聚合性化合物。 In parallel alignment units such as IPS or FFS mode, a polymerizable liquid crystal composition is used to form a fibrous or columnar polymer network by phase separation polymerization. The low-molecular liquid crystal is aligned with the alignment film on the substrate surface of the liquid crystal cell. The alignment direction of the alignment is parallel, and the refractive index anisotropy or easy alignment axis direction of the formed fibrous or columnar polymer network is preferably the same direction as that of the low-molecular liquid crystal. Further, it is more preferable that the fibrous or columnar polymer network exists substantially in the entire cell except for the voids in which the low-molecular liquid crystal is dispersed. In order to induce the pretilt angle with respect to the direction of the polymer interface, it is preferable to use a polymerizable compound having no mesogen and having a polyvalent alkyl group or a polyvalent alkylene group and a polymerizable compound having a mesogen.

並且,電光特性會受到聚合物網路界面之表面積及聚合物網路之空隙間隔的影響,不會發生光散射是重要的,較佳使平均空隙間隔小 於可見光波長。例如有要擴大該界面之表面積且縮小該空隙間隔而增加單體組成物含量的方法。因此,使聚合相分離結構發生變化,該空隙間隔變得微細,藉此以增加該界面之表面積的方式形成聚合物網路,驅動電壓及下降時間變少。聚合相分離結構亦受到聚合溫度之影響。 In addition, the electro-optical characteristics are affected by the surface area of the polymer network interface and the void spacing of the polymer network. It is important that light scattering does not occur. It is preferable to make the average void spacing small. At visible wavelengths. For example, there is a method of increasing the surface area of the interface and reducing the gap interval to increase the content of the monomer composition. Therefore, the polymerized phase separation structure is changed, and the interstitial space becomes finer, thereby forming a polymer network so as to increase the surface area of the interface, and the driving voltage and the fall time are reduced. The polymerization phase separation structure is also affected by the polymerization temperature.

於本發明中,較佳藉由加快相分離速度使之聚合來獲得具有微細空隙之相分離結構。相分離速度會受到低分子液晶與聚合性化合物之相溶性或聚合速度很大的影響。由於非常取決於化合物之分子結構或含量,因此較佳適當地調整組成來使用。於該相溶性高之情形時,較佳使用該聚合速度快之聚合性化合物,而於紫外線聚合之情形時,則較佳提高紫外線強度。又,亦較佳增加聚合性液晶組成物中之聚合性化合物的含量。 In the present invention, it is preferable to obtain a phase separation structure having fine voids by accelerating the phase separation speed and polymerizing it. The phase separation speed is greatly affected by the compatibility or polymerization speed of the low-molecular liquid crystal with the polymerizable compound. Since it depends very much on the molecular structure or content of the compound, it is preferable to adjust the composition and use it appropriately. In the case where the compatibility is high, it is preferable to use the polymerizable compound having a fast polymerization rate, and in the case of ultraviolet polymerization, it is preferable to increase the ultraviolet intensity. It is also preferable to increase the content of the polymerizable compound in the polymerizable liquid crystal composition.

當相溶性低之情形時,相分離速度變得夠快,因此有益於製作本發明之液晶元件。作為降低相溶性之方法,可舉於低溫使之聚合的方法。若處於低溫,則液晶之配向秩序度會獲得提升,液晶與單體之相溶性會下降,因此可加快聚合相分離速度。進而,作為其他方法,亦可舉使聚合性液晶組成物成為呈過冷卻狀態之溫度進行聚合的方法。於該情形時,只要稍低於聚合性液晶組成物之熔點即可,因此僅降低數度溫度,亦可加快相分離,而較佳。藉由此等,形成相當於將數十%含量之單體組成物添加於液晶之情形時的聚合相分離結構,亦即為發揮作用使下降時間變短之結構的聚合物網路界面之表面積增大且該空隙間隔微細的聚合物網路結構。因此,本發明之聚合性液晶組成物,較佳考慮配向功能、交聯密度、錨定力、空隙間隔,適當調整聚合性液晶組成以使下降時間變短。 When the compatibility is low, the phase separation speed becomes fast enough, so it is useful for producing the liquid crystal element of the present invention. As a method of reducing the compatibility, a method of polymerizing at a low temperature may be mentioned. If it is at a low temperature, the alignment order of the liquid crystal will be improved, and the compatibility between the liquid crystal and the monomer will be reduced, so the polymerization phase separation speed can be accelerated. Furthermore, as another method, a method of polymerizing a polymerizable liquid crystal composition at a temperature at which the polymerizable liquid crystal composition is brought into a supercooled state may be mentioned. In this case, as long as it is slightly lower than the melting point of the polymerizable liquid crystal composition, it is preferable to reduce the temperature by only a few degrees and accelerate the phase separation. As a result, a polymer phase separation structure equivalent to the case where a monomer composition with a content of tens of% is added to the liquid crystal is formed, that is, the surface area of the polymer network interface having a structure that functions to shorten the fall time. A polymer network structure with enlarged and finely spaced gaps. Therefore, in the polymerizable liquid crystal composition of the present invention, it is preferable to consider the alignment function, the cross-linking density, the anchoring force, and the gap interval, and to adjust the polymerizable liquid crystal composition appropriately so as to shorten the fall time.

於使用本發明之聚合性液晶組成物的液晶元件要獲得高對比度之顯 示,必須不會發生光散射,考慮上述方法以獲得目標電壓-透射率特性及切換特性之方式控制相分離結構而形成適當之聚合物網路層結構是重要的。若具體地說明聚合物網路層結構,則如下所述。 In the liquid crystal device using the polymerizable liquid crystal composition of the present invention, a high contrast display is required. It is shown that light scattering must not occur. It is important to control the phase separation structure to form an appropriate polymer network layer structure in consideration of the above methods to obtain the target voltage-transmittance characteristics and switching characteristics. The specific description of the polymer network layer structure is as follows.

<聚合物網路層連續結構> <Polymer Network Layer Continuous Structure>

較佳為液晶相中於液晶顯示元件整面形成有聚合物網路層且液晶相連續之結構,且聚合物網路之易配向軸或單軸之光學軸與低分子液晶之易配向軸為大致同一方向,較佳以誘發低分子液晶之預傾角的方式形成聚合物網路,藉由使聚合物網路之平均空隙間隔為小於可見光波長之大小,至少小於450nm,而不會發生光散射,故較佳。並且,要藉由聚合物網路與低分子液晶之相互作用效果(錨定力)使應答之下降時間短於低分子液晶單質之應答時間的情形時,較佳設為50nm~450nm之範圍。為了使液晶之單元厚度對下降時間之影響變少,即使單元厚度厚,亦顯示出與薄厚度同等之下降時間,較佳至少使平均空隙間隔處於下限為200nm附近且上限為450nm附近之範圍。若減小平均空隙間隔,則存在驅動電壓增加之課題,要將驅動電壓之增加抑制在25V以下縮短下降應答時間,只要使平均空隙間隔處於250nm附近至450nm之範圍即可,下降應答時間可改善至約5msec至約1msec之範圍,故較佳。又,為了將驅動電壓之增加抑制在5V左右以內,較佳使平均空隙間隔處於300nm附近至450nm之範圍。並且,亦可控制聚合物網路之平均空隙間隔,使下降應答時間為1msec以下之高速應答。雖有時驅動電壓會增加至30V以上,但只要使平均空隙間隔在50nm附近至250nm附近之間即可,要在0.5msec以下之情形時,較佳使平均空隙間隔在50nm附近至200nm附近。聚合物網路之平均直徑與平均空隙間隔相反,較 佳處於20nm至700nm之範圍。若聚合性化合物之含量增加,則平均直徑有增加之傾向。若提高反應性加快聚合相分離速度,則由於聚合物網路之密度會增加,聚合物網路之平均直徑會減小,因此只要視需要調整相分離條件即可。於聚合性化合物含量為10%以下之情形時,較佳為平均直徑處於20nm至160nm,於平均空隙間隔處於200nm至450nm範圍時,較佳為平均直徑為40nm至160nm之範圍。若聚合性化合物含量大於10%,則較佳為50nm至700nm之範圍,更佳為50nm至400nm之範圍。 It is preferable that the polymer network layer is formed on the entire surface of the liquid crystal display element in the liquid crystal phase and the liquid crystal phase is continuous. The easy alignment axis or uniaxial optical axis of the polymer network and the easy alignment axis of the low-molecular liquid crystal are: In the same direction, it is preferable to form a polymer network by inducing the pretilt angle of the low-molecular liquid crystal. By making the average void space of the polymer network smaller than the wavelength of visible light, at least less than 450 nm, light scattering does not occur. , So it is better. When the response time (anchoring force) of the polymer network and the low-molecular liquid crystal is used to make the fall time of the response shorter than the response time of the low-molecular liquid crystal element, it is preferably set to a range of 50 nm to 450 nm. In order to reduce the influence of the cell thickness of the liquid crystal on the fall time, even if the cell thickness is thick, a fall time equivalent to that of the thin thickness is exhibited. It is preferable that the average gap interval be at least the lower limit of 200 nm and the upper limit of 450 nm. If the average gap interval is reduced, there is a problem that the driving voltage is increased. To suppress the increase of the driving voltage below 25V and shorten the fall response time, as long as the average gap interval is in the range of about 250nm to 450nm, the fall response time can be improved. It is preferably in a range of about 5 msec to about 1 msec. In addition, in order to suppress the increase in the driving voltage to within about 5 V, it is preferable to set the average gap interval to a range of about 300 nm to 450 nm. In addition, the average void interval of the polymer network can also be controlled, so that the falling response time is a high-speed response of 1 msec or less. Although the driving voltage may be increased to 30 V or higher, the average gap interval may be between 50 nm and 250 nm. When the average gap interval is 0.5 msec or less, the average gap interval is preferably between 50 nm and 200 nm. The average diameter of the polymer network is the opposite of the average void spacing. It is preferably in the range of 20nm to 700nm. When the content of the polymerizable compound increases, the average diameter tends to increase. If the reactivity is increased and the polymerization phase separation speed is increased, the density of the polymer network will increase, and the average diameter of the polymer network will decrease, so it is only necessary to adjust the phase separation conditions as needed. When the content of the polymerizable compound is 10% or less, the average diameter is preferably in a range of 20 nm to 160 nm, and when the average gap interval is in a range of 200 nm to 450 nm, the average diameter is preferably in a range of 40 nm to 160 nm. When the content of the polymerizable compound is more than 10%, a range of 50 nm to 700 nm is preferred, and a range of 50 nm to 400 nm is more preferred.

<聚合物網路層不連續結構> <Discontinuous Structure of Polymer Network Layer>

相對於在液晶顯示元件整面形成有聚合物網路層且液晶相連續之結構,若聚合性化合物含量變低,聚合物網路層被覆單元整體所需之量不足時,則聚合物網路層會不連續地形成。若聚醯亞胺配向膜等基板表面之極性高,則聚合性化合物易聚集於液晶單元基板界面附近,聚合物網路會自基板表面成長而以附著於基板界面之方式形成聚合物網路層,以自單元基板表面起依序積層聚合物網路層、液晶層、聚合物網路層、對向基板之方式形成。若呈現聚合物網路層/液晶層/聚合物網路層之積層結構且於單元剖面方向形成有至少為單元厚度之0.5%以上(較佳為1%以上,更佳為5%以上)之厚度的聚合物網路層,則會因聚合物網路與低分子液晶之錨定力的作用而顯現出下降時間變短之效果,顯示出較佳之傾向。其中,由於單元厚度之影響會變大,因此當若增加單元厚度則下降時間變長之情形時,只要視需要使聚合物網路層厚度增加即可。聚合物網路層中之聚合物網路的結構,只要低分子液晶與易配向軸或單軸之光學軸皆朝向大致相同之方向即可,只要以誘發預傾角之方式形成有低分子液晶即可。平均空隙 間隔較佳為90nm至450nm之範圍。 In contrast to a structure in which a polymer network layer is formed on the entire surface of the liquid crystal display element and the liquid crystal phase is continuous, if the content of the polymerizable compound becomes low and the amount required for the entire polymer network layer coating unit is insufficient, the polymer network Layers may form discontinuously. If the polarity of the surface of the substrate such as polyimide alignment film is high, the polymerizable compound will easily gather near the interface of the liquid crystal cell substrate, and the polymer network will grow from the substrate surface and form a polymer network layer by attaching to the substrate interface. It is formed by sequentially laminating a polymer network layer, a liquid crystal layer, a polymer network layer, and an opposite substrate from the surface of the unit substrate. If the layered structure of the polymer network layer / liquid crystal layer / polymer network layer is present and at least 0.5% (preferably 1% or more, more preferably 5% or more) of the cell thickness is formed in the direction of the cell cross section. The thickness of the polymer network layer will show the effect of shortening the fall time due to the anchoring force of the polymer network and the low-molecular liquid crystal, showing a better tendency. Among them, since the influence of the cell thickness becomes larger, when the fall time becomes longer if the cell thickness is increased, the polymer network layer thickness may be increased as needed. The structure of the polymer network in the polymer network layer, as long as the low-molecular liquid crystal and the easy-alignment axis or the uniaxial optical axis are oriented in the same direction, as long as the low-molecular liquid crystal is formed in a manner that induces a pretilt angle, that is, can. Average void The interval is preferably in a range of 90 nm to 450 nm.

例如於使聚合性化合物含量為1質量%至6質量%之情形時,較佳使用錨定力高之具有液晶原基的雙官能單體,較佳使用官能基間距離短之結構且聚合速度快的雙官能單體,較佳於0℃以下之低溫形成聚合相分離結構。當使聚合性化合物含量為6質量%至未達10質量%之情形時,較佳為該雙官能單體與錨定力弱之單官能單體的組合,較佳視需要於25℃~-20℃之範圍形成聚合相分離結構。並且,如果該熔點為室溫以上,則若使之較該熔點低5℃左右,則會獲得與低溫聚合相同之效果,因此較佳。當使聚合性化合物含量為10質量%至40質量%之情形時,由於聚合物黏合劑或聚合物網路會嚴重影響低分子液晶之配向或驅動電壓,使驅動電壓增大,因此,較佳使用具有低分子液晶之配向功能且錨定力相對較弱之具有液晶原基的聚合性化合物。例如錨定力弱且具有液晶原基之聚合性化合物,增加位於官能基與液晶原基之間的伸烷基之碳數是有效的,碳數較佳為5~10。又,若聚合性化合物超過30質量%,則亦有時會成為聚合物黏合劑中分散有液晶滴之狀態,於該情形時,亦較佳為具有折射率異向性之聚合物黏合劑,且基板面之配向膜顯示的配向方向與聚合物黏合劑的光軸方向一致。 For example, when the content of the polymerizable compound is from 1% by mass to 6% by mass, it is preferable to use a bifunctional monomer having a liquid crystal priming group having a high anchoring force, and it is preferable to use a structure having a short distance between functional groups and a polymerization rate. A fast bifunctional monomer, preferably at a low temperature below 0 ° C, forms a polymeric phase separation structure. When the content of the polymerizable compound is from 6% by mass to less than 10% by mass, a combination of the difunctional monomer and a monofunctional monomer having a weak anchoring force is preferred, and it is preferably at 25 ° C to-if necessary In the range of 20 ° C, a polymer phase separation structure is formed. In addition, if the melting point is equal to or higher than room temperature, if the melting point is lowered by about 5 ° C from the melting point, the same effect as that of low-temperature polymerization can be obtained, which is preferable. When the content of the polymerizable compound is 10% to 40% by mass, it is preferable because the polymer binder or the polymer network seriously affects the alignment or driving voltage of the low-molecular liquid crystal and increases the driving voltage. A polymerizable compound having a mesogen group having an alignment function of a low-molecular liquid crystal and a relatively weak anchoring force is used. For example, for a polymerizable compound having a weak anchoring force and having a mesogen group, it is effective to increase the number of carbons of the alkylene group located between the functional group and the mesogen group, and the number of carbons is preferably 5 to 10. In addition, if the polymerizable compound exceeds 30% by mass, the liquid crystal droplets may be dispersed in the polymer binder. In this case, a polymer binder having refractive index anisotropy is also preferred. And the alignment direction displayed by the alignment film on the substrate surface is consistent with the optical axis direction of the polymer adhesive.

聚合性液晶組成物中之聚合性化合物的濃度越高,液晶組成物與聚合物界面之錨定力越大,τ d越高速化。另一方面,若液晶組成物與聚合物界面之錨定力變大,則τ r會低速化。為了使τ d與τ r之和未達1.5ms,聚合性液晶組成物中之聚合性化合物的濃度為1質量%以上且未達40質量%,較佳為2質量%以上且15質量%以下,更佳為3質量%以上且8質量 %以下。 The higher the concentration of the polymerizable compound in the polymerizable liquid crystal composition, the greater the anchoring force between the liquid crystal composition and the polymer interface, and the faster τ d becomes. On the other hand, if the anchoring force at the interface between the liquid crystal composition and the polymer becomes large, τ r becomes low. In order to make the sum of τ d and τ r less than 1.5 ms, the concentration of the polymerizable compound in the polymerizable liquid crystal composition is 1% by mass or more and less than 40% by mass, preferably 2% by mass or more and 15% by mass or less. , More preferably 3% by mass or more and 8% by mass %the following.

當用於TFT驅動液晶顯示元件之情形時,必須抑制閃爍(flicker)且提升因殘影所引起之殘像等的可靠性,電壓保持率成為重要之特性。認為使電壓保持率降低之原因在於聚合性液晶組成物內所含有之離子性雜質。尤其移動離子會嚴重影響電壓保持率。因此,較佳以可獲得至少1014Ω.cm以上之比電阻的方式實施純化處理等將移動離子去除。又,若藉由自由基聚合形成聚合物網路,則有時會因光聚合起始劑等所產生之離子性雜質導致電壓保持率降低,較佳選定有機酸或低分子之副產物生成量少的聚合起始劑。 When used in a TFT-driven liquid crystal display device, it is necessary to suppress flicker and improve the reliability of afterimages and the like caused by afterimages. The voltage retention ratio becomes an important characteristic. The reason why the voltage holding ratio is lowered is considered to be the ionic impurities contained in the polymerizable liquid crystal composition. In particular, moving ions can seriously affect the voltage holding rate. Therefore, it is preferable to obtain at least 10 14 Ω. A specific resistance of cm or more is used to remove mobile ions by performing a purification process or the like. In addition, if a polymer network is formed by radical polymerization, the voltage retention rate may be reduced due to ionic impurities generated by a photopolymerization initiator and the like. It is preferable to select an organic acid or a low-molecular by-product amount. Less polymerization initiator.

[液晶顯示元件] [Liquid crystal display element]

本發明之液晶顯示元件,於液晶組成物中含有聚合物或共聚物,該液晶組成物被夾持於至少一者具有電極之2片透明基板間,該聚合物或共聚物之含量為該液晶組成物及該聚合物或共聚物之合計質量的0.5質量%以上且未達40質量%,該聚合物或共聚物形成聚合物網路,該聚合物網路具有單軸性之折射率異向性或易配向軸,且具有不同之2種以上的配向狀態。本發明之液晶顯示元件較佳具有用以使液晶組成物配向於至少一透明基板上的配向膜。對設置於基板之此配向膜與設置於基板之電極施加電壓,液晶分子配向將會受到控制。聚合物網路或聚合物黏合劑具有單軸性之折射率異向性或易配向軸方向,較佳為聚合物網路或聚合物黏合劑之光軸方向或易配向軸方向與低分子液晶之易配向軸方向為相同方向。就此點而言,與不具有單軸性之折射率異向性或易配向軸方向的光散射型聚合物網路液晶或高分子分散型液晶不同。 The liquid crystal display element of the present invention contains a polymer or a copolymer in a liquid crystal composition. The liquid crystal composition is sandwiched between at least one transparent substrate having two electrodes. The content of the polymer or copolymer is the liquid crystal. The total mass of the composition and the polymer or copolymer is 0.5% by mass or more and less than 40% by mass. The polymer or copolymer forms a polymer network having a uniaxial refractive index anisotropy. Or easy to align the axis, and have two or more different alignment states. The liquid crystal display element of the present invention preferably has an alignment film for aligning the liquid crystal composition on at least one transparent substrate. When a voltage is applied to the alignment film disposed on the substrate and the electrode disposed on the substrate, the alignment of the liquid crystal molecules will be controlled. The polymer network or polymer adhesive has uniaxial refractive index anisotropy or easy alignment axis direction, preferably the optical network direction or easy alignment axis direction of the polymer network or polymer adhesive and low molecular liquid crystal The easy alignment axis direction is the same direction. In this regard, it is different from a light-scattering polymer network liquid crystal or a polymer-dispersed liquid crystal that does not have a uniaxial refractive index anisotropy or an easy alignment axis direction.

並且,較佳為配向膜之易配向軸方向與聚合物網路或聚合物黏合劑之易配向軸方向相同。藉由具備偏光板、相位差膜等,而利用此配向狀態進行顯示。作為液晶顯示元件,可應用於TN、STN、ECB、VA、VA-TN、IPS、FFS、π單元、OCB、膽固醇型液晶等運作模式。其中,尤佳為VA、IPS、FFS、VA-TN、TN、ECB。另,本發明之液晶顯示元件,就液晶組成物中含有聚合物或共聚物之方面而言,與配向膜上具有聚合物或共聚物之PSA(Polymer Sustained Alignment)型液晶顯示元件不同。 Moreover, it is preferable that the easy-alignment axis direction of the alignment film is the same as the easy-alignment axis direction of the polymer network or the polymer adhesive. By providing a polarizing plate, a retardation film, and the like, display is performed using this alignment state. As a liquid crystal display element, it can be applied to TN, STN, ECB, VA, VA-TN, IPS, FFS, π unit, OCB, cholesterol-type liquid crystal and other operating modes. Among them, VA, IPS, FFS, VA-TN, TN, and ECB are particularly preferred. In addition, the liquid crystal display element of the present invention is different from a PSA (Polymer Sustained Alignment) type liquid crystal display element having a polymer or copolymer on an alignment film in terms of a polymer or copolymer contained in a liquid crystal composition.

液晶組成物中之聚合物或共聚物的含量為該液晶組成物及該聚合物或共聚物之合計質量的0.5質量%以上且未達40質量%,作為下限值,較佳為0.7質量%以上,較佳為0.9質量%以上,作為上限值,較佳未達30質量%,較佳未達20質量%。 The content of the polymer or copolymer in the liquid crystal composition is 0.5% by mass or more and less than 40% by mass of the total mass of the liquid crystal composition and the polymer or copolymer, and as the lower limit, it is preferably 0.7% by mass. The above is preferably 0.9% by mass or more, and as the upper limit, it is preferably not more than 30% by mass, and more preferably not more than 20% by mass.

於PSA型液晶顯示元件,在電極設置3~5μm寬度之複數條狹縫使液晶朝狹縫方向傾斜配向,來代替摩擦配向處理,藉此省略配向處理。於量產技術上,若施加數十伏特之電壓,且同時照射紫外線,則液晶之配向會以得到預傾角(相對於基板法線之傾斜角)之方式被高分子穩定化於基板界面,形成聚合物之薄膜。預傾角會因此高分子薄膜之作用而被誘發,利用此現象,而可使用於PSVA(polymer-stabilized vertical alignment)LCD或PSALCD之製造。又,為了提升視角,而使用設計成可形成多區域之圖案電極,將一個像素內之預傾角方向分割成複數。當使用具有負介電各向導性之液晶的情形時,若以從液晶之垂直配向轉化成彎曲配向(bend alignment)之方式將飽和電壓以上之電壓施加於單元並照射紫外線,則當微量添加於液晶中之單體於垂直配向膜上聚合時,會形成如下之配向膜:使 為彎曲變形端之些許傾斜的液晶配向高分子穩定化且誘發預傾角。藉此,若結束照射紫外線,中斷施加電壓,則可得到些許傾斜之(預傾斜)垂直配向。然而,若將此方法應用於可使單元整體形成聚合物網路等而改善應答之緩和時間的液晶顯示元件,則由於會施加飽和電壓以上之數十伏特的電壓,進行紫外線照射,因此,聚合物網路會使液晶於平行配向狀態下高分子穩定。此由於會以將液晶分子保持於平行配向狀態之方式形成聚合物網路之折射異向性或易配向軸,故會無法得到垂直配向。 In the PSA type liquid crystal display element, a plurality of slits with a width of 3 to 5 μm are provided on the electrodes to tilt the liquid crystal toward the slit direction instead of the rubbing alignment process, thereby omitting the alignment process. In mass production technology, if a voltage of tens of volts is applied and ultraviolet rays are irradiated at the same time, the alignment of the liquid crystal will be stabilized by the polymer at the substrate interface to obtain a pretilt angle (inclination angle with respect to the substrate normal), forming Polymer film. The pretilt angle is induced by the effect of the polymer film. Using this phenomenon, it can be used in the manufacture of PSVA (polymer-stabilized vertical alignment) LCD or PSALCD. In addition, in order to improve the viewing angle, a pattern electrode designed to form multiple regions is used to divide the pretilt direction in one pixel into a plurality. When a liquid crystal with negative dielectric anisotropy is used, if a voltage equal to or higher than the saturation voltage is applied to the cell and the ultraviolet rays are irradiated in such a manner that the vertical alignment of the liquid crystal is converted to a bend alignment, a small amount of When the monomer in the liquid crystal is polymerized on the vertical alignment film, the following alignment film is formed: The slightly inclined liquid crystal alignment polymer for the bent deformation end stabilizes and induces a pretilt angle. Thereby, if the irradiation of ultraviolet rays is ended and the application of voltage is interrupted, a slightly inclined (pre-tilted) vertical alignment can be obtained. However, if this method is applied to a liquid crystal display element that can form a polymer network as a whole to improve the relaxation time of a response, a voltage of several tens of volts or more above the saturation voltage is applied for ultraviolet irradiation. The internet of things will stabilize the liquid crystal polymer in the state of parallel alignment. Because the refractive anisotropy or easy alignment axis of the polymer network is formed in such a manner that the liquid crystal molecules are maintained in a parallel alignment state, vertical alignment cannot be obtained.

於垂直配向型之LCD,為了藉由施加電壓而使傾斜配向之傾斜方位一致朝一定方向,而藉由賦予相對於單元法線方向在2度以內之預傾角,來謀求改善透射率、應答時間等之電光特性。然而,要以誘發預傾角之方式形成些許傾斜之聚合物網路,認為要施加稍高於液晶之臨界電壓的電壓在液晶傾斜配向於2度以內的狀態下使之形成。然而,於PVA(Patterned vertical alignment)等藉由電極形狀使傾斜配向方向固定一致之液晶顯示元件,若施加臨界電壓附近之低電壓形成聚合物網路之折射異向性或易配向軸,則會因液晶之傾斜配向方位不固定,而使得透射率下降。其原因在於:若施加臨界電壓附近之電壓,則僅會些許變形成彎曲配向,彎曲變形之配向膜側之端大致垂直,垂直配向膜之影響大,故於基板界面附近之液晶會成為垂直配向,而使得於基板界面附近無法將傾斜配向方位規定朝向一定方向,變為不穩定。另一方面,若施加電光特性之飽和電壓以上的高電壓,則基板界面附近之液晶會變成傾斜配向狀態,且電場強,因此,由圖案電極引起之電場分布的影響會變大,傾斜配向方位變為一定方向,可有助於提升透射率。然而,由於平行配向之聚合物網路會形成於單元整體,因此 如上述,會無法得到垂直配向。 In the vertical alignment type LCD, in order to make the tilt orientation of the tilt alignment consistent to a certain direction by applying a voltage, and to improve the transmittance and response time by giving a pretilt angle within 2 degrees with respect to the unit normal direction. Waiting for electro-optical characteristics. However, to form a slightly inclined polymer network by inducing a pretilt angle, it is considered that a voltage slightly higher than the critical voltage of the liquid crystal is applied to form the liquid crystal when the liquid crystal is tilted within 2 degrees. However, in liquid crystal display elements such as PVA (Patterned vertical alignment), where the oblique alignment direction is fixed by the shape of the electrodes, if a low voltage near the critical voltage is applied to form the refractive anisotropy or easy alignment axis of the polymer network, Because the tilt orientation of the liquid crystal is not fixed, the transmittance decreases. The reason is that if a voltage near the critical voltage is applied, it will only slightly change to form a bending alignment. The end of the bending deformation of the alignment film is approximately vertical, and the effect of the vertical alignment film is large. Therefore, the liquid crystal near the substrate interface will become a vertical alignment. , Which makes it impossible to specify the tilt alignment orientation near a substrate interface to a certain direction, which becomes unstable. On the other hand, if a high voltage equal to or higher than the saturation voltage of the electro-optical characteristics is applied, the liquid crystal near the interface of the substrate will become obliquely aligned and the electric field will be strong. Therefore, the influence of the electric field distribution caused by the pattern electrode will increase, and the orientation of the oblique orientation Changing to a certain direction can help improve the transmittance. However, since the polymer network of parallel alignment will be formed in the whole unit, As described above, vertical alignment cannot be obtained.

傾斜配向方位由於在很大的程度上取決於電極圖案之種類,因此例如圖13所示之魚骨(Fishbone)型電極,交互地重複配置有複數條3~5μm左右寬度之微細的線電極與和線電極同樣寬度的線狀狹縫,於此圖案電極,線電極上之液晶會配向成液晶之傾斜配向方位大致朝狹縫方向平行。因此,必須使之具有傾斜配向方位朝狹縫方向固定之類的配向記憶作為聚合物網路之折射異向性或易配向軸。又,當Axially Symmetric Vertical Alignment之圖案電極的情形時,為由點電極與近似正方形之對向電極構成的次像素結構。中心軸雖即使施加電壓亦呈垂直配向,但以中心軸之點電極為起點,液晶軸向(liquid crystal director)傾斜配向成放射狀。當從上面觀看元件之情形時,傾斜配向方位係液晶軸向從中心軸360度連續地配向成放射狀。若藉由施加高電壓,於聚合物網路之一部分使配向狀態高分子穩定化,則會以放射狀之傾斜配向方位穩定化的方式形成一部分聚合物網路。若於照射紫外線中使電壓未達臨界電壓,藉此使液晶回復成大致垂直配向,並於此狀態下繼續照射紫外線,則會以成為大致垂直配向之方式形成聚合物網路之折射異向性或易配向軸,放射狀傾斜配向方位可以軌跡之形式殘留於聚合物網路,能夠同時兼顧施加電壓時之配向控制與無施加電壓時之垂直配向。 Since the orientation of the oblique alignment depends to a large extent on the type of the electrode pattern, for example, a Fishbone electrode as shown in FIG. 13 is repeatedly arranged with a plurality of fine wire electrodes with a width of about 3 to 5 μm and A linear slit having the same width as the wire electrode. In this pattern electrode, the liquid crystal on the wire electrode is aligned to form an oblique alignment direction of the liquid crystal, which is generally parallel to the slit direction. Therefore, it is necessary to have an alignment memory such as an oblique alignment orientation fixed toward the slit direction as a refractive anisotropy or easy alignment axis of the polymer network. In the case of the pattern electrode of Axially Symmetric Vertical Alignment, it is a sub-pixel structure composed of a dot electrode and a counter electrode of approximately a square shape. Although the central axis is vertically aligned even when a voltage is applied, the liquid crystal director is oriented obliquely and radially with the dot electrode of the central axis as a starting point. When the element is viewed from above, the oblique alignment orientation means that the liquid crystal axis is continuously aligned in a radial pattern from the central axis 360 degrees. If high-voltage is applied to stabilize a polymer in an alignment state in a part of the polymer network, a part of the polymer network is formed in a manner of stabilizing the radial inclined orientation. If the voltage does not reach the critical voltage during the irradiation of ultraviolet rays, thereby returning the liquid crystal to a substantially vertical alignment, and continuing to irradiate ultraviolet rays in this state, the refractive anisotropy of the polymer network will be formed in a manner of approximately vertical alignment. Or easy to align the axis, the radial tilted azimuth orientation can remain on the polymer network in the form of trajectory, which can take into account both the alignment control when the voltage is applied and the vertical alignment when no voltage is applied.

亦即,於PVA之液晶顯示元件中,因共存兩種不同之使液晶配向狀態穩定化的聚合物網路,故各自形成之聚合物網路對液晶配向的影響力不同,上述兩種不同之聚合物網路分別是:為了使施加臨界電壓以上之電壓所得到的配向狀態高分子穩定化,而以與液晶配向狀態一致之方式形成聚 合物網路之折射率異向性或易配向軸的情形,與為了使施加未達臨界電壓之電壓所得到的配向狀態高分子穩定化,而以與液晶配向狀態一致之方式形成聚合物網路之折射率異向性或易配向軸的情形。例如,若僅形成使未達臨界電壓之液晶配向狀態穩定化的聚合物網路,則當藉由開關電壓使液晶配向改變之情形時,由於受到來自聚合物網路之影響的液晶配向狀態會與液晶顯示元件原本所需的液晶配向狀態不同,故於PVA單元之開關時配向改變後之配向會發生變形,無法得到想要的配向狀態,而對電光效應造成影響,對比度、透射率等下降。因此,藉由使聚合物網路共存施加臨界電壓以上之電壓所得到的配向狀態與施加未達臨界電壓之電壓所得到的配向狀態此兩種配向狀態,而可使得兩狀態間之配向改變變得容易,顯示特性變良好。因此,為了使臨界電壓以上之液晶配向狀態與未達臨界電壓之液晶配向狀態高分子穩定化,且以聚合物網路形成使兩種配向狀態混合存在,較佳為,以使臨界電壓以上之液晶配向狀態穩定化為目的使用聚合性液晶組成物含有之聚合性化合物的一部分,將剩餘之聚合性化合物使用於以使未達臨界電壓之液晶配向狀態穩定化之方式形成的聚合物網路。若施加臨界電壓以上之電壓後,於紫外線聚合中施加未達臨界電壓之電壓,則雖會發生液晶配向之轉變,但有時會於此轉變時發生配向缺陷,若此配向缺陷受到高分子穩定化,則於未達臨界電壓下之液晶配向狀態的均一性會受損,成為對比度或透射率之下降原因,故不佳。尤其是當臨界電壓以上之電壓為飽和電壓以上之情形時,若於照射紫外線過程中使之變成未達臨界電壓之電壓,引起液晶配向轉變,則會發生大量配向缺陷。因此,必須藉由施加飽和電壓以下之電壓,來抑制配向轉變時發生配向缺陷(向錯 (disclination)),但同時如上述,由於基板界面之液晶的傾斜變弱,傾斜方位方向變為不穩定,故不佳。為了抑制因紫外線聚合中之配向轉變所發生的配向缺陷,較佳為,施加從紫外線聚合中之臨界電壓以上之電壓降低至臨界電壓以下之電壓的中間電壓,至少以液晶之應答時間以上的時間施加,為不會對聚合物網路之形成造成影響的時間,只要為可抑制發生配向缺陷之時間即可,只要為不會使配向缺陷高分子穩定化之時間即可,取決於液晶中之聚合性化合物的反應性,較佳至少在5秒以內。又,中間電壓較佳至少在臨界電壓以上且在飽和電壓以下,為中間漸變之電壓。波形較佳為矩形波,較佳為電壓以臨界電壓以上之電壓、中間電壓、臨界電壓以下之電壓的順序階段性地變低之階段狀波形。又,中間電壓亦可為使電壓連續地從臨界電壓以上之電壓降低至臨界電壓以下之電壓的斜波(ramp wave)。並且,要以施加中間電壓以外之方法使配向缺陷受到高分子穩定化後不殘留時,可於紫外線照射中途,去除臨界電壓以上之電壓,但與施加電壓同步中斷紫外線照射,再次施加液晶配向會成為大致垂直配向之類的臨界電壓以下之電壓,但於此時與電壓同步再次照射紫外線。亦即,於連續地照射紫外線之情形時,當照射中之液晶配向轉變時施加中間電壓即可。而於間斷地照射紫外線之情形時,則當液晶配向轉變時瞬間中斷紫外線照射,於轉變結束之時間點再照射紫外線即可。 That is, in the liquid crystal display element of PVA, because two different polymer networks stabilizing the alignment state of the liquid crystal coexist, the influence of the polymer networks formed on the liquid crystal alignment is different. Polymer networks are: in order to stabilize the polymer in the alignment state obtained by applying a voltage above the critical voltage, the polymer is formed in a manner consistent with the alignment state of the liquid crystal. In the case of the refractive index anisotropy of the composite network or the easy alignment axis, the polymer network is formed in a manner consistent with the alignment state of the liquid crystal in order to stabilize the polymer in the alignment state obtained by applying a voltage that does not reach the critical voltage. Refractive index anisotropy of the road or easy alignment axis. For example, if only a polymer network is formed that stabilizes the liquid crystal alignment state before reaching a critical voltage, when the liquid crystal alignment is changed by the switching voltage, the liquid crystal alignment state is affected by the influence from the polymer network. It is different from the liquid crystal alignment state originally required for the liquid crystal display element. Therefore, the alignment after the alignment is changed when the PVA unit is switched will be deformed, and the desired alignment state cannot be obtained, which will affect the electro-optical effect and reduce the contrast and transmittance. . Therefore, by coexisting the polymer network, an alignment state obtained by applying a voltage above the critical voltage and an alignment state obtained by applying a voltage below the critical voltage, the two alignment states can change the orientation change between the two states. It is easy, and display characteristics become favorable. Therefore, in order to stabilize the liquid crystal alignment state above the critical voltage and the liquid crystal alignment state below the critical voltage, the polymer is stabilized, and the polymer network is formed so that the two alignment states coexist. The purpose of stabilizing the liquid crystal alignment state is to use a part of the polymerizable compound contained in the polymerizable liquid crystal composition, and use the remaining polymerizable compound in a polymer network formed to stabilize the liquid crystal alignment state before reaching a critical voltage. If a voltage higher than the critical voltage is applied and a voltage that does not reach the critical voltage is applied in the UV polymerization, although the alignment of the liquid crystal will change, alignment defects sometimes occur during this transition. If this alignment defect is stabilized by the polymer, As a result, the uniformity of the alignment state of the liquid crystal under a critical voltage is impaired, which causes a decrease in contrast or transmittance, which is not good. Especially when the voltage above the critical voltage is above the saturation voltage, if it becomes a voltage that does not reach the critical voltage during the irradiation of ultraviolet rays and causes the liquid crystal alignment to change, a large number of alignment defects will occur. Therefore, it is necessary to suppress the occurrence of alignment defects (toward faults) during the alignment transition by applying a voltage below the saturation voltage. (disclination)) At the same time, as described above, the tilt of the liquid crystal at the substrate interface is weakened, and the tilt direction becomes unstable, which is not good. In order to suppress the alignment defect caused by the alignment transition in the ultraviolet polymerization, it is preferable to apply an intermediate voltage that reduces the voltage above the threshold voltage in the ultraviolet polymerization to a voltage below the threshold voltage, at least for a time longer than the response time of the liquid crystal. The time for application is not to affect the formation of the polymer network, as long as it can suppress the occurrence of alignment defects, as long as it does not stabilize the alignment defect polymers, it depends on the liquid crystal. The reactivity of the polymerizable compound is preferably at least 5 seconds. In addition, the intermediate voltage is preferably at least the threshold voltage and below the saturation voltage, and is a voltage with intermediate gradient. The waveform is preferably a rectangular wave, and is preferably a step-shaped waveform in which the voltage gradually decreases in the order of a voltage above the critical voltage, an intermediate voltage, and a voltage below the critical voltage. The intermediate voltage may be a ramp wave that continuously reduces the voltage from a voltage above the threshold voltage to a voltage below the threshold voltage. In addition, if the alignment defect is not left after the polymer is stabilized by applying a method other than the intermediate voltage, the voltage above the threshold voltage can be removed in the middle of the ultraviolet irradiation, but the ultraviolet irradiation is interrupted in synchronization with the applied voltage, and the liquid crystal alignment will be applied again. It becomes a voltage below a critical voltage such as a substantially vertical alignment, but at this time, ultraviolet rays are irradiated again in synchronization with the voltage. That is, in the case of continuously irradiating ultraviolet rays, an intermediate voltage may be applied when the alignment of the liquid crystal during irradiation is changed. In the case of intermittently irradiating ultraviolet rays, when the alignment of the liquid crystal is changed, the ultraviolet rays are interrupted instantaneously, and ultraviolet rays may be irradiated again at the time point when the transition ends.

並且,由於會成為混合存在有具有各自使此等兩種不同配向狀態穩定化之作用的聚合物網路之狀態,因此,形成聚合物網路後之元件當無施加電壓時的液晶配向狀態,會受到想要保持兩種不同配向狀態之聚合物網路的影響,各聚合物網路之影響力的均衡會決定無施加電壓時之液晶配向狀 態。例如,於垂直配向模式之液晶顯示元件中,若增強使未達臨界電壓之液晶配向狀態穩定化之聚合物網路的影響力,則液晶顯示元件會顯示原本所需之垂直配向,提高液晶顯示之對比度,故較佳。相反地,若使臨界電壓以上之液晶配向穩定化的聚合物網路之影響力過強,則會有液晶之預傾角增加,對比度下降之傾向。為了提高液晶顯示元件之透射率或對比度,提升顯示品質,使兩種不同之液晶配向狀態穩定化的聚合物網路各自之影響力的平衡調整是重要的,例如於PVA單元中,若以使臨界電壓以上之液晶配向狀態穩定化的方式作用之聚合物網路其影響力過強,則最大透射率雖會提升,但黑階會增加,引起對比度下降。又,若以使未達臨界電壓之液晶配向狀態穩定化的方式作用之聚合物網路其影響力過強,則雖可得到良好之黑階,但卻會引起最大透射率下降,對比度降低,並不佳。 In addition, since a polymer network having a function of stabilizing these two different alignment states exists in a mixed state, the liquid crystal alignment state of the element after forming the polymer network when no voltage is applied, Will be affected by the polymer network that wants to maintain two different alignment states, the equilibrium of the influence of each polymer network will determine the liquid crystal alignment state when no voltage is applied state. For example, in a liquid crystal display element in the vertical alignment mode, if the influence of a polymer network that stabilizes the liquid crystal alignment state that does not reach the critical voltage is enhanced, the liquid crystal display element will display the original vertical alignment required to improve the liquid crystal display. The contrast is better. On the contrary, if the influence of the polymer network that stabilizes the liquid crystal alignment above the critical voltage is too strong, the pretilt angle of the liquid crystal will increase and the contrast will tend to decrease. In order to improve the transmittance or contrast of the liquid crystal display element and the display quality, it is important to balance the influence of the polymer networks that stabilize the two different liquid crystal alignment states. For example, in a PVA unit, if The polymer network acting in a manner that stabilizes the alignment state of the liquid crystal above the critical voltage has too much influence, and although the maximum transmittance will increase, the black level will increase, causing a decrease in contrast. In addition, if the polymer network acting in a manner that stabilizes the alignment state of the liquid crystal that does not reach the critical voltage has too strong influence, although a good black level can be obtained, it will cause the maximum transmittance to decrease and the contrast to decrease. Not good.

若施加彎曲配向變形等液晶會傾斜之電壓,液晶之傾斜配向的方位固定,則最大透射率會獲得提升,因此,若先使為了以傾斜配向方位成為固定之方式使臨界電壓以上之液晶配向狀態穩定化而形成的聚合物網路之影響為些微,再於照射紫外線中途施加未達臨界電壓,形成聚合物網路,以使可得到良好黑階這類的大致垂直配向狀態穩定化,則良好黑階與傾斜配向之方位會成為固定,最大透射率會變高,因此,可得到高對比度,顯示品質獲得提升,而變佳。此時,為了使目的在於傾斜配向方位成為固定而形成之聚合物網路的影響力為些微,較佳為施加臨界電壓以上之電壓形成聚合物網路使傾斜配向未被完全高分子穩定化的電壓施加時間,可於照射紫外線中,在施加臨界電壓以下之電壓時,使可得到大致垂直配向繼續照射紫外線。 If a voltage that tilts the liquid crystal such as bending alignment is applied, and the orientation of the tilted alignment of the liquid crystal is fixed, the maximum transmittance will be improved. Therefore, if the liquid crystal is aligned above the critical voltage in order to make the tilted alignment orientation fixed, The effect of the stabilized polymer network is slight, and then a critical voltage is applied during the irradiation of ultraviolet rays to form a polymer network to stabilize the approximately vertical alignment state such as a good black level, which is good. The orientation of the black level and oblique alignment will become fixed, and the maximum transmittance will become higher. Therefore, high contrast can be obtained, display quality can be improved, and it becomes better. At this time, in order to make the influence of the polymer network formed by fixing the orientation of the tilt alignment to be slight, it is preferable to apply a voltage above the critical voltage to form the polymer network to make the tilt alignment not completely polymer stabilized. The voltage application time can be used to irradiate ultraviolet rays, and when a voltage below the critical voltage is applied, a substantially vertical alignment can be obtained to continue the ultraviolet rays irradiation.

[液晶顯示元件之製造方法與聚合物網路之作用] [Manufacturing method of liquid crystal display element and role of polymer network]

本發明之液晶顯示元件之製造方法,為含有下述步驟之方法:對夾持在至少一者具有電極之2片透明基板間的聚合性液晶組成物,施加該聚合性液晶組成物之臨界電壓以上的電壓,且同時照射紫外線,使之聚合相分離的步驟,及然後在照射紫外線之狀態下,使電壓未達臨界電壓,並進一步照射紫外線的步驟。藉此使分別將臨界電壓以上之液晶的配向狀態與未達臨界電壓之液晶的配向狀態穩定化之聚合物網路形成,使將兩種不同液晶配向狀態穩定化的聚合物網路混合存在形成。又,當為含有圖案電極單元等之垂直配向模式液晶顯示元件的情形時,較佳於施加聚合性液晶組成物之臨界電壓以上的電壓,且同時照射紫外線使之聚合相分離的步驟中,於彎曲配向變形下,聚合性液晶組成物中之液晶分子在透明基板平面附近相對於透明基板平面以0度至30度之範圍傾斜配向,且較佳於在照射紫外線之狀態下使前述電壓未達臨界電壓並進一步照射紫外線的步驟中,大致垂直配向,在透明基板平面附近,前述液晶分子相對於透明基板平面傾斜80度至90度配向。液晶分子相對於透明基板平面以0度至30度之範圍傾斜配向的狀態,表示液晶之雙折射率因施加電壓而增加的狀態,若液晶之配向狀態相對於透明基板平面,為0度,則雙折射率會最大,而較佳,但即使是相對於基板平面傾斜30度配向,亦佳。尤其於PVA單元,由於可使傾斜方位為固定,故較佳。無論何者,皆較佳形成使配向穩定化之聚合物網路,以使施加電壓造成之液晶傾斜配向方位成為固定方向。 The method for manufacturing a liquid crystal display element of the present invention is a method including the steps of applying a critical voltage to a polymerizable liquid crystal composition sandwiched between at least one transparent substrate having two electrodes and having a polymerizable liquid crystal composition. The step of irradiating ultraviolet rays at the above voltage to cause polymerization phase separation, and the step of further irradiating the ultraviolet rays under the condition that the voltage does not reach the critical voltage in the state of ultraviolet rays irradiation. In this way, a polymer network that stabilizes the alignment state of the liquid crystal above the critical voltage and the alignment state of the liquid crystal that does not reach the critical voltage is formed, and a polymer network that stabilizes two different liquid crystal alignment states is formed. . In the case of a vertical alignment mode liquid crystal display element including a pattern electrode unit, it is preferable to apply a voltage equal to or higher than the critical voltage of the polymerizable liquid crystal composition and simultaneously irradiate ultraviolet rays to separate the polymerized phases. Under bending alignment deformation, the liquid crystal molecules in the polymerizable liquid crystal composition are inclinedly aligned in the range of 0 to 30 degrees relative to the plane of the transparent substrate in the vicinity of the plane of the transparent substrate, and it is preferable that the aforementioned voltage is not reached in the state of being irradiated with ultraviolet rays. In the step of critical voltage and further irradiating ultraviolet rays, the alignment is substantially vertical. Near the plane of the transparent substrate, the liquid crystal molecules are aligned at an angle of 80 to 90 degrees relative to the plane of the transparent substrate. The state where the liquid crystal molecules are aligned at an angle of 0 to 30 degrees with respect to the plane of the transparent substrate indicates a state where the birefringence of the liquid crystal is increased by the application of a voltage. If the orientation state of the liquid crystal is 0 degrees with respect to the plane of the transparent substrate, then The birefringence will be the largest and better, but even if it is aligned at an angle of 30 degrees relative to the plane of the substrate. In particular, the PVA unit is preferable because the tilt direction can be fixed. In any case, it is preferable to form a polymer network that stabilizes the alignment so that the tilted orientation of the liquid crystal caused by the applied voltage becomes a fixed direction.

此時,為了使目的在於傾斜配向方位成為固定所形成之聚合物網路的影響力為些微,而於照射紫外線中施加臨界電壓以上之電壓,使液晶產生 彎曲配向變形,但較佳使此狀態之時間小於施加臨界電壓以下之電壓的時間,當結束施加臨界電壓以上之電壓時,為發生配向轉變之狀態即可。當為了使傾斜配向方位成為一定而形成之聚合物網路的影響力強之情形時,由於預傾角會增加而無法得到所需之黑階,因此,為了避免此情形,若於照射紫外線中施加臨界電壓以下之電壓,則會從彎曲配向變形轉變成大致垂直配向,而繼續照射紫外線即可,較佳使殘留於液晶中之聚合性化合物消失。較佳於在照射紫外線之狀態下使前述電壓未達臨界電壓並進一步照射紫外線的步驟中,使主要之聚合物網路形成。此時,預傾角之大小會取決於施加臨界電壓以上之電壓的時間與施加臨界電壓以下之電壓的時間之比例,施加臨界電壓以上之時間,係於聚合相分離過程中從在液晶中完全沒有形成聚合物網路之初期狀態至聚合相分離開始而於一部分形成有聚合物網路之時間點,較佳為若停止施加電壓則可從彎曲配向變形回復成大致垂直配向之狀態。施加臨界電壓以上之電壓的時間,較佳為1秒至15秒。當從此步驟換到下個步驟時,較佳於發生配向轉變成大致垂直配向之狀態下施加臨界電壓以下照射紫外線,較佳完全形成聚合物網路,使液晶中殘留之聚合性化合物消失。施加臨界電壓以下之狀態,為大致垂直配向狀態,但亦可為些許之彎曲配向變形,使所需之黑階與傾斜配向方位成為固定,視需要調整電壓。另,施加臨界電壓以下之電壓的時間,可至聚合物網路之形成大致結束為止,當殘留於液晶中之單體量為微量而即使殘留單體聚合亦不會對電光特性造成影響的情形時,亦可不施加臨界電壓以下之電壓。 At this time, in order to make the influence of the polymer network formed by obliquely aligning the orientation fixed, a voltage higher than the threshold voltage is applied to the ultraviolet rays to irradiate the liquid crystal. The bending alignment is deformed, but it is preferable that the time of this state is less than the time of applying the voltage below the critical voltage, and when the application of the voltage above the critical voltage is ended, the state of the alignment transition can be achieved. When the influence of the polymer network formed in order to make the tilt alignment orientation constant, the required black level cannot be obtained because the pretilt angle will increase. Therefore, in order to avoid this situation, if the A voltage below the critical voltage will be transformed from a bending alignment to a substantially vertical alignment, and it is only necessary to continue to irradiate ultraviolet rays, and it is preferable that the polymerizable compound remaining in the liquid crystal disappears. It is preferable to form a main polymer network in a step of causing the aforementioned voltage to reach a critical voltage and further irradiating ultraviolet rays in a state in which ultraviolet rays are irradiated. At this time, the magnitude of the pretilt angle will depend on the ratio of the time when the voltage above the critical voltage is applied to the time when the voltage below the critical voltage is applied. The time above the critical voltage application is due to the fact that there is no From the initial state of the formation of the polymer network to the start of the phase separation of the polymer and the formation of the polymer network at a part, it is preferable that the voltage can be restored from the bending alignment deformation to the substantially vertical alignment state when the application of voltage is stopped. The time for which a voltage above the critical voltage is applied is preferably 1 second to 15 seconds. When changing from this step to the next step, it is preferable to irradiate ultraviolet rays below a threshold voltage in a state where the alignment is changed to a substantially vertical alignment, and it is preferable to completely form a polymer network so that the polymerizable compounds remaining in the liquid crystal disappear. The state below the applied critical voltage is a substantially vertical alignment state, but it can also be deformed by a slight bending alignment to make the required black level and tilted alignment orientation fixed, and adjust the voltage as necessary. In addition, when the voltage below the critical voltage is applied, the formation of the polymer network may be substantially completed, and when the amount of the monomer remaining in the liquid crystal is in a trace amount, even if the residual monomer is polymerized, it will not affect the electro-optical characteristics. In this case, a voltage below the critical voltage may not be applied.

並且,於前述施加臨界電壓以上之電壓且同時照射紫外線使之聚合相分離的步驟及然後在照射紫外線之狀態下使電壓未達臨界電壓照射紫外線 的步驟之間,亦可設置在照射紫外線之狀態下施加至少在臨界電壓以上且飽和電壓以下之中間漸變電壓的步驟。中間漸變電壓較佳未達最初之步驟的施加電壓且在臨界電壓以上。中間漸變電壓係為了延遲從彎曲配向變形轉變成大致垂直配向而施加。由於藉由延遲效果可抑制配向缺陷之發生,因此較佳為視需要施加。 In addition, in the step of applying a voltage above the critical voltage and simultaneously irradiating ultraviolet rays to separate the polymerized phases, and then irradiating the ultraviolet rays with a voltage less than the critical voltage in the state of ultraviolet irradiation A step of applying an intermediate gradual voltage at least above the threshold voltage and below the saturation voltage in the state of irradiating ultraviolet rays may be provided. The intermediate gradual voltage is preferably less than the applied voltage of the first step and is above the critical voltage. The intermediate gradual voltage is applied in order to delay the transition from the bending alignment deformation to the substantially vertical alignment. Since the occurrence of alignment defects can be suppressed by the delay effect, it is preferably applied as needed.

關於液晶分子相對於透明基板平面以預傾角之形式傾斜80度至90度配向的狀態,若於無施加電壓時液晶相對於透明基板平面呈90度配向,則雙折射率會變成最小,對於液晶顯示元件之高對比度化有用,而較佳,但為了於施加電壓時使之朝固定方向傾斜配向,更佳為以預傾角之形式相對於基板平面傾斜89.9度至85度以內。若相對於基板平面超過80度,則由於雙折射率及透光量會增加,而使得顯示之對比度下降,並不佳,相對於基板平面在85度以上,顯示之黑階會變得良好,可得到高對比度,因此較佳。又,對於IPS(In-plane switching)顯示模式、FFS(Fringe Field Switching)模式、TN(Twisted Nematic)模式的液晶顯示元件,亦較佳為:於施加聚合性液晶組成物之臨界電壓以上的電壓,且同時照射紫外線使之聚合相分離的步驟中,聚合性液晶組成物中之液晶分子相對於透明基板平面,取決於施加電壓,於0度至90度之範圍傾斜配向,另於在照射紫外線之狀態下使前述電壓未達臨界電壓並進一步照射紫外線的步驟中,取決於施加電壓,前述液晶分子相對於透明基板平面以預傾角之形式傾斜0度至30度配向。 Regarding the state where the liquid crystal molecules are aligned at an angle of 80 degrees to 90 degrees with respect to the plane of the transparent substrate, if the liquid crystal is oriented at 90 degrees with respect to the plane of the transparent substrate when no voltage is applied, the birefringence will become the smallest. The high contrast ratio of the display element is useful and preferable, but in order to tilt the alignment in a fixed direction when a voltage is applied, it is more preferable to tilt it within 89.9 degrees to 85 degrees with respect to the substrate plane in the form of a pretilt angle. If it is more than 80 degrees with respect to the plane of the substrate, the birefringence and the amount of light transmission will increase, which will cause the contrast of the display to decrease. It is not good. When the degree of the substrate is above 85 degrees, the black level of the display will become good. Since high contrast can be obtained, it is preferable. In addition, for liquid crystal display elements in the IPS (In-plane switching) display mode, the FFS (Fringe Field Switching) mode, and the TN (Twisted Nematic) mode, it is also preferable to apply a voltage equal to or higher than the threshold voltage of the polymerizable liquid crystal composition. In the step of simultaneously irradiating ultraviolet rays to cause polymerization phase separation, the liquid crystal molecules in the polymerizable liquid crystal composition are tilted with respect to the plane of the transparent substrate in the range of 0 to 90 degrees depending on the applied voltage. In the step of reducing the voltage to a threshold voltage and further irradiating ultraviolet rays in this state, depending on the applied voltage, the liquid crystal molecules are aligned at an angle of 0 to 30 degrees with respect to the plane of the transparent substrate in a pretilt angle.

液晶分子相對於透明基板平面於0度至90度之範圍傾斜配向,會使之形成聚合物網路而使經施加電壓之液晶的配向狀態穩定化。惟,前提條件為當停止施加電壓時,會成為對應未達臨界電壓之液晶配向狀態。於IPS 模式之情形時,被使用於元件之配向膜之性質的傾斜角度影響很大,可在1度至2度左右之範圍,預傾角含有扭轉配向之液晶分子的傾斜角度較佳為0.5度至3度,較佳為0度至2度以內。於施加聚合性液晶組成物之臨界電壓以上的電壓,且同時照射紫外線使之聚合相分離的步驟中,較佳施加會變成扭轉變形之狀態此類的電壓,而於在照射紫外線之狀態下使前述電壓未達臨界電壓並進一步照射紫外線的步驟中,較佳於扭轉變形未高分子穩定化之狀態下使電壓未達臨界電壓,以成為平行配向之黑顯示的條件使之聚合。於FFS模式之情形時,若施加臨界電壓以上之電壓,則液晶之配向狀態會取決於元件內之電場分布,共存有噴射(spray)配向、彎曲配向、扭轉配向狀態,但主要顯示出噴射配向與扭轉配向狀態。於此等狀態之液晶分子配向狀態下的傾斜角在0度至45度之範圍,若以聚合物網路使配向穩定化,則較佳為同樣之範圍被穩定化。惟,當停止施加電壓時,較佳為:「成為對應未達臨界電壓之液晶的配向狀態」為前提條件,從此等狀態使之回復至成為平行配向之狀態,照射紫外線。而於TN模式,較佳為45度至90度範圍之傾斜角度。 The oblique alignment of the liquid crystal molecules with respect to the plane of the transparent substrate in a range of 0 to 90 degrees will cause it to form a polymer network and stabilize the alignment state of the liquid crystal upon application of a voltage. However, the prerequisite is that when the voltage application is stopped, the liquid crystal alignment state corresponding to the threshold voltage will be reached. In IPS In the case of the mode, the tilt angle of the properties of the alignment film used in the element has a great influence, which can be in the range of about 1 degree to 2 degrees. The tilt angle of the liquid crystal molecules with the pre-tilt angle including the twist alignment is preferably 0.5 degree to 3 It is preferably within 0 to 2 degrees. In the step of applying a voltage equal to or higher than the critical voltage of the polymerizable liquid crystal composition and simultaneously irradiating ultraviolet rays to separate the polymerized phases, it is preferable to apply a voltage such as a state of twisting deformation, and to apply the voltage in a state of ultraviolet rays. In the step in which the voltage does not reach the critical voltage and further irradiate ultraviolet rays, it is preferable that the voltage does not reach the critical voltage in a state where the torsional deformation is not stabilized by the polymer, and polymerization is performed under conditions of black display in parallel alignment. In the case of FFS mode, if a voltage above the critical voltage is applied, the alignment state of the liquid crystal will depend on the electric field distribution in the element. There are co-existing spray alignment, bending alignment, and twist alignment, but the spray alignment is mainly displayed. With torsional alignment. The inclination angle of the liquid crystal molecules in these states is in the range of 0 degrees to 45 degrees. If the alignment is stabilized by the polymer network, the same range is preferably stabilized. However, when the application of the voltage is stopped, it is preferable that "the alignment state of the liquid crystal corresponding to the critical voltage is not reached" is a prerequisite, and from these states, it is returned to a state of parallel alignment, and ultraviolet rays are irradiated. In the TN mode, a tilt angle in the range of 45 degrees to 90 degrees is preferred.

另一方面,雖施加未達臨界電壓之電壓,形成聚合物網路以使液晶之配向狀態穩定化,但於IPS模式、FFS模式及TN模式之情形時,由於預傾角會因摩擦配向處理而於基板界面具有1度~3度左右,因此,較佳形成聚合物網路,以使經施加未達臨界電壓之電壓的液晶配向狀態穩定化,液晶配向之角度亦可傾斜於此範圍,使用光配向膜等其他配向處理方法,預傾角含有扭轉配向之液晶分子的傾斜角度較佳為0.5度至3度,0度至2度以內對於得到廣視角有用,而更佳。 On the other hand, although a voltage that does not reach the critical voltage is applied to form a polymer network to stabilize the alignment state of the liquid crystal, in the case of IPS mode, FFS mode, and TN mode, the pretilt angle may be caused by the friction alignment process. It has about 1 degree to 3 degrees at the substrate interface. Therefore, it is better to form a polymer network to stabilize the liquid crystal alignment state after the voltage applied to the threshold voltage is not exceeded. The angle of liquid crystal alignment can also be tilted within this range. For other alignment processing methods such as light alignment films, the tilt angle of the liquid crystal molecules with pre-tilt angle containing twisted alignment is preferably 0.5 degrees to 3 degrees, and within 0 degrees to 2 degrees is useful for obtaining a wide viewing angle, and more preferably.

又,較佳為施加之電壓為交流波形,具有聚合性液晶組成物顯示出介電各向導性之範圍的頻率。波形較佳為尖峰電壓為固定之情形時可使有效電壓高的矩形波。頻率之上限較佳為藉由被用於液晶顯示元件之驅動電路傳遞至像素的訊號不會衰減之範圍的頻率即可,至少頻率在2kHz以下。關於照射紫外線前之聚合性液晶組成物顯示的介電係數之頻率相依性,以介電各向導性顯示之頻率計在10kHz以下即可。下限值為有時當將元件驅動時會產生閃爍而於此情形時閃爍為最小之頻率即可,較佳至少在20Hz以上。 In addition, it is preferable that the applied voltage is an AC waveform, and that the polymerizable liquid crystal composition has a frequency that exhibits a range of dielectric properties. The waveform is preferably a rectangular wave with a high effective voltage when the spike voltage is fixed. The upper limit of the frequency is preferably a frequency in a range where a signal transmitted to a pixel by a driving circuit for a liquid crystal display element does not attenuate, and the frequency is at least 2 kHz or less. Regarding the frequency dependence of the dielectric coefficient displayed by the polymerizable liquid crystal composition before the ultraviolet rays are radiated, the frequency of the dielectric guideline display may be 10 kHz or less. The lower limit value may be a frequency at which flicker is generated when the element is driven, and the minimum flicker is sufficient in this case, and it is preferably at least 20 Hz or more.

本發明之液晶顯示元件之製造方法,如上述般,其特徵在於:形成聚合物網路以保持兩種液晶配向狀態,為了保持各個液晶配向狀態而形成之聚合物網路被形成來使聚合物網路之折射率異向性或易配向軸與臨界電壓以上之液晶配向方向或未達臨界電壓之液晶配向方向一致。藉此,產生使施加電壓時之液晶配向穩定化的聚合物網路與使無施加電壓時之液晶配向穩定化的聚合物網路共存之狀態,可抑制自無施加電壓時之液晶配向狀態當因施加電壓而使之配向變形時發生的配向畸變,提升對比度等改善顯示特性。另一方面,若僅有為了保持無施加電壓時之液晶配向狀態而形成之聚合物網路,則當改變成施加電壓時之液晶配向狀態時,由於為了保持未達臨界電壓之液晶配向而形成的聚合物網路之影響力強,因此,於改變為臨界電壓以上之液晶配向狀態時,會產生配向畸變,成為使透射率下降之原因。藉由使聚合物網路之一部分形成使施加電壓時之液晶配向穩定化的聚合物網路,可抑制因開關而發生之配向改變的畸變,可得到原本所需之液晶配向的改變,提升透射率。另,為了使施加電壓時及無施加電壓時之各液晶配向狀態穩定化而形成的聚合物網路,其特徵在於:以沿著兩種不 同之液晶配向的方式使之形成聚合物網路之折射率異向性或易配向軸。 The method for manufacturing a liquid crystal display element of the present invention is as described above, and is characterized in that a polymer network is formed to maintain two liquid crystal alignment states, and a polymer network formed to maintain each liquid crystal alignment state is formed to make a polymer The refractive index anisotropy or easy alignment axis of the network is consistent with the liquid crystal alignment direction above the critical voltage or the liquid crystal alignment direction that does not reach the critical voltage. Thereby, a state in which a polymer network that stabilizes the liquid crystal alignment when a voltage is applied and a polymer network that stabilizes the liquid crystal alignment when a voltage is not applied is generated, and the liquid crystal alignment state when no voltage is applied can be suppressed. Alignment distortion that occurs when the alignment is deformed due to the application of voltage improves the display characteristics such as increasing the contrast. On the other hand, if there is only a polymer network formed to maintain the liquid crystal alignment state when no voltage is applied, when changing to the liquid crystal alignment state when a voltage is applied, it is formed because of maintaining the liquid crystal alignment that does not reach the critical voltage. The polymer network has a strong influence, so when changing to the liquid crystal alignment state above the critical voltage, alignment distortion will occur, which will cause the transmittance to decrease. By forming a polymer network that stabilizes the liquid crystal alignment when a voltage is applied, a part of the polymer network can suppress the distortion of the alignment change caused by switching, and can obtain the originally required change of the liquid crystal alignment and improve the transmission. rate. In addition, in order to stabilize the alignment state of each liquid crystal when a voltage is applied and when no voltage is applied, the polymer network is characterized by: The same way of liquid crystal alignment makes the refractive index anisotropy or easy alignment axis of the polymer network.

並且,可藉由照射紫外線中之臨界電壓以上之電壓的施加時間,使為了使臨界電壓以上之液晶狀態穩定化所形成的聚合物網路之影響力發生變化,改變電光特性。例如,當以施加電壓時之液晶配向狀態包含有相對於基板平面呈0度至30度之傾斜配向的平行配向的形態形成聚合物網路之情形時,若縮短照射紫外線中之臨界電壓以上的電壓之施加時間,則由於欲保持平行配向之作用僅為些許,故液晶會想要順從欲保持垂直配向之聚合物網路的作用而配向。並且,來自保持兩種不同配向之聚合物網路的兩配向之影響力均衡,相對於透明基板法線方向,預傾斜小至1度以內之角度會被誘發。隨著增長照射紫外線中之臨界電壓以上的電壓之施加時間,由於欲保持平行配向之聚合物網路的影響會變強,故預傾角會因保持垂直配向之力與保持平行配向之力的均衡而增加,可增加預傾角,相對於透明基板法線方向在10度以上。又,照射紫外線中之臨界電壓以上的電壓之施加時間,由於非常取決於使用之聚合性液晶組成物具有的反應性,因此較佳適當地進行調整以得到想要之預傾角。尤其較佳使之於相對於基板平面呈80度至90度之範圍得到預傾角,更佳使之為85度至89.9度,再更佳使之為87度至89.9度。 In addition, the influence time of the polymer network formed to stabilize the liquid crystal state above the critical voltage can be changed by the application time of the voltage equal to or higher than the critical voltage in the ultraviolet rays, and the electro-optical characteristics can be changed. For example, when a polymer network is formed in a state where the liquid crystal alignment state when a voltage is applied includes a parallel alignment at an inclined orientation of 0 to 30 degrees with respect to the substrate plane, if the polymer network is shortened above the threshold voltage in ultraviolet irradiation The application time of the voltage is only a little because of the effect of maintaining the parallel alignment, so the liquid crystal will want to align with the effect of the polymer network that wants to maintain the vertical alignment. In addition, the influence of the two orientations from the polymer network that maintains two different orientations is balanced, and the angle of the pretilt as small as 1 degree or less relative to the normal direction of the transparent substrate is induced. As the application time of the voltage above the critical voltage in the ultraviolet rays is increased, the influence of the polymer network to maintain parallel alignment will be stronger, so the pretilt angle will be balanced by the force that maintains the vertical alignment and the force that maintains the parallel alignment. Increasing it can increase the pretilt angle, which is more than 10 degrees with respect to the normal direction of the transparent substrate. In addition, since the application time of a voltage equal to or higher than the critical voltage in the ultraviolet rays depends on the reactivity of the polymerizable liquid crystal composition to be used, it is preferably adjusted appropriately to obtain the desired pretilt angle. It is particularly preferable to obtain a pretilt angle in a range of 80 degrees to 90 degrees with respect to the substrate plane, more preferably 85 degrees to 89.9 degrees, and still more preferably 87 degrees to 89.9 degrees.

欲保持液晶之配向狀態(係施加臨界電壓以上之電壓而得)所形成的聚合物網路,於使用負介電各向導性之垂直配向模式的液晶顯示元件中,宜為平行配向狀態,或方位角固定之傾斜配向。以未達臨界電壓所得到之配向狀態較佳為大致垂直配向,尤佳為相對於基板平面呈80度至90度之大致垂直的配向,較佳為顯示可得到高對比度之類的良好黑階的配向狀態。 於使用負介電各向導性或正介電各向導性之利用橫向電場的IPS(In-plane switching)顯示模式中,施加照射紫外線中之臨界電壓以上的電壓所得到之液晶配向狀態,較佳為扭轉配向。以未達臨界電壓所得到之配向狀態較佳為方位角固定之平行配向。於FFS(Fringe Field Switching)模式中,較佳照射紫外線中施加臨界電壓以上之電壓所得到之配向狀態至少為彎曲配向、噴射配向、傾斜配向之任一者,或複數種混合存在之配向狀態。於未達臨界電壓下,較佳為大致平行配向。藉由在形成聚合物網路以保持施加電壓時之液晶的配向狀態後,使未達臨界電壓之液晶的配向狀態高分子穩定化,而可輕易地配向變形成當聚合物網路形成完畢後經施加電壓之情形時的液晶之配向狀態,可同時兼顧高透射率與高速應答。 In order to maintain the alignment state of the liquid crystal (obtained by applying a voltage above the critical voltage), the polymer network formed in the vertical alignment mode using negative dielectric anisotropy should be in a parallel alignment state, or Tilt orientation with fixed azimuth. The alignment state obtained when the threshold voltage is not reached is preferably a substantially vertical alignment, particularly preferably a substantially vertical alignment at 80 to 90 degrees with respect to the substrate plane, and it is preferable that the display can obtain a good black level such as high contrast. Alignment state. In an IPS (In-plane switching) display mode using a lateral electric field using negative dielectric anisotropy or positive dielectric anisotropy, a liquid crystal alignment state obtained by applying a voltage equal to or higher than a threshold voltage in ultraviolet rays is preferred. To reverse the alignment. The alignment state obtained when the threshold voltage is not reached is preferably a parallel alignment with a fixed azimuth angle. In the FFS (Fringe Field Switching) mode, it is preferable that the alignment state obtained by irradiating ultraviolet rays with a voltage above a threshold voltage is at least any one of a bend alignment, a spray alignment, an inclined alignment, or a plurality of mixed alignment states. When the threshold voltage is not reached, the alignment is preferably substantially parallel. After the polymer network is formed to maintain the alignment state of the liquid crystal when the voltage is applied, the alignment state of the liquid crystal that does not reach the critical voltage is stabilized by the polymer, and the alignment can be easily changed. When the polymer network is formed, When the voltage is applied, the alignment state of the liquid crystal can achieve both high transmittance and high-speed response.

照射紫外線時之施加電壓,較佳進行適當調整成聚合物網路形成後之液晶顯示元件的顯示成為高對比度,由於非常取決於照射紫外線前之聚合性液晶組成物的電光效應之特性,因此,必須配合聚合性液晶組成物所顯示之電壓-透射率特性。作為臨界電壓以上之電壓,較佳為相對於聚合性液晶組成物之電壓-透射率特性電壓中之透射率總變化量會在10%以上的電壓V10以上,更佳為透射率之總變化量會在20%以上的電壓V20以上,更佳為透射率之總變化量會在50%以上的電壓V50以上。惟,較佳為臨界電壓之6倍以下的電壓。關於照射紫外線中所施加之臨界電壓以上的電壓,較佳施加交流電壓,較佳施加矩形波。頻率較佳為無法以目視辨識閃爍之頻率,當於玻璃基板上形成有TFT基板等電子電路之情形時,只要為不會發生聚合電壓衰減之頻率即可,較佳為30Hz至5kHz左右。 The voltage applied when irradiating ultraviolet rays is preferably adjusted appropriately so that the display of the liquid crystal display element after the polymer network is formed has a high contrast. Since it depends very much on the characteristics of the electro-optical effect of the polymerizable liquid crystal composition before ultraviolet rays, The voltage-transmittance characteristics exhibited by the polymerizable liquid crystal composition must be matched. The voltage above the critical voltage is preferably a voltage V10 or more with respect to the total transmittance change in the voltage-transmittance characteristic voltage of the polymerizable liquid crystal composition, and more preferably the total change in transmittance. The voltage V20 is more than 20%, and more preferably, the total change in transmittance is 50V or more. However, a voltage that is 6 times or less the critical voltage is preferred. Regarding the voltage applied above the threshold voltage applied in the irradiation of ultraviolet rays, an AC voltage is preferably applied, and a rectangular wave is preferably applied. The frequency is preferably a frequency at which flicker cannot be visually recognized. When an electronic circuit such as a TFT substrate is formed on a glass substrate, it is only required to be a frequency that does not cause a polymerization voltage attenuation, and is preferably about 30 Hz to 5 kHz.

雖使於照射紫外線中途所施加之電壓在臨界電壓以上且未達臨界電 壓,但作為未達臨界電壓之電壓,只要為液晶之配向不會因電壓而變化的範圍即可,較佳為0V以上且未達臨界電壓之90%的電壓,較佳為未達80%之電壓,更佳為70%以下。又,雖於照射紫外線中使施加電壓為臨界電壓以下,但此時較佳使之回復為成為液晶顯示元件OFF時之液晶配向狀態,例如,如上述般於垂直配向模式中可使之回復為垂直配向,於FFS模式或IPS模式則可使之為平行配向。為了使之回復為成為液晶顯示元件OFF時之液晶配向狀態,較佳於使施加電壓時之液晶配向穩定化的聚合物網路其影響力為些微之狀態下降低成未達臨界電壓之電壓。 Although the voltage applied during the irradiation of ultraviolet rays is above the critical voltage and does not reach the critical voltage Voltage, but as the voltage that does not reach the critical voltage, it only needs to be a range in which the alignment of the liquid crystal does not change due to the voltage, preferably 0V or more and less than 90% of the critical voltage, and preferably less than 80% The voltage is more preferably 70% or less. In addition, although the applied voltage is lower than the critical voltage during the irradiation of ultraviolet rays, it is preferable to return it to the liquid crystal alignment state when the liquid crystal display element is OFF. For example, in the vertical alignment mode, it can be restored to Vertical alignment. In FFS mode or IPS mode, it can be parallel alignment. In order to restore the liquid crystal alignment state when the liquid crystal display element is OFF, it is preferable that the polymer network that stabilizes the liquid crystal alignment when a voltage is applied is reduced to a voltage that does not reach the critical voltage in a state where the influence is slight.

於施加臨界電壓以上之電壓後照射紫外線,但若照射紫外線中電壓施加時間變長,則使照射紫外線中施加電壓時之液晶配向穩定化的聚合物網路其影響力會增大,而不會回復成所需之液晶顯示元件OFF時的液晶配向狀態,並不佳。因此,較佳使最合適之照射紫外線中的電壓適當最佳化,製造本發明之液晶顯示元件。又,當使照射紫外線中之電壓未達臨界電壓時,亦可為了調整聚合性液晶組成物之液晶的應答緩和時間,而於照射紫外線中途慢慢地降低電壓,使施加電壓之下降時間比照射紫外線中之液晶的應答緩和時間長,藉此使於應答緩和過程產生之逆流(back flow)的影響為最低限度,施加電壓之下降時間較佳為10ms以上至1000ms以內。又,相反地,快速使之下降的情形亦可,較佳至少比聚合性液晶組成物顯示出之緩和時間短,較佳為100ms以下。 Ultraviolet rays are irradiated after applying a voltage above the critical voltage, but if the voltage application time in the ultraviolet rays is prolonged, the influence of the polymer network that stabilizes the liquid crystal alignment when the voltage is applied in the ultraviolet rays will be increased without affecting The liquid crystal alignment state when the required liquid crystal display element is turned off is not good. Therefore, it is preferable to appropriately optimize the voltage in the most suitable ultraviolet irradiation to produce the liquid crystal display element of the present invention. In addition, when the voltage during the irradiation of ultraviolet rays does not reach the critical voltage, in order to adjust the response relaxation time of the liquid crystal of the polymerizable liquid crystal composition, the voltage may be gradually lowered during the irradiation of ultraviolet rays, so that the decrease time of the applied voltage is shorter than that of irradiation. The response relaxation time of the liquid crystal in the ultraviolet rays is long, so that the influence of the back flow generated during the response relaxation process is minimized, and the fall time of the applied voltage is preferably from 10 ms to 1,000 ms. On the contrary, it is also possible to lower it quickly, and it is preferably at least shorter than the relaxation time exhibited by the polymerizable liquid crystal composition, and preferably 100 ms or less.

於施加臨界電壓以上之電壓的狀態下,照射紫外線,藉此形成一部分平行配向成分之聚合物網路,繼續照射紫外線,且同時使電壓未達臨界電壓,藉此使液晶回復為垂直配向,而結束聚合相分離。於魚骨型電極液晶 單元中,可以上述平行配向成分與垂直配向成分之比例改變預傾角,若於聚合物網路形成初期過程去除電壓,則傾斜配向方位將會固定下來,再以殘留單體形成垂直配向,藉此而可同時達成垂直配向與傾斜配向方位,為奈米相分離液晶之配向控制技術。 In a state where a voltage above a critical voltage is applied, ultraviolet rays are irradiated to form a part of a polymer network of parallel alignment components, and continue to irradiate ultraviolet rays, and at the same time, the voltage does not reach the critical voltage, thereby returning the liquid crystal to a vertical alignment, and End of polymerization phase separation. Fishbone electrode liquid crystal In the unit, the pretilt angle can be changed by the ratio of the parallel alignment component to the vertical alignment component. If the voltage is removed during the initial formation of the polymer network, the orientation of the tilted alignment will be fixed, and the vertical alignment will be formed with residual monomers. And it can achieve vertical alignment and tilt alignment orientation at the same time, which is the alignment control technology of nano-phase-separated liquid crystal.

另,所謂平行配向狀態,意指「施加電壓後,負介電各向導性液晶成為大致平行配向狀態」,較佳相對於基板面在0.1度至30度之範圍,較佳以0.1度至10度之範圍傾斜配向。無施加電壓之情形時的垂直配向,意指「因垂直配向膜之作用而成為大致垂直配向狀態」,液晶配向較佳相對於基板平面傾斜80至89.9度配向,更佳傾斜85度至89.9度。 In addition, the so-called parallel alignment state means "after the application of a voltage, the negative dielectric anisotropic liquid crystals become substantially parallel alignment states", preferably in a range of 0.1 to 30 degrees with respect to the substrate surface, and more preferably in a range of 0.1 to 10 degrees. The range of degrees is tilted. Vertical alignment when no voltage is applied, which means "because of the vertical alignment film to become a substantially vertical alignment state", the liquid crystal alignment is preferably inclined from 80 to 89.9 degrees with respect to the substrate plane, and more preferably from 85 to 89.9 degrees .

當正介電各向導性液晶之情形時,若施加電壓,則雖會得到垂直配向,但液晶配向狀態亦包含有液晶相對於基板平面以45度至89.9度之範圍傾斜配向。無施加電壓之情形時的平行配向,意指「因平行配向膜之作用而成為大致平行配向狀態」,液晶配向包含有相對於基板平面傾斜0.1至30度配向。 In the case of positive dielectric anisotropic liquid crystals, if a voltage is applied, vertical alignment will be obtained, but the liquid crystal alignment state also includes tilting alignment of the liquid crystal with a range of 45 to 89.9 degrees with respect to the plane of the substrate. The parallel alignment when no voltage is applied means “the state becomes substantially parallel alignment due to the effect of the parallel alignment film”, and the liquid crystal alignment includes an alignment inclined by 0.1 to 30 degrees with respect to the substrate plane.

因此,本發明之液晶顯示元件之製造方法較佳具有下述步驟:光照射步驟:對夾持於至少一者具有電極之2片透明基板間的聚合性液晶組成物照射紫外線;與電壓施加步驟:對前述夾持於至少一者具有電極之2片透明基板間的聚合性液晶組成物,施加該聚合性液晶組成物之臨界電壓以上的電壓,較佳於開始前述光照射步驟之時間點,施加有前述電壓施加步驟之電壓。因此,前述電壓施加步驟與前述光照射步驟可為同時,亦可比前述電壓施加步驟晚再開始前述光照射步驟。又,較佳於施加電壓時之配向轉變 時發生的配向缺陷已消失之階段,開始前述光照射步驟。 Therefore, the method for manufacturing a liquid crystal display element of the present invention preferably has the following steps: a light irradiation step: irradiating ultraviolet rays on the polymerizable liquid crystal composition sandwiched between at least one transparent substrate having two electrodes; and a voltage applying step : Applying a voltage equal to or higher than the critical voltage of the polymerizable liquid crystal composition sandwiched between at least one of the two transparent substrates having electrodes, preferably at the time point when the light irradiation step is started, The voltage applied with the aforementioned voltage application step is applied. Therefore, the voltage applying step and the light irradiation step may be simultaneous, or the light irradiation step may be started later than the voltage applying step. Also, it is better than the orientation change when voltage is applied. At the stage where the alignment defect that has occurred has disappeared, the aforementioned light irradiation step is started.

例如,當於施加電壓時配向缺陷幾乎不發生之情形時,可同時開始(或進行)前述電壓施加步驟與前述光照射步驟,亦可同時中斷或停止前述電壓施加步驟與前述光照射步驟,可於液晶元件之ON狀態下進行前述光照射步驟,於聚合步驟之中途ON狀態之配向因形成聚合物網路而即將穩定化之前,中斷前述電壓施加步驟,於液晶元件之OFF狀態下,僅進行前述光照射步驟,使殘留於液晶中之聚合性化合物消失。又,從ON狀態至OFF狀態的配向轉變之間,較佳中斷紫外線照射,使之不會形成聚合物網路。 For example, when alignment defects hardly occur when a voltage is applied, the voltage application step and the light irradiation step may be started (or performed) simultaneously, or the voltage application step and the light irradiation step may be interrupted or stopped at the same time. The aforementioned light irradiation step is performed in the ON state of the liquid crystal element. Before the alignment of the ON state in the middle of the polymerization step is about to stabilize due to the formation of the polymer network, the aforementioned voltage application step is interrupted. In the OFF state of the liquid crystal element, only the In the light irradiation step, the polymerizable compound remaining in the liquid crystal disappears. In addition, it is preferable to interrupt the ultraviolet radiation between the orientation transition from the ON state to the OFF state so that a polymer network is not formed.

具有「在對夾持於至少一者具有電極之2片透明基板間的聚合性液晶組成物施加該聚合性液晶組成物之臨界電壓以上之電壓的狀態下,照射紫外線,施加該聚合性液晶組成物之臨界電壓以上的電壓」之期間(時間)即可。換言之,關於「對夾持於至少一者具有電極之2片透明基板間的聚合性液晶組成物施加該聚合性液晶組成物之臨界電壓以上的電壓,且同時照射紫外線,使之聚合相分離」的步驟,只要於正在進行前述電壓施加步驟時進行前述光照射步驟即可,較佳為前述光照射步驟之期間與前述電壓施加步驟之期間重疊。 "Is applied to a polymerizable liquid crystal composition sandwiched between at least one of the two transparent substrates having electrodes with a voltage equal to or higher than a threshold voltage of the polymerizable liquid crystal composition, and the polymerizable liquid crystal composition is irradiated with ultraviolet rays The period (time) of the voltage above the threshold voltage of the object may be sufficient. In other words, "the polymerizable liquid crystal composition sandwiched between at least one of the two transparent substrates having electrodes is applied with a voltage equal to or higher than the critical voltage of the polymerizable liquid crystal composition, and simultaneously irradiated with ultraviolet rays to separate the polymerized phases" As long as the light irradiation step is performed while the voltage application step is in progress, the period of the light irradiation step and the period of the voltage application step preferably overlap.

本發明之液晶顯示元件製造方法的較佳態樣,只要為在對夾持於至少一者具有電極之2片透明基板間的聚合性液晶組成物照射紫外線之光照射步驟中,照射紫外線而可進行從ON狀態至OFF狀態之配向轉變即可,電壓施加步驟較佳為3~30秒鐘,更佳為5~10秒鐘,當中斷光照射之情形時,較佳於電壓施加步驟剛結束後設置紫外線照射之中斷期間。可於液晶配向轉變過程結束後配向狀態處於平衡之狀態下重啟紫外線照射,結束前述光 照射步驟。 In a preferable aspect of the method for manufacturing a liquid crystal display element of the present invention, as long as the polymerizable liquid crystal composition sandwiched between at least one of the two transparent substrates having electrodes is irradiated with ultraviolet light, the ultraviolet light may be irradiated. The orientation change from the ON state to the OFF state is sufficient. The voltage application step is preferably 3 to 30 seconds, more preferably 5 to 10 seconds. When the light irradiation is interrupted, it is better than the voltage application step just ended. Then set the interruption period of ultraviolet irradiation. After the alignment process of the liquid crystal is completed, the ultraviolet irradiation can be restarted when the alignment state is in a balanced state, and the foregoing light can be ended. Irradiation step.

於本發明之液晶顯示元件之製造方法中,較佳為對夾持於前述至少一者具有電極之2片透明基板間的聚合性液晶組成物施加該聚合性液晶組成物之臨界電壓以上之電壓的時間較對夾持於至少一者具有電極之2片透明基板間的聚合性液晶組成物照射紫外線的時間短。 In the method for manufacturing a liquid crystal display element of the present invention, it is preferable that a voltage equal to or higher than a threshold voltage of the polymerizable liquid crystal composition is applied to the polymerizable liquid crystal composition sandwiched between at least one of the two transparent substrates having electrodes. The period of time is shorter than the period of time when the polymerizable liquid crystal composition sandwiched between at least one of the two transparent substrates having electrodes is irradiated with ultraviolet rays.

於本發明之液晶顯示元件之製造方法中,對夾持於至少一者具有電極之2片透明基板間的聚合性液晶組成物施加該聚合性液晶組成物之臨界電壓以上之電壓的電壓施加步驟,可設為1次以上之複數次(2次、3次以上10次以下)。此時之施加電壓的大小各自可相同或亦可不同。較佳為不同。 作為該電壓施加步驟之形態,較佳為下述形態:在對夾持於至少一者具有電極之2片透明基板間的聚合性液晶組成物照射紫外線之狀態下,施加規定時間之該聚合性液晶組成物之臨界電壓以上的1次電壓(V1)作為1次電壓後,在照射紫外線之狀態下,施加臨界電壓以上且1次電壓(V1)以下之中間電壓(Vm)。 In the method for manufacturing a liquid crystal display device of the present invention, a voltage applying step of applying a voltage equal to or higher than a threshold voltage of the polymerizable liquid crystal composition to the polymerizable liquid crystal composition sandwiched between at least one transparent substrate having two electrodes. , Can be set to multiple times more than once (2 times, 3 times to 10 times). The magnitude of the applied voltage at this time may be the same or different. It is preferably different. As a form of this voltage applying step, it is preferable that the polymerizable liquid crystal composition sandwiched between at least one of the two transparent substrates having electrodes is irradiated with ultraviolet rays, and the polymerizable property is applied for a predetermined time. After the primary voltage (V 1 ) equal to or higher than the critical voltage of the liquid crystal composition is used as the primary voltage, an intermediate voltage (V m ) equal to or higher than the critical voltage and equal to or lower than the primary voltage (V 1 ) is applied in a state of being irradiated with ultraviolet rays.

於本發明之液晶顯示元件之製造方法中,亦可進行1次以上之複數次(2次、3次以上10次以下)的下述電壓施加步驟:於照射紫外線之狀態下施加上述聚合性液晶組成物之臨界電壓以下的電壓。此時之施加電壓的大小各自可相同或亦可不同。又,當施加臨界電壓以下之電壓時,可階段地將施加電壓降低至臨界電壓以下之電壓來進行,亦可連續地將施加電壓降低至臨界電壓以下之電壓來進行。 In the method for manufacturing a liquid crystal display element of the present invention, the following voltage application step may be performed more than once (two times, three times or more and 10 times or less): applying the polymerizable liquid crystal in a state of irradiating ultraviolet rays. Voltage below the critical voltage of the composition. The magnitude of the applied voltage at this time may be the same or different. In addition, when a voltage lower than the critical voltage is applied, the voltage may be lowered to a voltage lower than the critical voltage in stages, or may be continuously lowered to a voltage lower than the critical voltage.

於上述之較佳態樣中,若在施加臨界電壓以上之電壓後,於紫外線聚合中施加未達臨界電壓之電壓,則會發生液晶配向之轉變,但有時會在此 轉變時發生配向缺陷,若此配向缺陷受到高分子穩定化,則未達臨界電壓下之液晶配向狀態的均一性會受損,而成為對比度或透射率之下降原因,故不佳。尤其當臨界電壓以上之電壓為飽和電壓以上之情形時,若於照射紫外線中改變為未達臨界電壓之電壓,引起液晶配向轉變,則會發生大量配向缺陷。因此,必須藉由施加飽和電壓以下之電壓,來抑制配向轉變時發生配向缺陷(向錯),但同時如上述般,基板界面之液晶的傾斜會變弱,傾斜方位方向變得不穩定,故不佳。為了抑制紫外線聚合中之配向轉變時發生的配向缺陷,較佳施加從紫外線聚合中之臨界電壓以上的電壓降低至臨界電壓以下的電壓之中間電壓,以至少液晶之應答時間以上的時間施加,為不會對聚合物網路之形成造成影響的時間,為可抑制發生配向缺陷之時間即可,為不會使配向缺陷高分子穩定化之時間即可,取決於液晶中之聚合性化合物的反應性,較佳至少在5秒以內。又,中間電壓至少在臨界電壓以上且在飽和電壓以下,較佳為中間漸變之電壓。波形較佳為矩形波,較佳為下述之階段狀波形:電壓以臨界電壓以上之電壓、中間之電壓、臨界電壓以下之電壓的順序階段地變低。又,關於中間之電壓,可為使電壓從臨界電壓以上之電壓連續地降低至臨界電壓以下之電壓的斜波。並且,要以施加中間電壓以外之方法使配向缺陷高分子穩定化而不殘留時,於照射紫外線中途,去除臨界電壓以上之電壓,但與施加電壓同步中斷紫外線照射,再次施加液晶配向成為大致垂直配向之類的臨界電壓以下之電壓,但於此時可與電壓同步再次照射紫外線。亦即,於連續地照射紫外線之情形時,當照射中之液晶配向轉變時施加中間電壓即可。而於間歇地照射紫外線之情形時,當液晶配向轉變時,則瞬間中斷照射紫外線,於轉變 完畢之時間點再照射紫外線即可。 In the above-mentioned preferred aspect, if a voltage not exceeding the critical voltage is applied in the UV polymerization after applying a voltage above the critical voltage, the liquid crystal alignment will change, but sometimes it is here An alignment defect occurs during the transition. If this alignment defect is stabilized by a polymer, the uniformity of the alignment state of the liquid crystal under the critical voltage will be impaired, which will cause the decrease in contrast or transmittance, which is not good. Especially when the voltage above the critical voltage is equal to or higher than the saturation voltage, if the voltage is changed to a voltage below the critical voltage during irradiation of ultraviolet rays, causing a liquid crystal alignment transition, a large number of alignment defects will occur. Therefore, it is necessary to suppress the occurrence of alignment defects during the alignment transition by applying a voltage below the saturation voltage, but at the same time, as described above, the tilt of the liquid crystal at the substrate interface becomes weaker and the direction of the tilt orientation becomes unstable. Not good. In order to suppress the alignment defects that occur during the alignment transition in UV polymerization, it is preferable to apply an intermediate voltage that reduces the voltage above the threshold voltage in UV polymerization to a voltage below the threshold voltage and applies it for at least the response time of the liquid crystal, as The time that does not affect the formation of the polymer network may be a time that suppresses the occurrence of alignment defects, and a time that does not stabilize the alignment defective polymer, depending on the reaction of the polymerizable compound in the liquid crystal. Performance, preferably at least within 5 seconds. In addition, the intermediate voltage is at least above the critical voltage and below the saturation voltage, and is preferably a voltage with an intermediate gradient. The waveform is preferably a rectangular wave, and is preferably a stepped waveform in which the voltage gradually decreases in the order of a voltage higher than the critical voltage, an intermediate voltage, and a voltage lower than the critical voltage. The intermediate voltage may be a ramp wave in which the voltage is continuously reduced from a voltage above the threshold voltage to a voltage below the threshold voltage. In addition, when the alignment defective polymer is stabilized without remaining by applying an intermediate voltage, the voltage above the threshold voltage is removed in the middle of the ultraviolet irradiation, but the ultraviolet irradiation is interrupted in synchronization with the applied voltage, and the liquid crystal alignment is applied again to become approximately vertical. A voltage below the critical voltage such as alignment, but at this time, ultraviolet rays can be irradiated again in synchronization with the voltage. That is, in the case of continuously irradiating ultraviolet rays, an intermediate voltage may be applied when the alignment of the liquid crystal during irradiation is changed. In the case of intermittently irradiating ultraviolet rays, when the alignment of the liquid crystal is changed, the irradiation of ultraviolet rays is temporarily interrupted, and You can irradiate ultraviolet rays at the time of completion.

較佳形成使配向穩定化之聚合物網路,以使施加電壓形成之液晶傾斜配向方位為固定方向。此時,為了使目的在於傾斜配向方位成為固定所形成之聚合物網路的影響力為些微,而於照射紫外線中施加臨界電壓以上之電壓,使液晶產生彎曲配向變形,但較佳使此狀態之時間小於施加臨界電壓以下之電壓的時間,當結束施加臨界電壓以上之電壓時,為發生配向轉變之狀態即可。當為了使傾斜配向方位成為一定而形成之聚合物網路的影響力強之情形時,由於預傾角會增加而無法得到所需之黑階,因此,為了避免此情形,若於照射紫外線中施加臨界電壓以下之電壓,則會從彎曲配向變形轉變成大致垂直配向,而繼續照射紫外線即可,較佳使殘留於液晶中之聚合性化合物消失。較佳於在照射紫外線之狀態下使前述電壓未達臨界電壓並進一步照射紫外線的步驟中,使主要之聚合物網路形成。此時,預傾角之大小會取決於施加臨界電壓以上之電壓的時間與施加臨界電壓以下之電壓的時間之比例,施加臨界電壓以上之時間,係於聚合相分離過程中從在液晶中完全沒有形成聚合物網路之初期狀態至聚合相分離開始而於一部分形成有聚合物網路之時間點,較佳為若停止施加電壓則可從彎曲配向變形回復成大致垂直配向之狀態。施加臨界電壓以上之電壓的時間,較佳為1秒至15秒。當從此步驟換到下個步驟時,較佳於發生配向轉變成大致垂直配向之狀態下施加臨界電壓以下照射紫外線,較佳完全形成聚合物網路,使液晶中殘留之聚合性化合物消失。施加臨界電壓以下之狀態,為大致垂直配向狀態,但亦可為些許之彎曲配向變形,使所需之黑階與傾斜配向方位成為固定,視需要調整電壓。另,施加臨界電壓以下之電壓的時 間,可至聚合物網路之形成大致結束為止,當殘留於液晶中之單體量為微量而即使殘留單體聚合亦不會對電光特性造成影響的情形時,亦可不施加臨界電壓以下之電壓。 It is preferred to form a polymer network that stabilizes the alignment so that the orientation of the oblique alignment of the liquid crystal formed by applying a voltage is a fixed direction. At this time, in order to make the influence of the polymer network formed by oblique alignment orientation fixed, a voltage higher than the critical voltage is applied to irradiate ultraviolet rays to deform the bend alignment of the liquid crystal, but it is preferable to make this state The time for which the voltage is less than the threshold voltage is applied, and when the application of the voltage above the threshold voltage is ended, it is sufficient that the orientation transition occurs. When the influence of the polymer network formed in order to make the tilt alignment orientation constant, the required black level cannot be obtained because the pretilt angle will increase. Therefore, in order to avoid this situation, if the A voltage below the critical voltage will be transformed from a bending alignment to a substantially vertical alignment, and it is only necessary to continue to irradiate ultraviolet rays, and it is preferable that the polymerizable compound remaining in the liquid crystal disappears. It is preferable to form a main polymer network in a step of causing the aforementioned voltage to reach a critical voltage and further irradiating ultraviolet rays in a state in which ultraviolet rays are irradiated. At this time, the magnitude of the pretilt angle will depend on the ratio of the time when the voltage above the critical voltage is applied to the time when the voltage below the critical voltage is applied. The time above the critical voltage application is due to the absence of any in the liquid crystal during the polymerization phase separation process. From the initial state of the formation of the polymer network to the start of the phase separation of the polymer and the formation of the polymer network at a part, it is preferable that the voltage can be restored from the bending alignment deformation to the substantially vertical alignment state when the application of voltage is stopped. The time for which a voltage above the critical voltage is applied is preferably 1 second to 15 seconds. When changing from this step to the next step, it is preferable to irradiate ultraviolet rays below a threshold voltage in a state where the alignment is changed to a substantially vertical alignment, and it is preferable to completely form a polymer network so that the polymerizable compounds remaining in the liquid crystal disappear. The state below the applied critical voltage is a substantially vertical alignment state, but it can also be deformed by a slight bending alignment to make the required black level and tilted alignment orientation fixed, and adjust the voltage as necessary. When a voltage below the critical voltage is applied In some cases, until the formation of the polymer network is almost completed, when the amount of monomers remaining in the liquid crystal is small and the electro-optical characteristics are not affected even if the residual monomers are polymerized, it may not be applied below the threshold voltage. Voltage.

並且,於前述施加臨界電壓以上之電壓且同時照射紫外線使之聚合相分離的步驟及然後在照射紫外線之狀態下使電壓未達臨界電壓照射紫外線的步驟之間,亦可設置在照射紫外線之狀態下施加至少在臨界電壓以上且飽和電壓以下之中間漸變電壓的步驟。中間漸變電壓較佳未達最初之步驟的施加電壓且在臨界電壓以上。中間漸變電壓係為了延遲從彎曲配向變形轉變成大致垂直配向而施加。由於藉由延遲效果可抑制配向缺陷之發生,因此較佳為視需要施加。 In addition, between the step of applying a voltage equal to or higher than the critical voltage and simultaneously irradiating ultraviolet rays to separate the polymerized phases, and then irradiating the ultraviolet rays with the voltage not reaching the critical voltage and irradiating the ultraviolet rays, it may be set in a state of radiating ultraviolet rays. The step of applying an intermediate gradient voltage at least above the threshold voltage and below the saturation voltage. The intermediate gradual voltage is preferably less than the applied voltage of the first step and is above the critical voltage. The intermediate gradual voltage is applied in order to delay the transition from the bending alignment deformation to the substantially vertical alignment. Since the occurrence of alignment defects can be suppressed by the delay effect, it is preferably applied as needed.

本發明之液晶顯示元件製造方法的較佳實施形態之一,具有對夾持於至少一者具有電極之2片透明基板間的聚合性液晶組成物照射紫外線的光照射步驟,與施加前述聚合性液晶組成物之臨界電壓以上之電壓的電壓施加步驟,並含有下述步驟:於前述電壓施加步驟中開始前述光照射步驟,於照射紫外線之狀態下使電壓未達臨界電壓,並進一步照射紫外線。又,較佳為對前述聚合性液晶組成物施加該聚合性液晶組成物之臨界電壓以上之電壓的時間較對夾持於至少一者具有電極之2片透明基板間的聚合性液晶組成物照射紫外線的時間短。 One of the preferred embodiments of the method for manufacturing a liquid crystal display element of the present invention includes a light irradiation step of irradiating ultraviolet rays on a polymerizable liquid crystal composition sandwiched between at least one transparent substrate having two electrodes, and applying the aforementioned polymerizability The voltage applying step of a voltage equal to or higher than the critical voltage of the liquid crystal composition includes the steps of starting the aforementioned light irradiation step in the aforementioned voltage applying step, lowering the voltage to a critical voltage in a state of irradiating ultraviolet rays, and further irradiating ultraviolet rays. In addition, it is preferable that the polymerizable liquid crystal composition is applied with a voltage equal to or higher than a threshold voltage of the polymerizable liquid crystal composition, as compared with irradiating the polymerizable liquid crystal composition sandwiched between at least one of the two transparent substrates having electrodes. UV time is short.

藉此,由於可使之從臨界電壓以上之配向狀態轉變成臨界電壓以下之配向狀態,能夠對兩種液晶配向狀態照射紫外線,故較佳。 Thereby, since it can be changed from an alignment state above the threshold voltage to an alignment state below the threshold voltage, two types of liquid crystal alignment states can be irradiated with ultraviolet rays, which is preferable.

上述之較佳實施形態的變形例如下:具有下述步驟: 對夾持於至少一者具有電極之2片透明基板間的聚合性液晶組成物照射紫外線的光照射步驟;施加前述聚合性液晶組成物之臨界電壓以上之第1電壓(V1)的第1電壓施加步驟;與施加前述聚合性液晶組成物之臨界電壓以上前述第1電壓(V1)以下之第2電壓(V2)的第2電壓施加步驟,於前述第1電壓施加步驟及/或第2電壓施加步驟中,開始前述光照射步驟,並含有於照射紫外線之狀態下使電壓未達臨界電壓並進一步照射紫外線的步驟。 An example of the modification of the foregoing preferred embodiment is as follows: it has the following steps: A light irradiation step of irradiating a polymerizable liquid crystal composition sandwiched between at least one of two transparent substrates having electrodes with ultraviolet light; applying a first voltage of a first voltage (V1) which is above a threshold voltage of the polymerizable liquid crystal composition An application step; and a second voltage application step of applying a second voltage (V2) above a first voltage (V1) below a threshold voltage of the polymerizable liquid crystal composition, in the first voltage application step and / or a second voltage In the applying step, the aforementioned light irradiation step is started, and the step of irradiating ultraviolet rays to a voltage lower than a threshold voltage in a state of ultraviolet irradiation is included.

又,較佳為對前述聚合性液晶組成物施加該聚合性液晶組成物之臨界電壓以上之電壓的時間較對夾持於至少一者具有電極之2片透明基板間的聚合性液晶組成物照射紫外線的時間短。 In addition, it is preferable that the polymerizable liquid crystal composition is applied with a voltage equal to or higher than a threshold voltage of the polymerizable liquid crystal composition, as compared with irradiating the polymerizable liquid crystal composition sandwiched between at least one of the two transparent substrates having electrodes. UV time is short.

本發明之製造方法的其他較佳實施形態之一,為具有下述特徵之液晶顯示元件製造方法:具有對夾持於至少一者具有電極之2片透明基板間的聚合性液晶組成物施加該聚合性液晶組成物之臨界電壓以上之電壓的電壓施加步驟,與於前述電壓施加步驟中開始前述光照射步驟且對前述聚合性液晶組成物照射紫外線的光照射步驟,前述光照射步驟具備將紫外線照射中斷之紫外線照射中斷期間,於照射紫外線之狀態下使電壓未達臨界電壓,並進一步照射紫外線。又,較佳為對前述聚合性液晶組成物施加該聚合性液晶組成物之臨界電壓以上之電壓的時間較對夾持於至少一者具有電極之2片透明基板間的聚合性液晶組成物照射紫外線的時間短。藉此,雖會形成保持臨界電壓以上之配向狀態的聚合物網路,但可使影響力為些 微,主要會形成保持臨界電壓以下之狀態的聚合物網路,可增強其影響力,而較佳。於進一步製作之液晶元件,可開關臨界電壓以上之配向狀態與臨界電壓以下之配向狀態的兩狀態。若該聚合性液晶組成物之臨界電壓以上的施加電壓時間長,則會保持臨界電壓以上之配向狀態,無法使之回復成臨界電壓以下之配向狀態,無法得到ON-OFF之開關,故不佳。 One of other preferred embodiments of the manufacturing method of the present invention is a method for manufacturing a liquid crystal display element having a feature of applying the polymerizable liquid crystal composition sandwiched between at least one of two transparent substrates having electrodes. A voltage application step of a voltage higher than a critical voltage of the polymerizable liquid crystal composition, and a light irradiation step of starting the light irradiation step and irradiating the polymerizable liquid crystal composition with ultraviolet rays in the voltage application step, the light irradiation step includes ultraviolet rays During the interrupted period of ultraviolet irradiation, the voltage is lowered to a critical voltage in the state of ultraviolet irradiation, and further ultraviolet rays are irradiated. In addition, it is preferable that the polymerizable liquid crystal composition is applied with a voltage equal to or higher than a threshold voltage of the polymerizable liquid crystal composition, as compared with irradiating the polymerizable liquid crystal composition sandwiched between at least one of the two transparent substrates having electrodes. UV time is short. This will form a polymer network that maintains the alignment state above the critical voltage, but it can make the influence a bit Micro, which mainly forms a polymer network that maintains a state below the critical voltage, which can enhance its influence and is better. In the further-produced liquid crystal element, two states of the alignment state above the critical voltage and the alignment state below the critical voltage can be switched. If the polymerizable liquid crystal composition is applied for a longer time than the threshold voltage, the alignment state above the threshold voltage will be maintained, and the orientation state below the threshold voltage cannot be restored, and the ON-OFF switch cannot be obtained, so it is not good. .

上述較佳實施形態之變形例,為具有下述特徵之液晶顯示元件製造方法:具有對夾持於至少一者具有電極之2片透明基板間的聚合性液晶組成物施加該聚合性液晶組成物之臨界電壓以上之電壓的電壓施加步驟,與於前述電壓施加步驟中開始前述光照射步驟且對前述聚合性液晶組成物照射紫外線的光照射步驟,同時停止前述光照射步驟與前述電壓施加步驟後,重啟前述光照射步驟,於照射紫外線之狀態下使電壓未達臨界電壓,並進一步照射紫外線。又,雖會對夾持於至少一者具有電極之2片透明基板間的聚合性液晶組成物照射紫外線並中斷之,但較佳為總照射時間較對前述聚合性液晶組成物施加該聚合性液晶組成物之臨界電壓以上之電壓的時間長。藉此,由於可防止配向從臨界電壓以上轉變成臨界電壓以下時發生之配向缺陷被形成之聚合物網路保持,可得到高對比度且高速應答之液晶元件,故較佳。 The modified example of the above-mentioned preferred embodiment is a method for manufacturing a liquid crystal display element having a feature of applying the polymerizable liquid crystal composition to a polymerizable liquid crystal composition sandwiched between at least one transparent substrate having two electrodes. A voltage application step of a voltage equal to or higher than the threshold voltage, and a light irradiation step of starting the light irradiation step and irradiating the polymerizable liquid crystal composition with ultraviolet rays in the voltage application step, and stopping the light irradiation step and the voltage application step at the same time. , Restarting the aforementioned light irradiation step, in a state where the ultraviolet rays are irradiated, the voltage does not reach the critical voltage, and further ultraviolet rays are irradiated. In addition, although the polymerizable liquid crystal composition sandwiched between at least one of the two transparent substrates having electrodes is irradiated with ultraviolet rays and interrupted, it is preferable that the total polymerizable liquid crystal composition is applied with the polymerizability longer than the polymerizable liquid crystal composition. The voltage of the liquid crystal composition is longer than the threshold voltage. Thereby, it is preferable to prevent the alignment defects that occur when the alignment transitions from above the critical voltage to below the critical voltage to be maintained by the formed polymer network, and to obtain a liquid crystal device with high contrast and high-speed response.

本發明之製造方法的其他較佳實施形態之一,為具有下述步驟之液晶顯示元件製造方法:對夾持於至少一者具有電極之2片透明基板間的聚合性液晶組成物施加該聚合性液晶組成物之臨界電壓以上之電壓的電壓施加步驟;於前述電壓施加步驟中開始前述光照射步驟,且對前述聚合性液晶組成物照射紫外線的光照射步驟;於照射紫外線之狀態下,使電壓為未達 臨界電壓之第3電壓(V3),並進一步照射紫外線的步驟;及於照射紫外線之狀態下,使電壓為未達第3電壓(V3)(第3電壓(V3)未達臨界電壓)之第4電壓(V4),並進一步照射紫外線的步驟。又,較佳為對前述聚合性液晶組成物施加該聚合性液晶組成物之臨界電壓以上之電壓的時間較對夾持於至少一者具有電極之2片透明基板間的聚合性液晶組成物照射紫外線的時間短。 One of other preferred embodiments of the manufacturing method of the present invention is a method for manufacturing a liquid crystal display device having the steps of applying the polymerization to a polymerizable liquid crystal composition sandwiched between at least one transparent substrate having two electrodes. A voltage application step of a voltage equal to or higher than the critical voltage of the liquid crystal composition; a light irradiation step of starting the light irradiation step in the voltage application step; and irradiating the polymerizable liquid crystal composition with ultraviolet light; Voltage is not reached A step of applying a third voltage (V3) to the threshold voltage and further irradiating ultraviolet rays; and making the voltage below the third voltage (V3) (the third voltage (V3) does not reach the threshold voltage) in a state of irradiating ultraviolet rays. Step of 4 voltage (V4) and further irradiation with ultraviolet rays. In addition, it is preferable that the polymerizable liquid crystal composition is applied with a voltage equal to or higher than a threshold voltage of the polymerizable liquid crystal composition, as compared with irradiating the polymerizable liquid crystal composition sandwiched between at least one of the two transparent substrates having electrodes. UV time is short.

藉此,即使得到之液晶元件的液晶ON狀態之配向與OFF狀態之配向會形成聚合物網路,但亦可使之類似於聚合前之液晶的各自配向狀態,可得到高對比度且顯示出高速應答之液晶元件,而較佳。 Thereby, even if the alignment of the liquid crystal element in the ON state and the alignment of the OFF state of the obtained liquid crystal element will form a polymer network, it can also be made similar to the respective alignment states of the liquid crystal before polymerization, which can obtain high contrast and display high speed. A responsive liquid crystal element is preferred.

另,本發明之範圍並不限定於上述記載之本發明之較佳實施形態。又,上述中之光照射步驟(包含第1、第2)及電壓施加步驟,由於與本發明之聚合相分離的步驟之說明相同,因此,此處加以省略。 The scope of the present invention is not limited to the preferred embodiments of the present invention described above. The above-mentioned light irradiation step (including the first and second steps) and the voltage application step are the same as those described in the polymerization phase separation step of the present invention, and therefore are omitted here.

本發明之液晶顯示元件的基板間之距離(d)較佳為2~5μm之範圍,更佳為3.5μm以下。一般而言,會調整雙折射率以使液晶組成物之雙折射率與單元厚度之積在0.275附近,但由於本發明之聚合性液晶組成物會於聚合相分離後形成聚合物網路,故而施加電場時之液晶顯示元件的雙折射率會因聚合物網路之錨定力作用與聚合物網路之光學性質而變低,因此,關於液晶組成物及聚合組成物或聚合性液晶組成物所含之液晶組成物的雙折射率(△n)與基板間距離(d)的積,若驅動電壓因形成聚合物網路而有5V左右以內之增加,則尤佳為0.3~0.4μm之範圍,若有3V左右以內之增加,則更佳為0.30~0.35μm之範圍,若驅動電壓有1V以內之增加,則尤佳為0.29~0.33μm之範圍。藉由使液晶顯示元件之基板間距 離(d)及液晶組成物之雙折射(△n)與基板間距離(d)之積分別在上述範圍內,透射率會高達可匹敵僅有低分子液晶之情形,可獲得高速應答且色再現性佳之顯示。較佳以使單元厚度(d)與雙折射率(△n)之積成為0.275之1~1.9倍之方式設定使用於聚合性液晶組成物之液晶組成物的雙折射率。 The distance (d) between the substrates of the liquid crystal display element of the present invention is preferably in a range of 2 to 5 μm, and more preferably 3.5 μm or less. Generally speaking, the birefringence is adjusted so that the product of the birefringence of the liquid crystal composition and the cell thickness is around 0.275. However, since the polymerizable liquid crystal composition of the present invention forms a polymer network after polymerized phase separation, When an electric field is applied, the birefringence of a liquid crystal display device is lowered by the anchoring force of the polymer network and the optical properties of the polymer network. Therefore, the liquid crystal composition and the polymer composition or the polymerizable liquid crystal composition The product of the birefringence (Δn) of the contained liquid crystal composition and the distance (d) between the substrates is particularly preferably 0.3 to 0.4 μm if the driving voltage increases within about 5 V due to the formation of the polymer network. The range is more preferably within the range of 0.30 to 0.35 μm if there is an increase within about 3 V, and the range is particularly preferably within the range of 0.29 to 0.33 μm if the drive voltage is increased within 1 V. By making the substrate pitch of the liquid crystal display element The product of the birefringence (Δn) from the (d) and the liquid crystal composition and the distance (d) between the substrates are within the above ranges, respectively. The transmittance will be as high as that of the case with only low-molecular-weight liquid crystals. Reproducible display. The birefringence of the liquid crystal composition used for the polymerizable liquid crystal composition is preferably set so that the product of the cell thickness (d) and the birefringence (Δn) becomes 1 to 1.9 times 0.275.

本發明之液晶顯示元件的驅動電壓並非僅取決於液晶組成物之介電各向導性或彈性常數,也會受到於液晶組成物與聚合物界面之間作用的錨定力很大的影響。例如作為關於高分子分散型液晶顯示元件之驅動電壓的記述,日本特開平6-222320號公報中揭示下式之關係。 The driving voltage of the liquid crystal display element of the present invention does not only depend on the dielectric anisotropy or elastic constant of the liquid crystal composition, but also is greatly affected by the anchoring force acting between the liquid crystal composition and the polymer interface. For example, as a description of the driving voltage of a polymer-dispersed liquid crystal display element, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 6-222320 discloses the relationship of the following formula.

Figure TW201803973AD00373
Figure TW201803973AD00373

(Vth表示臨界電壓,1Kii及2Kii表示彈性常數,i表示1、2或3,△ε表示介電各向導性,<r>表示透明性高分子物質界面之平均空隙間隔,A表示透明性高分子物質對液晶組成物之錨定力,d表示具有透明性電極之基板間的距離) (Vth is the critical voltage, 1Kii and 2Kii are the elastic constants, i is 1, 2, or 3, Δε is the dielectric conductivity, <r> is the average void space at the interface of the transparent polymer material, and A is the high transparency The anchoring force of the molecular substance on the liquid crystal composition, d represents the distance between the substrates with transparent electrodes)

據此,光散射型液晶顯示元件之驅動電壓取決於透明性高分子物質界面之平均空隙間隔、基板間之距離、液晶組成物之彈性常數或介電各向導性,以及液晶組成物與透明性高分子物質間之錨定能。 According to this, the driving voltage of the light-scattering liquid crystal display element depends on the average gap interval of the transparent polymer material interface, the distance between the substrates, the elastic constant of the liquid crystal composition or the dielectric anisotropy, and the liquid crystal composition and transparency. Anchoring energy between polymer materials.

其中,可藉由本發明之液晶顯示元件控制的參數為液晶物性與聚合物間之錨定力。由於錨定力非常取決於該聚合物之分子結構及低分子液晶之 分子結構,故而若選定錨定力強之聚合性化合物,則可將應答時間增快至1.5ms以下,但同時驅動電壓會增加至30V以上,因此,較佳以驅動電壓成為30V以下且應答速度成為1.5ms以下之方式適當選定液晶化合物及聚合性化合物,調整組成。較佳適當摻合錨定力強之聚合物前驅物與錨定力弱之聚合物前驅物並以驅動電壓與應答速度達到平衡之方式調整組成。另一方面,作為降低驅動電壓所要求之液晶組成物的物性,尤佳若為P型液晶則使介電各向導性成為6以上,若為N型液晶則使介電各向導性成為-3以下。又,較佳使雙折射率為0.09以上。並且,若使液晶組成物之雙折射率與纖維狀或柱狀聚合物網路之折射率儘可能地接近而消除光散射,則更佳。其中,聚合物前驅物濃度會影響液晶元件之延遲(retardation),故而較佳以可獲得所需之延遲的方式適當增減液晶組成物之雙折射率而使用。 Among them, the parameter that can be controlled by the liquid crystal display device of the present invention is the anchoring force between the physical properties of the liquid crystal and the polymer. Because the anchoring force depends very much on the molecular structure of the polymer and the Molecular structure, so if a polymerizable compound with a strong anchoring force is selected, the response time can be increased to less than 1.5ms, but at the same time the driving voltage can be increased to more than 30V. Therefore, it is preferred that the driving voltage be less than 30V and the response speed The liquid crystal compound and the polymerizable compound are appropriately selected so that the composition becomes 1.5 ms or less, and the composition is adjusted. It is preferable to appropriately blend a polymer precursor having a strong anchoring force and a polymer precursor having a weak anchoring force and adjust the composition in such a manner that the driving voltage and the response speed reach a balance. On the other hand, as the physical properties of the liquid crystal composition required to reduce the driving voltage, it is particularly preferable to set the dielectric anisotropy to 6 or more if it is a P-type liquid crystal, and to set the dielectric anisotropy to -3 if it is an N-type liquid crystal. the following. The birefringence is preferably 0.09 or more. In addition, it is more preferable to make the birefringence of the liquid crystal composition and the refractive index of the fibrous or columnar polymer network as close as possible to eliminate light scattering. Among them, the concentration of the polymer precursor affects the retardation of the liquid crystal element, so it is preferred to use the appropriate increase or decrease of the birefringence of the liquid crystal composition in a manner to obtain the required retardation.

本發明之液晶顯示元件較佳以下述方式而得:一面使上述液晶組成物成為-50℃~30℃一面照射能量線,使聚合性化合物聚合而於液晶組成物中形成具有折射率異向性或易配向軸方向之聚合物網路。聚合溫度之上限為30℃,較佳為20℃~-10℃。如以下實施例所述,本發明人發現取決於聚合性化合物組成,藉由低溫聚合及常溫聚合而使τ d更加高速化。認為其理由在於:1)於液晶分子之配向度因低溫而上升的狀態下進行聚合;2)藉由低溫聚合而聚合之聚合物與液晶組成物的相溶性下降,使得相分離變得容易,聚合相分離速度加快,聚合物網路之空隙間隔變得微細;3)即便使用錨定力相對較低之聚合性化合物,亦因空隙間隔微細,而形成錨定力之影響力變強之類的折射率異向性聚合物網路等。 The liquid crystal display element of the present invention is preferably obtained by irradiating energy rays while making the liquid crystal composition at -50 ° C to 30 ° C, polymerizing a polymerizable compound, and forming a refractive index anisotropy in the liquid crystal composition. Or a polymer network with easy alignment. The upper limit of the polymerization temperature is 30 ° C, preferably 20 ° C to -10 ° C. As described in the following examples, the present inventors have discovered that depending on the composition of the polymerizable compound, τ d can be further accelerated by low-temperature polymerization and normal-temperature polymerization. The reason is considered to be: 1) polymerization in a state where the alignment of the liquid crystal molecules is increased due to low temperature; 2) the compatibility between the polymer polymerized by the low temperature polymerization and the liquid crystal composition is reduced, making phase separation easier, The polymerization phase separation speeds up, and the interstitial space of the polymer network becomes fine. 3) Even if a polymerizable compound with a relatively low anchoring force is used, the interstitial space is fine and the influence of the anchoring force becomes strong. Refractive index anisotropic polymer network, etc.

並且,本發明之液晶顯示元件較佳形成為具有單軸性折射率 異向性或易配向軸方向之聚合物網路或聚合物黏合劑的光軸方向或易配向軸方向相對於透明基板形成預傾角,並且較佳為下述之構成,即藉由調整電場強度控制低分子液晶配向以使之相對於基板面傾斜,以對上述液晶層施加電壓且同時照射能量線,藉此使聚合性化合物高分子化而於液晶組成物中獲得具有折射率異向性或易配向軸方向之聚合物而成的構成。於垂直配向之VA模式中,藉由以相對於基板法線方向預傾角成為20度以內之方式施加電壓使之聚合,不僅具有相當於目前VA模式單元所用之突起(protrusion)等或PSA液晶之微細聚合物突起的效果,並且顯示出PSA所無法實現之高速應答,因此尤佳。又,可藉由從複數個方向施加電場使之高分子化,而形成多區域,可提高視角,而更佳。並且,以於基板界面垂直配向膜界面使低分子液晶誘發生預傾角之方式對該配向膜實施光配向處理或摩擦配向處理等,藉此可規定低分子液晶配向之傾斜方向,抑制切換時產生配向缺陷,從而較佳,亦較佳如使用向複數個方向傾斜之類的圖案電極進實施該配向處理。關於前述液晶層,對含有聚合性化合物之液晶組成物適當於-50℃~30℃之溫度範圍施加交流電場,且照射紫外線或電子束,藉此使具有折射率異向性之聚合物網路以其光軸方向相對於基板面形成預傾角之方式形成於液晶中。若於利用低分子液晶之介電各向導性藉由施加電場而誘發預傾角的配向狀態下使之聚合相分離,則可獲得使聚合後之聚合物網路其光軸相對於基板面傾斜的液晶元件,更佳為使前述聚合性化合物實現高分子化之構成。並且,亦較佳使施加電壓之配向狀態經穩定化而得的聚合物網路與未施加電壓之配向狀態經穩定化而得的聚合物網路複合化,誘發預傾角。 The liquid crystal display element of the present invention is preferably formed to have a uniaxial refractive index. The anisotropic or easy-alignment polymer network or polymer binder's optical axis direction or easy-alignment axis direction forms a pretilt angle with respect to the transparent substrate, and preferably has the following structure, that is, by adjusting the electric field strength The low-molecular liquid crystal alignment is controlled so that it is inclined with respect to the substrate surface to apply a voltage to the liquid crystal layer and simultaneously irradiate energy rays, thereby polymerizing a polymerizable compound and obtaining refractive index anisotropy or A structure made of polymers that can be easily aligned in the axial direction. In the vertically aligned VA mode, by applying a voltage such that the pretilt angle within 20 degrees with respect to the normal direction of the substrate is within 20 degrees, it not only has protrusions or the like equivalent to those currently used in VA mode cells or PSA liquid crystals. The effect of the fine polymer protrusions and the high-speed response that PSA cannot achieve are particularly preferable. In addition, by applying an electric field from a plurality of directions to polymerize the polymer to form multiple regions, the viewing angle can be improved, and it is more preferable. In addition, the alignment film is subjected to a light alignment process or a friction alignment process in such a manner that the low-molecular liquid crystal induces a pretilt angle at the interface of the vertical alignment film at the substrate interface, thereby defining the tilt direction of the low-molecular liquid crystal alignment and suppressing the occurrence of switching Alignment defects are therefore preferred, and it is also preferred to perform the alignment process using pattern electrodes that are tilted in a plurality of directions. Regarding the aforementioned liquid crystal layer, an AC electric field is suitably applied to a liquid crystal composition containing a polymerizable compound in a temperature range of -50 ° C to 30 ° C, and ultraviolet rays or electron beams are irradiated to thereby make a polymer network having refractive index anisotropy. It is formed in the liquid crystal so that its optical axis direction forms a pretilt angle with respect to the substrate surface. If the polymer phase is separated in an orientation state in which the dielectric anisotropy of the low-molecular liquid crystal is used to induce a pretilt angle by applying an electric field, the optical axis of the polymer network after polymerization can be inclined with respect to the substrate surface. The liquid crystal element is more preferably configured to polymerize the polymerizable compound. In addition, it is also preferable that the polymer network obtained by stabilizing the alignment state of the applied voltage and the polymer network obtained by stabilizing the alignment state of the unapplied voltage are compounded to induce a pretilt angle.

使用於本發明之液晶顯示元件的兩片基板可採用如玻璃或塑膠之類具有柔軟性的透明材料。具有透明電極層之透明基板,例如可藉由將銦錫氧化物(ITO)濺鍍在玻璃板等透明基板上而獲得。 The two substrates used in the liquid crystal display element of the present invention can be made of flexible transparent materials such as glass or plastic. A transparent substrate having a transparent electrode layer can be obtained, for example, by sputtering indium tin oxide (ITO) on a transparent substrate such as a glass plate.

濾色器例如可藉由顏料分散法、印刷法、電鍍法或染色法等製作。若以藉由顏料分散法進行之濾色器製作方法為一例來說明,則將濾色器用硬化性著色組成物塗布於該透明基板上,實施圖案化處理,然後藉由加熱或照光使之硬化。針對紅、綠、藍三種顏色分別進行此步驟,藉此可製作濾色器用像素部。另外亦可於該基板上設置設有TFT、薄膜二極體等主動元件之像素電極。 The color filter can be produced by, for example, a pigment dispersion method, a printing method, a plating method, or a dyeing method. If a color filter manufacturing method using a pigment dispersion method is described as an example, a hardening coloring composition for a color filter is coated on the transparent substrate, patterned, and then hardened by heating or light. . This step is performed separately for three colors of red, green, and blue, whereby a pixel portion for a color filter can be manufactured. In addition, a pixel electrode provided with active elements such as a TFT and a thin film diode may be provided on the substrate.

使上述基板以透明電極層成為內側之方式相對向。此時可經由間隔物來調整基板之間隔。此時較佳調整成使獲得之調光層的厚度成為1~100μm。更佳為1.5至10μm,於使用偏光板之情形時,較佳以對比度成為最大之方式調整液晶之折射率異向性△n與單元厚度d之積,並根據顯示模式而設為550nm之1/2或1/4。又,當具有兩片偏光板之情形時,亦可調整各偏光板之偏光軸而將視角或對比度調整為良好。並且,亦可使用用以擴展視角之相位差膜。作為間隔物,例如可列舉玻璃粒子、塑膠粒子、氧化鋁粒子、由光阻材料等構成之柱狀間隔物等。然後,將環氧系熱硬化性組成物等密封劑以設置液晶注入口之形狀網版印刷於該基板,將該基板彼此貼合,加熱而使密封劑熱硬化。 The substrates are faced so that the transparent electrode layer becomes the inside. At this time, the interval between the substrates can be adjusted through the spacer. At this time, it is preferable to adjust so that the thickness of the obtained light control layer becomes 1-100 micrometers. More preferably, it is 1.5 to 10 μm. When a polarizing plate is used, it is preferable to adjust the product of the refractive index anisotropy of the liquid crystal Δn and the cell thickness d so that the contrast ratio becomes the maximum, and set it to 1 at 550 nm according to the display mode. / 2 or 1/4. When there are two polarizing plates, the polarization axis of each polarizing plate can be adjusted to adjust the viewing angle or contrast to be good. Also, a retardation film for extending the viewing angle can be used. Examples of the spacer include glass particles, plastic particles, alumina particles, and columnar spacers made of a photoresist material. Then, a sealing agent such as an epoxy-based thermosetting composition is screen-printed on the substrate in a shape provided with a liquid crystal injection port, the substrates are bonded to each other, and the sealing agent is thermally cured by heating.

使聚合性液晶組成物夾持於兩片基板間之方法可採用通常之真空注入法或ODF法等。於ODF法之液晶顯示元件製造步驟,使用分注器將環氧系光熱併用硬化性等之密封劑呈閉環堤壩狀繪於底板或前板任一 基板,對其中於除氣下滴下規定量之聚合性液晶組成物後,將前板與底板接合,藉此可製造液晶顯示元件。使用於本發明之聚合性液晶組成物由於可穩定地進行ODF步驟中之液晶-單體複合材料之滴下,因此可適用。 As a method for sandwiching the polymerizable liquid crystal composition between two substrates, a general vacuum injection method or an ODF method can be used. In the manufacturing steps of the liquid crystal display element of the ODF method, use a dispenser to draw epoxy-based light and heat and use a sealant such as hardening to draw a closed-loop dam shape on either the bottom plate or the front plate. After a predetermined amount of the polymerizable liquid crystal composition is dropped on the substrate under the outgassing, the front plate and the bottom plate are bonded, whereby a liquid crystal display element can be manufactured. The polymerizable liquid crystal composition used in the present invention is applicable because the dropping of the liquid crystal-monomer composite material in the ODF step can be performed stably.

作為使聚合性化合物聚合之方法,為了得到液晶之良好配向性能,而期望適度之聚合速度,因此較佳為藉由單一或併用或依序照射為活性能量線之紫外線或電子束以使之聚合的方法。於使用紫外線之情形時,可使用偏光光源,亦可使用非偏光光源。又,當使聚合性液晶組成物夾持於兩片基板間之狀態下進行聚合的情形時,至少照射面側之基板必須對活性能量線具有適度透明性。又,較佳對含有聚合性化合物之液晶組成物將聚合性液晶組成物於-50℃~20℃之溫度範圍施加交流電場,且照射紫外線或電子束。所施加之交流電場較佳為頻率10Hz~10kHz之交流,更佳為頻率100Hz至5kHz,電壓係取決於液晶顯示元件想要之預傾角來加以選擇。亦即,可藉由施加之電壓來控制液晶顯示元件之預傾角。於橫向電場型MVA模式之液晶顯示元件中,從配向穩定性及對比度之觀點,較佳將預傾角控制於80度~89.9度。 As a method for polymerizing a polymerizable compound, in order to obtain a good alignment property of liquid crystals, a moderate polymerization rate is desired. Therefore, it is preferable to polymerize a polymer by irradiating ultraviolet rays or electron beams which are active energy rays in a single or combined use or sequentially Methods. When using ultraviolet light, a polarized light source or a non-polarized light source can be used. When the polymerizable liquid crystal composition is polymerized while being sandwiched between two substrates, at least the substrate on the irradiation surface side must have moderate transparency to active energy rays. In addition, it is preferable that an AC electric field is applied to the polymerizable liquid crystal composition containing the polymerizable compound in a temperature range of -50 ° C to 20 ° C, and ultraviolet rays or electron beams are irradiated. The applied AC electric field is preferably an AC with a frequency of 10 Hz to 10 kHz, more preferably a frequency of 100 Hz to 5 kHz, and the voltage is selected depending on the pretilt angle desired by the liquid crystal display element. That is, the pretilt angle of the liquid crystal display element can be controlled by the applied voltage. In the liquid crystal display element of the transverse electric field type MVA mode, from the viewpoint of alignment stability and contrast, it is preferable to control the pretilt angle to 80 to 89.9 degrees.

照射時之溫度較佳為聚合性液晶組成物為-50℃~30℃之溫度範圍。作為產生紫外線之燈,可使用金屬鹵素燈、高壓水銀燈、超高壓水銀燈等。又,作為照射之紫外線的波長,較佳照射並非液晶組成物吸收波長域之波長區域的紫外線,視需要較佳將未達365nm之紫外線消除後使用。照射之紫外線的強度較佳為0.1mW/cm2~100W/cm2,更佳為2mW/cm2~50W/cm2。照射之紫外線的能量可適當調整,較佳為10mJ/cm2至500J/cm2,更佳為100mJ/cm2至200J/cm2。當照射紫外線時,亦可改變強 度。照射紫外線之時間可根據照射之紫外線強度作適當選擇,較佳為10秒至3600秒,更佳為10秒至600秒。 The temperature at the time of irradiation is preferably within a temperature range of -50 ° C to 30 ° C of the polymerizable liquid crystal composition. As a lamp generating ultraviolet rays, a metal halide lamp, a high-pressure mercury lamp, an ultra-high-pressure mercury lamp, or the like can be used. In addition, as the wavelength of the ultraviolet rays to be irradiated, it is preferable to irradiate ultraviolet rays in a wavelength region other than the absorption wavelength range of the liquid crystal composition, and it is preferable to eliminate ultraviolet rays less than 365 nm before use. The intensity of the irradiated ultraviolet rays is preferably 0.1 mW / cm 2 to 100 W / cm 2 , and more preferably 2 mW / cm 2 to 50 W / cm 2 . The energy of the irradiated ultraviolet rays can be appropriately adjusted, and is preferably 10 mJ / cm 2 to 500 J / cm 2 , and more preferably 100 mJ / cm 2 to 200 J / cm 2 . When irradiated with ultraviolet rays, the intensity can also be changed. The time for irradiating ultraviolet rays can be appropriately selected according to the intensity of the ultraviolet rays irradiated, preferably 10 seconds to 3600 seconds, and more preferably 10 seconds to 600 seconds.

(橫向電場型) (Transverse electric field type)

首先,一面參照圖式一面說明本發明一實施形態之液晶顯示元件。圖1係表示本發明之液晶顯示元件一例的概略剖面圖。本發明一實施形態之液晶顯示元件10具備:表面形成有配向層4之第一基板2;與上述第一基板分離設置且表面形成有光配向層之第二基板7;及填充於上述第一基板2與第二基板7間且與上述一對配向層抵接之液晶層5,於上述配向層4(4a、4b)與上述第一基板2間具有具備作為主動元件之薄膜電晶體、共用電極22及像素電極的電極層3。 First, a liquid crystal display element according to an embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to the drawings. FIG. 1 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing an example of a liquid crystal display element of the present invention. A liquid crystal display element 10 according to an embodiment of the present invention includes: a first substrate 2 having an alignment layer 4 formed on a surface thereof; a second substrate 7 provided separately from the first substrate and having a light alignment layer formed on the surface; and filled in the first substrate 2 The liquid crystal layer 5 between the substrate 2 and the second substrate 7 and in contact with the pair of alignment layers has a thin film transistor provided as an active device between the alignment layer 4 (4a, 4b) and the first substrate 2 and shared. The electrode 22 and the electrode layer 3 of the pixel electrode.

圖1係示意性地表示液晶顯示元件之構成之圖。圖1中為方便說明而將各構成要素分離記載。本發明之一實施形態的液晶顯示元件10其構成如圖1所記載般,係具有夾持於對向配置之第一透明絕緣基板2與第二透明絕緣基板7間之聚合性液晶組成物(或液晶層5)的橫向電場方式(圖中一例為作為IPS之一形態的FFS模式)之液晶顯示元件。第一透明絕緣基板2於液晶層5側之面形成有電極層3。又,於液晶層5與第一透1明絕緣基板2間及液晶層5與第二透明絕緣基板7間分別具有與構成液晶層5之聚合性液晶組成物直接抵接而誘發水平配向的一對配向膜4(4a、4b),該聚合性液晶組成物中之液晶分子於無施加電壓時被配向成與上述基板2、7大致平行。如圖1及圖3所示,上述第二基板7與上述第一基板2亦可被一對偏光板1、8夾持。並且,於圖1中,在前述第二基板7與配向膜4之間設置有濾色器6。另,作為本發明之液晶顯示元件之形態,亦可為 所謂整合式濾色器(COA),可於含有薄膜電晶體之電極層與液晶層之間設置濾色器,或於該含有薄膜電晶體之電極層與第二基板之間設置濾色器。 FIG. 1 is a diagram schematically showing the configuration of a liquid crystal display element. In FIG. 1, each component is separately described for convenience of explanation. The structure of a liquid crystal display element 10 according to an embodiment of the present invention is as described in FIG. 1. The liquid crystal display element 10 includes a polymerizable liquid crystal composition sandwiched between a first transparent insulating substrate 2 and a second transparent insulating substrate 7 arranged opposite to each other. Or the liquid crystal layer 5) is a liquid crystal display element having a lateral electric field method (an example in the figure is the FFS mode as one of the IPS modes). An electrode layer 3 is formed on a surface of the first transparent insulating substrate 2 on the liquid crystal layer 5 side. In addition, between the liquid crystal layer 5 and the first transparent insulating substrate 2 and between the liquid crystal layer 5 and the second transparent insulating substrate 7, there are respectively a contact with the polymerizable liquid crystal composition constituting the liquid crystal layer 5 to induce horizontal alignment. In the alignment film 4 (4a, 4b), the liquid crystal molecules in the polymerizable liquid crystal composition are aligned substantially parallel to the substrates 2 and 7 when no voltage is applied. As shown in FIGS. 1 and 3, the second substrate 7 and the first substrate 2 may be sandwiched by a pair of polarizing plates 1 and 8. In FIG. 1, a color filter 6 is provided between the second substrate 7 and the alignment film 4. In addition, as a form of the liquid crystal display element of the present invention, it may be The so-called integrated color filter (COA) may include a color filter between an electrode layer containing a thin film transistor and a liquid crystal layer, or a color filter between the electrode layer containing a thin film transistor and a second substrate.

即,本發明之一實施形態的液晶顯示元件10係依序積層有第一偏光板1、第一基板2、含有薄膜電晶體之電極層3、配向膜4、含有聚合性液晶組成物之液晶層5、配向膜4、濾色器6、第二基板7及第二偏光板8的構成。 That is, a liquid crystal display element 10 according to an embodiment of the present invention is a laminated layer including a first polarizing plate 1, a first substrate 2, an electrode layer 3 containing a thin film transistor, an alignment film 4, and a liquid crystal containing a polymerizable liquid crystal composition. The structure of the layer 5, the alignment film 4, the color filter 6, the second substrate 7, and the second polarizing plate 8.

第一基板2與第二基板7可使用玻璃或塑膠之類具有柔軟性的透明材料,其中一者亦可為矽等不透明材料。兩片基板2、7係由配置於周邊區域之環氧系熱硬化性組成物等密封(seal)材及封裝材貼在一起,其間亦可配置有例如玻璃粒子、塑膠粒子、氧化鋁粒子等粒狀間隔物或藉由光蝕刻法形成之由樹脂構成的間隔柱,以保持基板間距離。 The first substrate 2 and the second substrate 7 can be made of flexible transparent materials such as glass or plastic, and one of them can also be an opaque material such as silicon. The two substrates 2 and 7 are adhered together by a sealing material such as an epoxy-based thermosetting composition and a sealing material arranged in a peripheral area, and glass particles, plastic particles, alumina particles, etc. may be disposed therebetween. Granular spacers or spacers made of resin formed by photolithography to maintain the distance between substrates.

圖2係將圖1中形成於基板2上之電極層3之由II線圍成之區域放大所得的俯視圖。圖3係沿圖2中III-III線方向切割圖1所示之液晶顯示元件所獲得之剖面圖。如圖2所示,形成於第一基板2表面之含有薄膜電晶體之電極層3中,用以供給掃描訊號之複數條閘極配線24與用以供給顯示訊號之複數條資料配線25相互交叉地配置成矩陣狀。另,圖2中僅顯示一對閘極配線24及一對資料配線25。 FIG. 2 is an enlarged plan view of an area surrounded by a line II of the electrode layer 3 formed on the substrate 2 in FIG. 1. FIG. 3 is a cross-sectional view obtained by cutting the liquid crystal display element shown in FIG. 1 along the III-III line direction in FIG. 2. As shown in FIG. 2, in the electrode layer 3 containing a thin film transistor formed on the surface of the first substrate 2, a plurality of gate wirings 24 for supplying a scanning signal and a plurality of data wirings 25 for supplying a display signal cross each other. The grounds are arranged in a matrix. Note that only a pair of gate wirings 24 and a pair of data wirings 25 are shown in FIG. 2.

以由複數條閘極配線24與複數條資料配線25圍成之區域形成液晶顯示裝置之單元像素,於該單元像素內形成有像素電極21及共用電極22。於閘極配線24與資料配線25相互交叉之交叉部附近,設置有含有源極電極27、汲極電極26及閘極電極28之薄膜電晶體。該薄膜電晶體作為對像素電極21供給顯示訊號之開關元件而與像素電極21連結。又,與閘極配線24平行地設置有共用線(未圖示)。該共用線與共用電極22連結以向共用電極 22供給共用訊號。 A unit pixel of a liquid crystal display device is formed by an area surrounded by a plurality of gate wirings 24 and a plurality of data wirings 25. A pixel electrode 21 and a common electrode 22 are formed in the unit pixel. A thin film transistor including a source electrode 27, a drain electrode 26, and a gate electrode 28 is provided near the intersection where the gate wiring 24 and the data wiring 25 cross each other. This thin film transistor is connected to the pixel electrode 21 as a switching element that supplies a display signal to the pixel electrode 21. A common line (not shown) is provided in parallel with the gate wiring 24. This common line is connected to the common electrode 22 to the common electrode. 22 Supply common signal.

薄膜電晶體結構之一較佳態樣例如於圖3中所示,具有形成於基板2表面之閘極電極11、以被覆該閘極電極11且被覆前述基板2大致整面之方式設置的閘極絕緣層12、形成於前述閘極絕緣層12之表面而與前述閘極電極11相對向的半導體層13、以被覆前述半導體層13一部分表面之方式設置的保護層14、以被覆前述保護層14及前述半導體層13之一側端部且與形成於前述基板2表面之前述閘極絕緣層12接觸之方式設置的汲極電極16、以被覆前述保護層14及前述半導體層13之另一側端部且與形成於前述基板2表面之前述閘極絕緣層12接觸之方式設置的源極電極17與以被覆前述汲極電極16及前述源極電極17之方式設置的絕緣保護層18。亦可於閘極電極11之表面形成陽極氧化被膜(未圖示),以消除與閘極電極之段差等。 A preferred aspect of the thin film transistor structure is shown in FIG. 3, for example, which has a gate electrode 11 formed on the surface of the substrate 2 and a gate provided so as to cover the gate electrode 11 and cover substantially the entire surface of the substrate 2 An electrode insulating layer 12, a semiconductor layer 13 formed on the surface of the gate insulating layer 12 and facing the gate electrode 11, a protective layer 14 provided so as to cover a part of the surface of the semiconductor layer 13, and covering the protective layer 14 and the drain electrode 16 provided on one side end of the semiconductor layer 13 and in contact with the gate insulating layer 12 formed on the surface of the substrate 2 to cover the protective layer 14 and the other of the semiconductor layer 13 A source electrode 17 provided at a side end portion and in contact with the gate insulating layer 12 formed on the surface of the substrate 2 and an insulating protection layer 18 provided to cover the drain electrode 16 and the source electrode 17. An anodized film (not shown) may be formed on the surface of the gate electrode 11 to eliminate the step difference from the gate electrode.

前述半導體層13可使用非晶矽、多晶矽等,但若使用ZnO、IGZO(In-Ga-Zn-O)、ITO等透明半導體膜,則可抑制起因於光吸收的光載子危害,從增大元件開口率之觀點而言,亦較佳。 The semiconductor layer 13 may be made of amorphous silicon, polycrystalline silicon, or the like. However, if a transparent semiconductor film such as ZnO, IGZO (In-Ga-Zn-O), or ITO is used, it is possible to suppress the damage of photocarriers caused by light absorption, thereby increasing From the viewpoint of a large element aperture ratio, it is also preferable.

並且,為了減小肖特基能障之寬度或高度,亦可於半導體層13與汲極電極16或源極電極17之間設置歐姆接觸層15。歐姆接觸層可使用n型非晶矽或n型多晶矽等高濃度地添加有磷等雜質的材料。 In addition, in order to reduce the width or height of the Schottky barrier, an ohmic contact layer 15 may be provided between the semiconductor layer 13 and the drain electrode 16 or the source electrode 17. As the ohmic contact layer, a material to which impurities such as phosphorus are added at a high concentration such as n-type amorphous silicon or n-type polycrystalline silicon can be used.

閘極配線26或資料配線25、共用線29較佳為金屬膜,更佳為Al、Cu、Au、Ag、Cr、Ta、Ti、Mo、W、Ni或其合金,尤佳為使用Al或其合金之配線的情形。又,絕緣保護層18為具有絕緣功能之層,由氮化矽、二氧化矽、氮氧化矽膜等形成。 The gate wiring 26, the data wiring 25, and the common line 29 are preferably metal films, more preferably Al, Cu, Au, Ag, Cr, Ta, Ti, Mo, W, Ni, or an alloy thereof, and particularly preferably Al or The wiring of its alloy. The insulating protection layer 18 is a layer having an insulating function, and is formed of a silicon nitride, a silicon dioxide, a silicon oxynitride film, or the like.

於圖2及圖3所示之實施形態中,共用電極22為形成於閘極絕緣層12大致整面上之平板狀電極,另一方面,像素電極21為形成於被覆共用電極22之絕緣保護層18上的梳形電極。亦即,共用電極22被配置於較像素電極21更靠近第一基板2之位置,此等電極隔著絕緣保護層18相互重疊地配置。像素電極21與共用電極22例如由ITO(Indium Tin Oxide)、IZO(Indium Zinc Oxide)、IZTO(Indium Zinc Tin Oxide)等透明導電性材料形成。由於像素電極21與共用電極22由透明導電性材料形成,故而單元像素面積中之開口之面積變大,開口率及透射率增加。 In the embodiment shown in FIG. 2 and FIG. 3, the common electrode 22 is a flat electrode formed on substantially the entire surface of the gate insulating layer 12. On the other hand, the pixel electrode 21 is an insulation protection formed on the common electrode 22. Comb electrodes on layer 18. That is, the common electrode 22 is disposed closer to the first substrate 2 than the pixel electrode 21, and these electrodes are disposed to overlap each other via the insulating protective layer 18. The pixel electrode 21 and the common electrode 22 are formed of a transparent conductive material such as ITO (Indium Tin Oxide), IZO (Indium Zinc Oxide), or IZTO (Indium Zinc Tin Oxide). Since the pixel electrode 21 and the common electrode 22 are formed of a transparent conductive material, the area of the opening in the unit pixel area becomes larger, and the aperture ratio and transmittance increase.

又,關於像素電極21與共用電極22,為了於此等電極間形成邊緣電場(fringe electric field),而將像素電極21與共用電極22間之電極間距離(亦稱為最小分離距離):R形成為小於第一基板2與第二基板7之距離:G。此處,電極間距離:R表示各電極間之基板上的水平方向之距離。 圖3中,由於平板狀共用電極22與梳狀像素電極21重疊,因此揭示電極間距離:R=0之例,由於最小分離距離:R小於第一基板2與第二基板7之距離(即單元間隙):G,故而形成邊緣電場E。因此,FFS型液晶顯示元件可利用沿與像素電極21形成梳狀之線垂直的方向形成之水平方向電場,及拋物線狀電場。像素電極21梳狀部分之電極寬度:1及像素電極21梳狀部分之間隙之寬度:m較佳形成為產生之電場可使液晶層5內之液晶分子全部被驅動之程度的寬度。又,像素電極與共用電極之最小分離距離R可作為閘極絕緣層12之(平均)膜厚進行調整。又,本發明之液晶顯示元件亦可不同於圖3,形成為像素電極21與共用電極22間之電極間距離(亦稱為最小分離距離):R大於第一基板2與第二基板7之距離:G(IPS方式)。於 該情形時,例如可舉被設置成梳狀像素電極與梳狀共用電極於大致同一面內交替之構成等。 Regarding the pixel electrode 21 and the common electrode 22, in order to form a fringe electric field between these electrodes, the electrode-to-electrode distance (also referred to as the minimum separation distance) between the pixel electrode 21 and the common electrode 22: R It is formed to be smaller than the distance between the first substrate 2 and the second substrate 7: G. Here, the distance between electrodes: R represents the distance in the horizontal direction on the substrate between the electrodes. In FIG. 3, since the flat common electrode 22 overlaps the comb pixel electrode 21, an example of the distance between electrodes: R = 0 is revealed, and the minimum separation distance: R is smaller than the distance between the first substrate 2 and the second substrate 7 (i.e., Cell gap): G, thus forming a fringe electric field E. Therefore, the FFS-type liquid crystal display element can use a horizontal electric field formed in a direction perpendicular to the line where the pixel electrodes 21 form a comb shape, and a parabolic electric field. The electrode width of the comb-shaped portion of the pixel electrode 21: 1 and the width of the gap between the comb-shaped portion of the pixel electrode 21: m is preferably formed to a width to the extent that the generated electric field can drive all the liquid crystal molecules in the liquid crystal layer 5. The minimum separation distance R between the pixel electrode and the common electrode can be adjusted as the (average) film thickness of the gate insulating layer 12. In addition, the liquid crystal display element of the present invention may be different from FIG. 3 and formed such that the distance between electrodes (also referred to as the minimum separation distance) between the pixel electrode 21 and the common electrode 22: R is greater than that between the first substrate 2 and the second substrate 7 Distance: G (IPS method). to In this case, for example, a configuration in which the comb-shaped pixel electrode and the comb-shaped common electrode are alternately provided on substantially the same plane may be mentioned.

本發明之液晶顯示元件一較佳形態較佳為利用邊緣電場之FFS方式的液晶顯示元件,若共用電極22與像素電極21鄰接之最短分離距離d短於配向膜4彼此(基板間距離)之最短分離距離D,則可於共用電極與像素電極間形成邊緣電場,可有效率地利用液晶分子之水平方向及垂直方向之配向。於本發明之FFS方式液晶顯示元件之情形時,若對配置為長軸方向與配向層之配向方向平行的液晶分子施加電壓,則會於像素電極21與共用電極22間,拋物線形電場之等電位線形成至像素電極21與共用電極22之上部,液晶層5內之液晶分子的長軸沿所形成之電場排列。因此,即使是低介電各向導性,亦可驅動液晶分子。 A preferred form of the liquid crystal display element of the present invention is preferably an FFS liquid crystal display element using a fringe electric field. If the shortest separation distance d between the common electrode 22 and the pixel electrode 21 is shorter than the distance between the alignment films 4 (the distance between the substrates) The shortest separation distance D can form a fringe electric field between the common electrode and the pixel electrode, and can efficiently utilize the horizontal and vertical alignment of the liquid crystal molecules. In the case of the FFS-type liquid crystal display device of the present invention, if a voltage is applied to liquid crystal molecules arranged in a long axis direction parallel to the alignment direction of the alignment layer, a parabolic electric field will occur between the pixel electrode 21 and the common electrode 22 The potential lines are formed to the upper portions of the pixel electrode 21 and the common electrode 22, and the long axes of the liquid crystal molecules in the liquid crystal layer 5 are aligned along the formed electric field. Therefore, liquid crystal molecules can be driven even with low dielectric anisotropy.

本發明之濾色器6就防止漏光之觀點而言,較佳於與薄膜電晶體及儲存電容器23對應之部分形成黑矩陣(未圖示)。又,濾色器6通常由R(紅)G(綠)B(藍)3種過濾像素構成影像或圖像之1個點,例如此等3種過濾器沿閘極配線之延伸方向排列。該濾色器6例如可藉由顏料分散法、印刷法、電著法或染色法等製作。若以藉由顏料分散法進行之濾色器製作方法為一例進行說明,則是將濾色器用硬化性著色組成物塗佈於該透明基板上,實施圖案化處理,繼而藉由加熱或照射光使之硬化。針對紅、綠、藍三種顏色分別進行此步驟,藉此可製作濾色器用像素部。另外亦可為於該基板上設置設有TFT、薄膜二極體等主動元件之像素電極的所謂整合式濾色器。 From the viewpoint of preventing light leakage, the color filter 6 of the present invention preferably forms a black matrix (not shown) in a portion corresponding to the thin film transistor and the storage capacitor 23. In addition, the color filter 6 usually includes three types of filter pixels of R (red), G (green), and B (blue) to form one point of an image or an image. For example, these three types of filters are arranged along the extension direction of the gate wiring. The color filter 6 can be produced by, for example, a pigment dispersion method, a printing method, an electrographic method, or a dyeing method. If a color filter manufacturing method using a pigment dispersion method is described as an example, a hardening coloring composition for a color filter is coated on the transparent substrate, patterned, and then heated or irradiated with light. To harden. This step is performed separately for three colors of red, green, and blue, whereby a pixel portion for a color filter can be manufactured. In addition, it may be a so-called integrated color filter provided with pixel electrodes provided with active elements such as TFTs and thin film diodes on the substrate.

於電極層3及濾色器6上設置有與構成液晶層5之聚合性液晶組成物 直接抵接而誘發水平配向之一對配向膜4。 A polymerizable liquid crystal composition constituting the liquid crystal layer 5 is provided on the electrode layer 3 and the color filter 6 One of the alignment films 4 is directly abutted to induce one of the horizontal alignments.

又,偏光板1及偏光板8可調整各偏光板之偏光軸而調整成使視角或對比度成為良好,較佳以該等透射軸於常黑(normally black)模式下作動之方式具有相互垂直之透射軸。尤佳為偏光板1與偏光板8中之任一者以具有與液晶分子之配向方向平行之透射軸的方式配置。又,較佳以對比度成為最大之方式調整液晶之折射率異向性△n與單元厚度d之積。並且,亦可使用用以擴大視角之相位差膜。 In addition, the polarizing plate 1 and the polarizing plate 8 can adjust the polarizing axis of each polarizing plate to adjust the viewing angle or contrast to be good. It is preferable that the transmission axes have a mutually perpendicular manner in a manner that the transmission axes operate in a normally black mode. Transmission axis. It is particularly preferable that either of the polarizing plate 1 and the polarizing plate 8 is disposed so as to have a transmission axis parallel to the alignment direction of the liquid crystal molecules. In addition, it is preferable to adjust the product of the refractive index anisotropy Δn of the liquid crystal and the cell thickness d so that the contrast becomes maximum. Moreover, a retardation film for widening the viewing angle can also be used.

又,作為其他液晶顯示元件之實施形態,於IPS方式之情形時,為鄰近之共用電極與像素電極間之最短分離距離d大於液晶配向膜間之最短分離距離G的條件,例如可舉下述構成等:於共用電極與像素電極形成於同一基板上且該共用電極與該像素電極交替配置之情況下鄰近之共用電極與像素電極間之最短分離距離d大於液晶配向膜間之最短分離距離G。 As another embodiment of the liquid crystal display device, in the case of the IPS method, the shortest separation distance d between the adjacent common electrode and the pixel electrode is greater than the shortest separation distance G between the liquid crystal alignment films. Structure, etc .: When the common electrode and the pixel electrode are formed on the same substrate and the common electrode and the pixel electrode are alternately arranged, the shortest separation distance d between the adjacent common electrode and the pixel electrode is greater than the shortest separation distance G between the liquid crystal alignment films. .

於本發明之液晶顯示元件的製造方法,較佳於具有電極層之基板及/或基板表面形成被膜後,以該被膜成為內側之方式使一對基板分離對向後,於基板間填充液晶組成物。此時,較佳經由間隔件調整基板間隔。 In the method for manufacturing a liquid crystal display element of the present invention, it is preferable that a substrate with an electrode layer and / or a surface of the substrate be formed with a film, and then a pair of substrates be separated and faced such that the film becomes an inner side, and a liquid crystal composition be filled between the substrates. . At this time, it is preferable to adjust the substrate interval via a spacer.

上述基板間之距離(為獲得之液晶層的平均厚度,亦稱為被膜間之分離距離)較佳調整為1~100μm。上述被膜間之平均分離距離更佳為1.5~10μm。 The distance between the substrates (to obtain the average thickness of the liquid crystal layer, also referred to as the separation distance between the films) is preferably adjusted to 1 to 100 μm. The average separation distance between the coatings is more preferably 1.5 to 10 μm.

本發明中,作為用以調整基板間距離之間隔件,例如可列舉玻璃粒子、塑膠粒子、氧化鋁粒子、由光阻材料等所構成之柱狀間隔件等。 In the present invention, examples of the spacer for adjusting the distance between the substrates include glass particles, plastic particles, alumina particles, and columnar spacers made of a photoresist material.

使用圖1~圖3說明之FFS型液晶顯示元件為一例,只要未 脫離本發明之技術思想,則亦可以其他之各種形態實施。 The FFS liquid crystal display element described with reference to FIGS. 1 to 3 is an example, as long as it is not Without departing from the technical idea of the present invention, it can be implemented in various other forms.

以下使用圖4及圖5,說明本發明之液晶顯示元件的其他實施形態。 Hereinafter, another embodiment of the liquid crystal display element of the present invention will be described using FIGS. 4 and 5.

例如圖4係將圖1中形成於基板2上之電極層3由II線圍成之區域放大所得的俯視圖之其他實施形態。如圖4所示,亦可設為像素電極21具有狹縫之構成。又,亦可以相對於閘極配線24或資料配線25具有傾斜角之方式形成狹縫之圖案。 For example, FIG. 4 is another embodiment of a plan view obtained by enlarging the area surrounded by the II line of the electrode layer 3 formed on the substrate 2 in FIG. 1. As shown in FIG. 4, the pixel electrode 21 may be configured to have a slit. In addition, a slit pattern may be formed so as to have an inclined angle with respect to the gate wiring 24 or the data wiring 25.

該圖4所示之像素電極21係對近似長方形平板體之電極切出近似矩形框狀之切口部而成之形狀。又,在該像素電極21之背面隔著絕緣保護層18(未圖示)於一面形成有梳齒狀共用電極22。並且,於鄰接之共用電極與像素電極之最短分離距離R小於配向層彼此之最短分離距離G的情形時會成為FFS方式,而於R大於G之情形時則會成為IPS方式。又,於前述像素電極之表面較佳被保護絕緣膜及配向膜層被覆。另,亦可與上述同樣地於被前述複數根閘極配線24與複數根資料配線25圍繞之區域設置將經由資料配線25供給之顯示訊號加以保存的儲存電容器23。另,切口部之形狀並無特別限制,不僅為圖4所示之近似矩形,亦可使用橢圓、圓形、長方形、菱形、三角形或平行四邊形等公知形狀之切口部。又,於鄰接之共用電極與像素電極之最短分離距離R大於配向層彼此之最短分離距離G的情形時,會成為IPS方式之顯示元件。 The pixel electrode 21 shown in FIG. 4 is a shape obtained by cutting out an approximately rectangular frame-shaped cutout portion from an electrode of an approximately rectangular flat plate. A comb-teeth common electrode 22 is formed on one surface of the pixel electrode 21 with an insulating protective layer 18 (not shown) interposed therebetween. In addition, when the shortest separation distance R between the adjacent common electrode and the pixel electrode is smaller than the shortest separation distance G between the alignment layers, it becomes the FFS method, and when R is greater than G, it becomes the IPS method. The surface of the pixel electrode is preferably covered with a protective insulating film and an alignment film layer. In addition, similar to the above, a storage capacitor 23 may be provided in a region surrounded by the plurality of gate wirings 24 and the plurality of data wirings 25 to store display signals supplied through the data wirings 25. In addition, the shape of the cutout portion is not particularly limited, and the cutout portion may be a well-known shape such as an oval, a circle, a rectangle, a rhombus, a triangle, or a parallelogram. When the shortest separation distance R between the adjacent common electrode and the pixel electrode is larger than the shortest separation distance G between the alignment layers, the display device will be an IPS display device.

圖5有別於圖3之實施形態,為沿圖2中III-III線方向切割圖1所示之液晶顯示元件所獲得的剖面圖另一例。表面形成有配向層4及含有薄膜電晶體20之電極層3的第一基板2與表面形成有配向層4之第 二基板8以規定間隔D分離成配向層彼此相對,於此空間填充有含有液晶組成物之液晶層5。於第一基板2表面之一部分依序積層有閘極絕緣層12、共用電極22、絕緣保護層18、像素電極21及配向層4。又,亦如圖4所示,像素電極21係於平板體之中央部及兩端部切出三角形之切口部並且於其餘區域切出長方形之切口部而成的形狀,且共用電極22係與上述像素電極21之近似橢圓形的切口部大致平行地且較前述像素電極更靠近第一基板側地配置梳齒狀共用電極而成之構造。 FIG. 5 is different from the embodiment of FIG. 3 and is another example of a cross-sectional view obtained by cutting the liquid crystal display element shown in FIG. 1 along the III-III line direction in FIG. 2. The first substrate 2 on which an alignment layer 4 and an electrode layer 3 containing a thin film transistor 20 are formed on the surface, and the first substrate 2 on which an alignment layer 4 is formed on the surface. The two substrates 8 are separated at predetermined intervals D into alignment layers facing each other, and the space is filled with a liquid crystal layer 5 containing a liquid crystal composition. A gate insulating layer 12, a common electrode 22, an insulating protection layer 18, a pixel electrode 21, and an alignment layer 4 are sequentially laminated on a part of the surface of the first substrate 2. Also, as shown in FIG. 4, the pixel electrode 21 is formed in a shape in which a triangular cutout portion is cut out at the central portion and both ends of the flat plate body, and a rectangular cutout portion is cut out in the remaining area. The pixel electrode 21 has a structure in which a comb-shaped common electrode is arranged in a substantially elliptical cutout portion substantially in parallel and closer to the first substrate side than the pixel electrode.

於圖5所示之例中,使用有梳狀或具有狹縫之共用電極22,像素電極21與共用電極22之電極間距離R=α(另,圖5中為了方便而將電極間距離之水平成分記為R)。並且,於圖3,雖揭示於閘極絕緣層12上形成有共用電極22之例,但亦可如圖5所示般於第一基板2上形成共用電極22,隔著閘極絕緣層12設置像素電極21。像素電極21之電極寬度:1、共用電極22之電極寬度:n及電極間距離:R較佳適當調整為產生之電場可使液晶層5內之液晶分子全部被驅動之程度的寬度。當鄰接之共用電極與像素電極之最短分離距離R小於配向層彼此之最短分離距離G的情形時,會成為FFS方式,而當R大於G之情形時,則會成為IPS方式。並且,於圖5中,像素電極21與共用電極22於厚度方向上之位置不同,亦可將兩電極於厚度方向上之位置設為相同或將共用電極設置於液晶層5側。 In the example shown in FIG. 5, a common electrode 22 having a comb shape or a slit is used, and the distance R between the pixel electrode 21 and the common electrode 22 is α (in addition, the distance between the electrodes is shown in FIG. 5 for convenience). The horizontal component is denoted as R). In addition, although an example in which the common electrode 22 is formed on the gate insulating layer 12 is shown in FIG. 3, the common electrode 22 may be formed on the first substrate 2 as shown in FIG. 5 with the gate insulating layer 12 interposed therebetween. A pixel electrode 21 is provided. The electrode width of the pixel electrode 21: 1. The electrode width of the common electrode 22: n and the distance between the electrodes: R are preferably adjusted appropriately to a width to which the generated electric field can drive all the liquid crystal molecules in the liquid crystal layer 5. When the shortest separation distance R between the adjacent common electrode and the pixel electrode is smaller than the shortest separation distance G between the alignment layers, it becomes the FFS method, and when R is greater than G, it becomes the IPS method. In addition, in FIG. 5, the positions of the pixel electrode 21 and the common electrode 22 in the thickness direction are different. The positions of the two electrodes in the thickness direction may be the same or the common electrode may be provided on the liquid crystal layer 5 side.

(垂直電場型) (Vertical electric field type)

本發明較佳之其他實施形態係使用液晶組成物之垂直電場型液晶顯示元件。圖6係示意性地表示垂直電場型液晶顯示元件之構成之圖。又,圖7中為了方便說明,而將各構成要素分離加以記載。圖7係將該圖6中形成 於基板上之含有薄膜電晶體的電極層300(或亦稱為薄膜電晶體層300)由VII線圍繞之區域放大所得到的俯視圖。圖8係沿圖7中VIII-VIII線方向切割圖6所示之液晶顯示元件所獲得的剖面圖。以下參照圖6~9說明本發明之垂直電場型液晶顯示元件。 Another preferred embodiment of the present invention is a vertical electric field type liquid crystal display element using a liquid crystal composition. FIG. 6 is a diagram schematically showing a configuration of a vertical electric field type liquid crystal display element. In addition, in FIG. 7, each component is described separately for convenience of explanation. FIG. 7 is formed from FIG. 6. The top view of the electrode layer 300 (or the thin film transistor layer 300) containing the thin film transistor on the substrate surrounded by the VII line is enlarged. FIG. 8 is a cross-sectional view obtained by cutting the liquid crystal display element shown in FIG. 6 along the direction of line VIII-VIII in FIG. 7. Hereinafter, a vertical electric field type liquid crystal display element of the present invention will be described with reference to FIGS. 6 to 9.

本發明之液晶顯示元件1000的構成如圖6所記載般為如下之的液晶顯示元件:具有第二基板800、第一基板200及夾持於上述第一基板200與第二基板800間之聚合性液晶組成物(或液晶層500),且該聚合性液晶組成物中之液晶分子於無施加電壓時之配向大致垂直於上述基板200、800,上述第二基板800具備有由透明導電性材料構成之透明電極(層)600(或亦稱為共用電極600),上述第一基板200含有由透明導電性材料構成的像素電極及形成有對各像素所具備之前述像素電極進行控制之薄膜電晶體的薄膜電晶體層300。又,如圖6及圖8所示,前述第二基板800與上述第一基板200亦可被一對偏光板100、900夾持。並且,於圖6中,於前述第一基板200與共用電極600之間設置有濾色器700。又,並且於透明電極(層)600、1400表面以與本發明之液晶層500鄰接且與構成該液晶層500之聚合性液晶組成物直接接觸的方式形成有一對配向膜400。 The structure of the liquid crystal display element 1000 of the present invention is, as described in FIG. 6, a liquid crystal display element having a second substrate 800, a first substrate 200, and a polymerization sandwiched between the first substrate 200 and the second substrate 800. Liquid crystal composition (or liquid crystal layer 500), and the orientation of liquid crystal molecules in the polymerizable liquid crystal composition when no voltage is applied is substantially perpendicular to the substrates 200 and 800, and the second substrate 800 is provided with a transparent conductive material A transparent electrode (layer) 600 (also referred to as a common electrode 600) is configured, and the first substrate 200 includes a pixel electrode made of a transparent conductive material and a thin film electrode for controlling the pixel electrode included in each pixel. Crystal thin film transistor layer 300. As shown in FIGS. 6 and 8, the second substrate 800 and the first substrate 200 may be sandwiched by a pair of polarizing plates 100 and 900. In FIG. 6, a color filter 700 is provided between the first substrate 200 and the common electrode 600. In addition, a pair of alignment films 400 are formed on the surfaces of the transparent electrodes (layers) 600 and 1400 adjacent to the liquid crystal layer 500 of the present invention and in direct contact with the polymerizable liquid crystal composition constituting the liquid crystal layer 500.

亦即,本發明之液晶顯示元件1000為依序積層有第一偏光板100、第一基板200、含有薄膜電晶體之電極層(或亦稱為薄膜電晶體層)300、光配向膜400、含有液晶組成物之層500、配向膜400、共用電極600、濾色器700、第二基板800及第二偏光板900的構成。另,配向膜400較佳為光配向膜。 That is, the liquid crystal display element 1000 of the present invention includes a first polarizing plate 100, a first substrate 200, an electrode layer containing a thin film transistor (or a thin film transistor layer) 300, a photo-alignment film 400, The structure of the liquid crystal composition-containing layer 500, the alignment film 400, the common electrode 600, the color filter 700, the second substrate 800, and the second polarizing plate 900. The alignment film 400 is preferably a photo-alignment film.

配向膜為經使用配向處理(遮罩摩擦(mask rubbing)或者光配向)製 造之液晶單元,於液晶單元之透明電極的內側(液晶層側),形成有相對於玻璃基板之法線方向些許傾斜(0.1~5.0°)之垂直配向膜。 The alignment film is made by using an alignment treatment (mask rubbing or light alignment) In the fabricated liquid crystal cell, a vertical alignment film slightly inclined (0.1 to 5.0 °) with respect to the normal direction of the glass substrate is formed on the inner side (the liquid crystal layer side) of the transparent electrode of the liquid crystal cell.

聚合性單體受到垂直配向膜之配向規制力而沿垂直方向排列,藉由照射紫外線光使聚合性單體聚合並固定化而形成聚合物網路。推斷以此方式形成之聚合物網路具有如下之約4種的結構:(1)橫跨上下基板形成聚合物網路;(2)自上(下)基板朝向液晶方向形成聚合物網路,但至中途者;(3)僅於配向膜之表面附近形成聚合物網路(主要為單官能單體之情形);(4)於液晶層內聚合物網路彼此鍵結(不浮動(Floating))。此等形態皆混合存在有「聚合物網路之折射率異向性或易配向軸被形成為使臨界電壓以上之配向狀態穩定化者」與「聚合物網路之折射率異向性或易配向軸被形成為使臨界電壓以下之配向狀態穩定化者」的使二種不同之配向狀態穩定化的聚合物網路。 The polymerizable monomers are aligned in the vertical direction by the alignment regulatory force of the vertical alignment film, and the polymerizable monomers are polymerized and fixed by irradiating ultraviolet light to form a polymer network. It is inferred that the polymer network formed in this way has the following four structures: (1) forming a polymer network across the upper and lower substrates; (2) forming a polymer network from the upper (lower) substrate toward the liquid crystal, But to the halfway point; (3) forming a polymer network only near the surface of the alignment film (mainly a monofunctional monomer); (4) the polymer networks are bonded to each other in the liquid crystal layer (not floating) )). These forms are mixed with "the refractive index anisotropy of the polymer network or easy alignment axis formed to stabilize the orientation state above the critical voltage" and "the refractive index anisotropy or easy of the polymer network The alignment axis is formed as a polymer network that stabilizes two different alignment states below the critical voltage.

認為以此方式形成之具有異向性的聚合物網路會與液晶層大致完全分離,液晶分子配向排列於此等高分子網路之間。明顯不同於液晶分子與高分子網路混合存在而於無施加電壓時發生光散射之所謂的聚合物網路型液晶之分子排列結構,又,具有亦與PSA等所採用之偏靠於配向膜附近之配向維持層之結構全然不同之結構。 It is considered that the anisotropic polymer network formed in this way will be substantially completely separated from the liquid crystal layer, and the liquid crystal molecules are aligned between these polymer networks. It is obviously different from the molecular arrangement structure of so-called polymer network type liquid crystals in which liquid crystal molecules are mixed with a polymer network and light scattering occurs when no voltage is applied, and it also has a biased alignment film that is also used by PSA and the like. The structure of the nearby alignment sustaining layer is completely different.

作為例示,揭示有藉由使用配向膜之方法而獲得之聚合物網路與液晶分子排列結構。另一方面,即使於具有阻隔壁或狹縫等構造物之所謂的MVA方式或PVA等,僅基板界面附近之聚合物網路或液晶分子之預傾斜會因經由構造物或狹縫所施加之斜向電場強度等而稍有不同,推斷本質上具有如上圖之結構。 As an example, a polymer network and a liquid crystal molecule arrangement structure obtained by a method using an alignment film are disclosed. On the other hand, even in the so-called MVA method or PVA, which has a structure such as a barrier wall or a slit, only the pre-tilt of the polymer network or liquid crystal molecules near the substrate interface is applied by the structure or the slit. The oblique electric field strength is slightly different, so it is inferred that it has the structure shown in the figure above.

於具有由此種聚合物網路與液晶分子構成之液晶分子排列的VA型液晶顯示裝置,無施加電壓時對液晶分子之錨定力會因液晶配向膜與聚合物網路具有之錨定力的協同作用而更強地作用,結果可加快電壓OFF時之應答速度。 In a VA type liquid crystal display device having liquid crystal molecules arranged by such a polymer network and liquid crystal molecules, the anchoring force to the liquid crystal molecules when no voltage is applied will be due to the anchoring force of the liquid crystal alignment film and the polymer network. The synergistic effect of the effect is stronger, and as a result, the response speed when the voltage is turned off can be accelerated.

(橫向/斜向電場型) (Transverse / oblique electric field type)

作為不對配向膜進行遮罩摩擦或遮罩照射等繁雜之步驟而可藉由僅致力於電極構造之簡便方法對液晶顯示區域進行配向分割的新穎顯示技術,提出有使斜向電場與橫向電場作用於液晶層之方法。 As a novel display technology that does not perform complicated steps such as mask rubbing or mask irradiation on the alignment film, and can simply divide the liquid crystal display region by a simple method dedicated to the electrode structure, it is proposed to make the oblique electric field and the transverse electric field act. On the liquid crystal layer.

圖11係概略地表示使用有上述技術之TFT液晶顯示元件之一像素PX其最小單元構成體的俯視圖。以下簡單說明橫向/斜向電場模式液晶顯示裝置之構造及運作。 FIG. 11 is a plan view schematically showing a minimum unit configuration of a pixel PX, which is one of the TFT liquid crystal display elements using the above technology. The structure and operation of the lateral / oblique electric field mode liquid crystal display device will be briefly described below.

像素電極PE具有主像素電極PA及副像素電極PB。此等主像素電極PA及副像素電極PB相互電連接,此等主像素電極PA及副像素電極PB均被設置於陣列基板AR。主像素電極PA沿第2方向Y延伸,副像素電極PB沿與第2方向Y不同之第1方向X延伸。於圖示之例中,像素電極PE形成為近似十字狀。副像素電極PB結合於主像素電極PA之大致中央部,自主像素電極PA向其兩側即像素PX之左側及右側延伸。此等主像素電極PA及副像素電極PB彼此大致垂直。像素電極PE與於像素電極PB中省略圖式之開關元件電連接。 The pixel electrode PE includes a main pixel electrode PA and a sub-pixel electrode PB. The main pixel electrodes PA and the sub pixel electrodes PB are electrically connected to each other, and the main pixel electrodes PA and the sub pixel electrodes PB are both disposed on the array substrate AR. The main pixel electrode PA extends in a second direction Y, and the sub pixel electrode PB extends in a first direction X different from the second direction Y. In the illustrated example, the pixel electrode PE is formed in an approximately cross shape. The sub pixel electrode PB is coupled to a substantially central portion of the main pixel electrode PA, and the main pixel electrode PA extends to both sides thereof, that is, to the left and right of the pixel PX. These main pixel electrodes PA and sub-pixel electrodes PB are substantially perpendicular to each other. The pixel electrode PE is electrically connected to a switching element that is not shown in the pixel electrode PB.

共用電極CE具有主共用電極CA及副共用電極CB,此等主共用電極CA及副共用電極CB彼此電連接。共用電極CE與像素電極PE電絕緣。共用電極CE中,主共用電極CA及副共用電極CB之至少一部分被設置於對 向基板CT。主共用電極CA沿第2方向Y延伸。該主共用電極CA被配置於夾著主像素電極PA之兩側。此時,於X-Y平面內,主共用電極CA均不與主像素電極PA重合,各個主共用電極CA與主像素電極PA之間形成有大致等長之間隔。亦即,主像素電極PA位於鄰接之主共用電極CA的大致中間位置。副共用電極CB沿第1方向X延伸。副共用電極CB被配置於夾著副像素電極PB之兩側。此時,於X-Y平面內,副共用電極CB均不與副像素電極PB重疊,各個副共用電極CB與副像素電極PB之間形成有大致等長之間隔。亦即,副像素電極PB位於鄰接之副共用電極CB的大致中間位置。 The common electrode CE has a main common electrode CA and a sub common electrode CB, and the main common electrode CA and the sub common electrode CB are electrically connected to each other. The common electrode CE is electrically insulated from the pixel electrode PE. In the common electrode CE, at least a part of the main common electrode CA and the sub-common electrode CB are provided in the pair. To the substrate CT. The main common electrode CA extends in the second direction Y. The main common electrode CA is disposed on both sides of the main pixel electrode PA. At this time, in the X-Y plane, the main common electrodes CA are not overlapped with the main pixel electrode PA, and an interval of approximately equal length is formed between each of the main common electrodes CA and the main pixel electrode PA. That is, the main pixel electrode PA is located at a substantially intermediate position of the adjacent main common electrode CA. The secondary common electrode CB extends in the first direction X. The sub common electrode CB is disposed on both sides of the sub pixel electrode PB. At this time, in the X-Y plane, the sub-common electrodes CB do not overlap with the sub-pixel electrodes PB, and an interval of approximately equal length is formed between each of the sub-common electrodes CB and the sub-pixel electrodes PB. That is, the sub-pixel electrode PB is located at a substantially intermediate position of the adjacent sub-common electrode CB.

於圖示之例中,主共用電極CA形成為沿第2方向Y直線地延伸之帶狀。副共用電極CB則形成為沿第1方向X直線延伸之帶狀。另,主共用電極CA沿第1方向X隔開間隔地兩兩平行排列,以下為了區別此等而將圖中左側之主共用電極稱為CAL,將圖中右側之主共用電極稱為CAR。又,副共用電極CB沿第2方向Y隔開間隔地兩兩平行排列,以下為了區別此等而將圖中上側之副共用電極稱為CBU,將圖中下側之副共用電極稱為CBB。主共用電極CAL及主共用電極CAR與副共用電極CBU及副共用電極CBB為同電位。於圖示之例中,主共用電極CAL及主共用電極CAR分別與副共用電極CBU及副共用電極CBB連結。 In the example shown in the figure, the main common electrode CA is formed in a strip shape extending linearly in the second direction Y. The auxiliary common electrode CB is formed in a strip shape extending linearly in the first direction X. In addition, the main common electrode CA is arranged parallel to each other at intervals along the first direction X. In order to distinguish these, the main common electrode on the left in the figure is referred to as CAL, and the main common electrode on the right in the figure is referred to as CAR. In addition, the secondary common electrodes CB are arranged parallel to each other at intervals along the second direction Y. In order to distinguish these, the secondary common electrode on the upper side in the figure is referred to as CBU, and the secondary common electrode on the lower side in the figure is referred to as CBB. . The main common electrode CAL and the main common electrode CAR are at the same potential as the sub common electrode CBU and the sub common electrode CBB. In the illustrated example, the main common electrode CAL and the main common electrode CAR are connected to the sub common electrode CBU and the sub common electrode CBB, respectively.

主共用電極CAL及主共用電極CAR分別被配置於該像素PX與左右鄰接之像素間。即,主共用電極CAL被配置跨過圖示之該像素PX與其左側之像素(未圖示)的邊界,主共用電極CAR被配置跨過圖示之該像素PX與其右側之像素(未圖示)的邊界。副共用電極CBU及副共用電極CBB分 別配置於該像素PX與上下鄰接之像素間。即,副共用電極CBU被配置跨過圖示之該像素PX與其上側之像素(未圖示)的邊界,副共用電極CBB被配置跨過圖示之該像素PX與其下側之像素(未圖示)的邊界。 The main common electrode CAL and the main common electrode CAR are respectively disposed between the pixel PX and pixels adjacent to the left and right. That is, the main common electrode CAL is arranged across the boundary between the pixel PX shown on the left and a pixel (not shown) on the left, and the main common electrode CAR is arranged across the pixel PX shown on the right and a pixel on the right (not shown) ). CBU and CBB Do not place it between the pixel PX and the adjacent pixels. That is, the sub-common electrode CBU is disposed across the boundary between the pixel PX and its upper pixel (not shown), and the sub-common electrode CBB is disposed across the pixel PX and its lower pixel (not shown) (Shown).

於圖示之例中,在一像素PX,被像素電極PE與共用電極CE劃分之4個區域形成為主要有助於顯示之開口部或透射部。於此例中,液晶分子LM之初期配向方向為與第2方向Y大致平行之方向。第1配向膜AL1配置於陣列基板AR其與對向基板CT相對向之面,於大致整個主動區域ACT延伸。此第1配向膜AL1被覆像素電極PE,亦配置於第2層間絕緣膜13上。此種第1配向膜AL1係由顯示出水平配向性之材料形成。另,陣列基板AR有時亦進一步具備有作為共用電極之一部分的第1主共用電極及第1副共用電極。 In the example shown in the figure, four areas divided by the pixel electrode PE and the common electrode CE in one pixel PX are formed as openings or transmission portions that are mainly helpful for display. In this example, the initial alignment direction of the liquid crystal molecules LM is a direction substantially parallel to the second direction Y. The first alignment film AL1 is disposed on a surface of the array substrate AR that faces the counter substrate CT, and extends over substantially the entire active area ACT. The first alignment film AL1 covers the pixel electrode PE and is also disposed on the second interlayer insulating film 13. The first alignment film AL1 is formed of a material exhibiting horizontal alignment. The array substrate AR may further include a first main common electrode and a first sub common electrode as a part of the common electrode.

圖12係分割成8個部分之斜向電場模式液晶單元的電極構造示意圖。以此方式,藉由將1個像素分割成8個部分可實現進一步之廣視角化。 FIG. 12 is a schematic diagram of an electrode structure of an oblique electric field mode liquid crystal cell divided into eight parts. In this way, a further wide viewing angle can be achieved by dividing one pixel into eight parts.

其次,說明上述構成之液晶顯示面板的運作。於未對液晶層施加電壓之狀態,即在像素電極PE與共用電極CE間未形成有電場之無電場時(OFF時),如圖11中虛線所示,液晶層LQ之液晶分子LM以其長軸朝向第1配向膜AL1之第1配向處理方向PD1及第2配向膜AL2之第2配向處理方向PD2的方式配向。此種OFF時相當於初期配向狀態,OFF時之液晶分子LM之配向方向相當於初期配向方向。嚴格來說,液晶分子LM並非僅平行於X-Y平面配向,多數情況下有預傾斜。因此,液晶分子LM於嚴格意義上之初期配向方向係將OFF時之液晶分子LM的配向方向正投影至X-Y平面所獲得之方向。 Next, the operation of the liquid crystal display panel having the above configuration will be described. When no voltage is applied to the liquid crystal layer, that is, when no electric field is formed between the pixel electrode PE and the common electrode CE (at the time of OFF), as shown by the dotted line in FIG. 11, the liquid crystal molecules LM of the liquid crystal layer LQ The long axis is aligned so as to face the first alignment processing direction PD1 of the first alignment film AL1 and the second alignment processing direction PD2 of the second alignment film AL2. Such an OFF state corresponds to the initial alignment state, and the alignment direction of the liquid crystal molecules LM during the OFF state corresponds to the initial alignment direction. Strictly speaking, the liquid crystal molecules LM are not only aligned parallel to the X-Y plane, but have pre-tilt in most cases. Therefore, the initial alignment direction of the liquid crystal molecules LM in a strict sense is a direction obtained by orthographically projecting the alignment direction of the liquid crystal molecules LM when it is OFF to the X-Y plane.

第1配向處理方向PD1及第2配向處理方向PD2均為與第2方向Y大致平行之方向。於OFF時,液晶分子LM如圖11中虛線所示般,以其長軸朝向與第2方向Y大致平行之方向的方式進行初期配向。即,液晶分子LM之初期配向方向與第2方向Y平行(或相對於第2方向Y呈0°)。 Both the first alignment processing direction PD1 and the second alignment processing direction PD2 are directions substantially parallel to the second direction Y. At the time of OFF, the liquid crystal molecules LM are initially aligned so that their long axes face a direction substantially parallel to the second direction Y, as indicated by the dotted lines in FIG. 11. That is, the initial alignment direction of the liquid crystal molecules LM is parallel to the second direction Y (or 0 ° with respect to the second direction Y).

如圖示之例,當第1配向處理方向PD1及第2配向處理方向PD2平行且朝向相同之情形時,於液晶層LQ之剖面,液晶分子LM於液晶層LQ之中間部附近大致水平(預傾角約為零)配向,以此處為邊界,於第1配向膜AL1之附近及第2配向膜AL2之附近以具有成為對稱之類的預傾角之方式配向(噴射配向)。於以此方式液晶分子LM噴射配向之狀態下,即使在相對於基板法線方向傾斜之方向上,亦會受到第1配向膜AL1附近之液晶分子LM與第2配向膜AL2附近之液晶分子LM的光學補償。因此,當第1配向處理方向PD1及第2配向處理方向PD2相互平行且朝向相同之情形時,於黑顯示之情形時漏光少,可實現高反差比,能夠提高顯示品質。另,當第1配向處理方向PD1及第2配向處理方向PD2相互平行且朝向相反之情形時,於液晶層LQ之剖面中,液晶分子LM於第1配向膜AL1之附近、第2配向膜AL2之附近及液晶層LQ之中間部以具有大致均勻之預傾角的方式配向(水平配向)。來自背光源4之背光源光的一部分會穿過第1偏光板PL1入射至液晶顯示面板LPN。入射至液晶顯示面板LPN之光為與第1偏光板PL1之第1偏光軸AX1正交的直線偏光。此種直線偏光之偏光狀態於通過OFF時之液晶顯示面板LPN時幾乎沒有變化。因此,穿過液晶顯示面板LPN之直線偏光會被與第1偏光板PL1呈正交偏光(cross nicol)位置關係的第2偏光板PL2吸收(黑顯示)。 As shown in the figure, when the first alignment processing direction PD1 and the second alignment processing direction PD2 are parallel and facing the same, the cross section of the liquid crystal layer LQ, the liquid crystal molecules LM are approximately horizontal near the middle of the liquid crystal layer LQ (preliminary). (The inclination angle is about zero) alignment, with this as a boundary, is aligned near the first alignment film AL1 and near the second alignment film AL2 so as to have a pretilt angle such as symmetry (jet alignment). In the state in which the liquid crystal molecules LM are jet-aligned in this manner, the liquid crystal molecules LM near the first alignment film AL1 and the liquid crystal molecules LM near the second alignment film AL2 will be received even in a direction inclined with respect to the substrate normal direction. Optical compensation. Therefore, when the first alignment processing direction PD1 and the second alignment processing direction PD2 are parallel to each other and face the same, there is less light leakage in the case of black display, a high contrast ratio can be achieved, and display quality can be improved. In addition, when the first alignment processing direction PD1 and the second alignment processing direction PD2 are parallel and opposite to each other, the liquid crystal molecules LM are near the first alignment film AL1 and the second alignment film AL2 in the cross section of the liquid crystal layer LQ. The vicinity and the middle portion of the liquid crystal layer LQ are aligned so as to have a substantially uniform pretilt angle (horizontal alignment). A part of the backlight light from the backlight 4 passes through the first polarizing plate PL1 and is incident on the liquid crystal display panel LPN. The light incident on the liquid crystal display panel LPN is linearly polarized light orthogonal to the first polarization axis AX1 of the first polarizing plate PL1. The polarization state of such linearly polarized light hardly changes when passing through the liquid crystal display panel LPN when it is OFF. Therefore, the linearly polarized light passing through the liquid crystal display panel LPN is absorbed by the second polarizing plate PL2 (black display) which has a cross nicol positional relationship with the first polarizing plate PL1.

另一方面,於對液晶層LQ施加電壓之狀態,亦即像素電極PE與共用電極CE間形成有電位差之狀態下(ON時),於像素電極PE與共用電極CE間會形成與基板大致平行之橫向電場(或斜向電場)。液晶分子LM會受到電場之影響而其長軸如圖中實線所示般於與X-Y平面大致平行之平面內旋轉。 On the other hand, in a state where a voltage is applied to the liquid crystal layer LQ, that is, in a state where a potential difference is formed between the pixel electrode PE and the common electrode CE (when ON), the pixel electrode PE and the common electrode CE are formed substantially parallel to the substrate. Transverse electric field (or oblique electric field). The liquid crystal molecule LM is affected by an electric field and its long axis rotates in a plane substantially parallel to the X-Y plane as shown by the solid line in the figure.

於圖11所示之例中,像素電極PE與主共用電極CAL間之區域中,下半側區域內之液晶分子LM相對於第2方向Y沿順時針方向旋轉,而配向成朝向圖中的左下方,又,上半側區域內之液晶分子LM相對於第2方向Y沿逆時針方向旋轉,而配向成朝向圖中的左上方。像素電極PE與主共用電極CAR間之區域中,下半側區域內之液晶分子LM相對於第2方向Y沿逆時針方向旋轉,而配向成朝向圖中的右下方,上半側區域內之液晶分子LM相對於第2方向Y沿順時針方向旋轉,而配向成朝向圖中的右上方。以此方式,各像素PX中,於像素電極PE與共用電極CE間形成有電場之狀態下,液晶分子LM之配向方向以與像素電極PE重疊之位置為邊界而分成複數個方向,於各配向方向上形成域(domain)。亦即,於一像素PX形成複數個域。 In the example shown in FIG. 11, in a region between the pixel electrode PE and the main common electrode CAL, the liquid crystal molecules LM in the lower half region rotate clockwise with respect to the second direction Y, and are aligned so as to face the In the lower left, the liquid crystal molecules LM in the upper half region are rotated counterclockwise with respect to the second direction Y, and are aligned so as to face the upper left in the figure. In the region between the pixel electrode PE and the main common electrode CAR, the liquid crystal molecules LM in the lower half region are rotated counterclockwise with respect to the second direction Y, and are aligned so as to be toward the lower right in the figure, and in the upper half region. The liquid crystal molecules LM rotate in a clockwise direction with respect to the second direction Y, and are aligned so as to face the upper right in the figure. In this way, in each pixel PX, in a state where an electric field is formed between the pixel electrode PE and the common electrode CE, the alignment direction of the liquid crystal molecules LM is divided into a plurality of directions with the position overlapping the pixel electrode PE as a boundary, and in each alignment A domain is formed in the direction. That is, a plurality of domains are formed in one pixel PX.

於此種ON時,與第1偏光板PL1之第1偏光軸AX1正交的直線偏光會入射至液晶顯示面板LPN,其偏光狀態於通過液晶層LQ時會根據液晶分子LM之配向狀態而變化。於此種ON時,通過液晶層LQ之光的至少一部分穿過第2偏光板PL2(白顯示)。若根據此種構造,則由於可在一像素內形成4個域,因此可對4方向之視角進行光學補償,而實現廣視角化。因此,可實現無漸變顛倒且高透射率之顯示,能夠提供顯示品質良好之液晶 顯示裝置。又,藉由將一像素內由像素電極PE與共用電極CE劃分成之4個區域各開口部的面積設定為大致相同,可使各區域之透射率大致相同,穿過各開口部之光彼此相互進行光學補償而於整個廣視角範圍內實現均勻之顯示。 At this ON, linearly polarized light orthogonal to the first polarization axis AX1 of the first polarizing plate PL1 will be incident on the liquid crystal display panel LPN, and its polarization state will change according to the alignment state of the liquid crystal molecules LM when passing through the liquid crystal layer LQ. . At this time, at least a part of the light passing through the liquid crystal layer LQ passes through the second polarizing plate PL2 (white display). According to this structure, since four domains can be formed in one pixel, the viewing angles in four directions can be optically compensated to achieve a wide viewing angle. Therefore, it is possible to realize a display without gradual inversion and high transmittance, and to provide a liquid crystal with good display quality. Display device. In addition, by setting the areas of the openings in the four areas divided by the pixel electrode PE and the common electrode CE in a pixel to be approximately the same, the transmittance of each area can be approximately the same, and the light passing through the openings can be mutually Optical compensation is performed to achieve uniform display over a wide viewing angle range.

(魚骨型電極) (Fishbone electrode)

圖13表示記載之魚骨型電極結構。於以規定之單元間隙對向貼合的2片玻璃基板間封裝有液晶層。於對向之2片基板的對向面各自形成有由ITO構成之透明電極。使用0.7mm左右之厚度的玻璃基板,於對向基板形成共用電極。於透明電極設置有去除電極材料(ITO)之一部分的狹縫部512c。呈連結長方形單元之各對向邊中點的十字狀且寬度3~5μm左右的狹縫部512c作為配向規制用結構物而發揮功能,沿從狹縫部512c傾斜45°方向延伸之寬度5μm的狹縫部512c以間距8μm形成有複數個,此等會作為抑制傾斜時之方位角方向混亂的補助配向控制因子而發揮功能。顯示用像素電極之寬度為3μm。像素幹部電極512a與像素枝部電極512b具有45度之角度,且同時具有以像素中央為對稱中心而於每90度不同之4方向延伸有枝部電極的結構。液晶分子雖會因施加電壓而傾斜配向,但由於會傾斜配向成傾斜配向之方位與此等之4方向一致,因此,使一個像素內形成分割成4個之區域來增大顯示之視角。 FIG. 13 shows the described fishbone-type electrode structure. A liquid crystal layer is sealed between two glass substrates which are bonded to each other with a predetermined cell gap. Transparent electrodes made of ITO are formed on the facing surfaces of the two substrates facing each other. A common substrate was formed on a counter substrate using a glass substrate having a thickness of about 0.7 mm. The transparent electrode is provided with a slit portion 512c from which a part of the electrode material (ITO) is removed. The slit portion 512c having a cross shape connecting the midpoints of the opposite sides of the rectangular unit and having a width of about 3 to 5 μm functions as an alignment regulation structure, and the slit portion with a width of 5 μm extends in a direction inclined by 45 ° from the slit portion 512 c. A plurality of 512c are formed with a pitch of 8 μm, and these function as auxiliary alignment control factors that suppress the disorder of the azimuth direction when tilted. The width of the pixel electrode for display is 3 μm. The pixel stem electrode 512a and the pixel branch electrode 512b have an angle of 45 degrees, and at the same time have a structure in which the branch electrode is extended in four directions which are different every 90 degrees with the pixel center as a symmetrical center. Although the liquid crystal molecules are tilted due to the application of voltage, the orientation of the tilted alignment is the same as the directions of the four directions. Therefore, a region divided into four is formed in one pixel to increase the viewing angle of the display.

[實施例] [Example]

以下舉實施例更詳細地說明本發明,但本發明並不限定於此等實施例。又,以下之實施例及比較例之組成物中的「%」意指『質量%』。 The following examples illustrate the present invention in more detail, but the present invention is not limited to these examples. In addition, "%" in the composition of the following examples and comparative examples means "mass%."

[實施例1] [Example 1]

製備下述(LCN-1)所示之組成物(△n0.103,黏性η 16.5,△ε-3.1)作為N型液晶組成物。將N型液晶組成物(LCN-1)加熱至60℃,將固狀聚合性化合物(V1-1-1)及聚合性化合物(V1-1-2)混合使之溶解。於室溫使聚合性化合物(V1-1-1)與(V1-1-2)均勻溶解,以偏光顯微鏡確認顯示出向列型液晶相。將聚合光起始劑Irgacure651混合於此溶液,製備聚合性液晶組成物。將製備之聚合性液晶組成物的組成表記載於表1。 A composition (Δn0.103, viscosity η 16.5, Δε-3.1) shown below (LCN-1) was prepared as an N-type liquid crystal composition. The N-type liquid crystal composition (LCN-1) was heated to 60 ° C, and the solid polymerizable compound (V1-1-1) and the polymerizable compound (V1-1-2) were mixed and dissolved. The polymerizable compounds (V1-1-1) and (V1-1-2) were uniformly dissolved at room temperature, and it was confirmed with a polarizing microscope that a nematic liquid crystal phase was displayed. A polymerization photoinitiator Irgacure 651 was mixed with this solution to prepare a polymerizable liquid crystal composition. The composition table of the prepared polymerizable liquid crystal composition is shown in Table 1.

以可得到液晶之單軸配向(水平配向)的方式,使用單元間隙3.6μm之塗布有聚醯亞胺垂直配向膜的魚骨型圖案電極垂直配向(PVA)之單元,藉由真空注入法將得到之聚合性液晶組成物注入於單元內。於單元刻有多條狹縫使液晶會因施加電壓而朝狹縫方向傾斜配向。魚骨型圖案電極之線電極寬度與狹縫寬度皆為3.5μm,線電極之長度為100μm。 In order to obtain a uniaxial alignment (horizontal alignment) of the liquid crystal, a vertical alignment (PVA) unit of a fishbone pattern electrode coated with a polyimide vertical alignment film with a cell gap of 3.6 μm was used. The obtained polymerizable liquid crystal composition was poured into a cell. A plurality of slits are engraved in the cell so that the liquid crystal will be tilted and aligned in the direction of the slits due to the applied voltage. The wire electrode width and slit width of the fish-bone pattern electrode are both 3.5 μm, and the length of the wire electrode is 100 μm.

注入後,以封口劑3026E(threebond公司製)將注入口密封。以頻率1kHz施加2.45V之矩形波電壓,且同時使用波長365nm之紫外線LED的光源照射照射強度為15mW/cm2之紫外線12秒鐘後,於持續照射紫外線之狀態下,使電壓為0V,使之回復至垂直配向,從使電壓回復至0V之時點照射紫外線68秒鐘,而製得魚骨型PVA單元。藉此使之形成平行配向成分之聚合物網路與垂直配向成分之聚合物網路。另,使紫外線照射時間以整體計為80秒。 After the injection, the injection port was sealed with a sealing agent 3026E (manufactured by threebond). Apply a rectangular wave voltage of 2.45V at a frequency of 1kHz, and simultaneously use an ultraviolet LED light source with a wavelength of 365nm to irradiate ultraviolet light with an intensity of 15mW / cm 2 for 12 seconds, and then continue to irradiate the ultraviolet light to make the voltage 0V, so that It returned to the vertical alignment, and was irradiated with ultraviolet rays for 68 seconds from the point when the voltage was returned to 0V, to obtain a fishbone-type PVA unit. This makes it possible to form a polymer network of parallel alignment components and a polymer network of vertical alignment components. The ultraviolet irradiation time was 80 seconds as a whole.

紫外線照射完畢後,對單元施加電壓,以明視野變得最明亮之方式將狹縫方向相對於正交偏光板之2個偏光軸的任一者配置成45度,以偏光顯微鏡觀察單元之液晶配向狀態。不施加電壓之狀態,可確認為暗視野且完全大致垂直配向狀態。若慢慢地升高電壓施加,則確認狹縫之部分會從垂 直配向變化成傾斜配向,亮度逐漸增加。於此單元,為了確認液晶之傾斜配向方位,而於施加7.5V之電壓變成傾斜配向的狀態下,以透射率成為最小之方式使狹縫方向相對於正交偏光板之2個偏光軸的任一者平行。如圖9之偏光顯微鏡照片所示,若傾斜配向方位一致朝向狹縫方向,則於狹縫與線電極會一致地觀察到黑線,但若使偏光方向與狹縫方向一致,則會於狹縫與線電極一致地觀察到無數條黑線,確認傾斜配向之方位一致朝向狹縫方向。由此可知若對液晶施加電壓使液晶傾斜配向,則由於會朝狹縫方向傾斜,因此透射率會獲得提升。 After the ultraviolet irradiation is completed, a voltage is applied to the cell to arrange the slit direction at 45 degrees with respect to either of the two polarizing axes of the orthogonal polarizing plate so that the bright field of view becomes the brightest. The liquid crystal of the cell is observed with a polarizing microscope. Alignment state. In a state where no voltage is applied, it can be confirmed that the light is in a dark field and is almost completely vertically aligned. If the voltage is applied slowly, make sure that the part of the slit The direct alignment changes to an oblique alignment, and the brightness gradually increases. In this unit, in order to confirm the orientation of the tilted alignment of the liquid crystal, in a state where the voltage of 7.5V is applied to the tilted alignment, the slit direction is minimized with respect to the two polarization axes of the orthogonal polarizing plate so that the transmittance is minimized. One is parallel. As shown in the polarizing microscope photograph in FIG. 9, if the oblique alignment orientation is directed toward the slit direction, a black line will be observed in the slit and the line electrode, but if the polarization direction is consistent with the slit direction, it will be in the narrow direction. Numerous black lines were observed in the seam and the wire electrode, and it was confirmed that the orientation of the oblique alignment was consistent with the direction of the slit. From this, it can be seen that if a voltage is applied to the liquid crystal to align the liquid crystal obliquely, the transmittance will be improved because the liquid crystal will be inclined toward the slit direction.

施加60Hz之矩形波,測量電壓-透射率特性後,結果最大透射率T100顯示為65%,為接近液晶單質顯示之透射率69%的值。 After applying a rectangular wave of 60 Hz and measuring the voltage-transmittance characteristics, the result showed that the maximum transmittance T100 was 65%, which was a value close to the transmittance of the liquid crystal display of 69%.

Figure TW201803973AD00374
Figure TW201803973AD00374

Figure TW201803973AD00375
Figure TW201803973AD00375

<LCN-1> <LCN-1>

Figure TW201803973AD00376
Figure TW201803973AD00376

Figure TW201803973AD00377
Figure TW201803973AD00377

Figure TW201803973AD00378
Figure TW201803973AD00378

Figure TW201803973AD00379
Figure TW201803973AD00379

Figure TW201803973AD00380
Figure TW201803973AD00380

Figure TW201803973AD00381
Figure TW201803973AD00381

[比較例1] [Comparative Example 1]

以與實施例1同樣方式將表1之比較例1的組成物注入於單元。於進行紫外線照射前,施加15V之電壓,等待數分鐘直至配向缺陷消失。然後,使電壓為0V。然後,以偏光顯微鏡確認液晶一致朝狹縫方向配向後,照射紫外線80秒鐘。於照射結束後,對形成有聚合物網路之單元施加9V之電壓,使液晶傾斜配向,若使偏光方向與狹縫方向一致,則以偏光顯微鏡觀察時,會於一部份觀察到無數條黑線,傾斜配向之方位一致朝向狹縫方向的部分與傾斜配向方位自狹縫方向偏離之明亮部分混合存在,狹縫整體沒變為黑線,觀察到傾斜配向方位不一樣。若慢慢增加電壓測量透射率,則最大透射率T100低至36.1%。 The composition of Comparative Example 1 of Table 1 was injected into the cell in the same manner as in Example 1. Before the ultraviolet irradiation, a voltage of 15V was applied and waited for several minutes until the alignment defect disappeared. Then, the voltage was set to 0V. Then, after confirming that the liquid crystals are aligned in the direction of the slits with a polarizing microscope, ultraviolet rays are irradiated for 80 seconds. After the irradiation is completed, a voltage of 9V is applied to the unit where the polymer network is formed to align the liquid crystal obliquely. If the polarization direction is consistent with the slit direction, an innumerable number will be observed in part when observed with a polarization microscope. The black line, the part where the orientation of the oblique alignment coincides with the direction of the slit, and the bright part where the oblique alignment deviates from the slit direction are mixed, and the entire slit does not become a black line, and the oblique alignment is observed to be different. If the voltage is measured to increase the transmittance slowly, the maximum transmittance T100 is as low as 36.1%.

[比較例2-3] [Comparative Example 2-3]

以與實施例1同樣方式將表1之比較例2、3的組成物注入於單元。於進行紫外線照射前,對單元施加15V之電壓,等待數分鐘直至配向缺陷消失。然後,對各單元施加表2之電壓,以偏光顯微鏡確認液晶一致朝狹縫 方向傾斜配向,於施加電壓之狀態下照射紫外線80秒鐘。為了使用偏光顯微鏡觀察液晶之配向,故於照射結束後,對單元施加9V之電壓,使液晶傾斜配向,若使偏光方向與狹縫方向一致,則會於一部份觀察到無數條黑線,傾斜配向之方位一致朝向狹縫方向的部分與傾斜配向方位自狹縫方向偏離之明亮部分混合存在,狹縫整體沒變為黑線,如圖10所示之比較例2的偏光顯微鏡照片,觀察到傾斜配向方位不一樣。若慢慢增加電壓測量透射率,則最大透射率T100於比較例2為40.3%,於比較例3為36.1%,相較於比較例1,T100雖提升,但液晶之傾斜配向方位沒有全部一致朝向狹縫方向,為低。 In the same manner as in Example 1, the compositions of Comparative Examples 2 and 3 in Table 1 were injected into the cells. Before the ultraviolet irradiation, a voltage of 15V was applied to the unit, and waited for several minutes until the alignment defect disappeared. Then, the voltage of Table 2 was applied to each cell, and it was confirmed with a polarizing microscope that the liquid crystals were aligned toward the slits. The orientation is tilted, and ultraviolet rays are irradiated for 80 seconds while a voltage is applied. In order to observe the alignment of the liquid crystal using a polarizing microscope, after the irradiation is completed, a voltage of 9V is applied to the cell to tilt the liquid crystal. If the polarization direction is consistent with the slit direction, numerous black lines will be observed in a part. The part where the orientation of the oblique alignment coincides with the direction of the slit and the bright part where the oblique alignment orientation deviates from the direction of the slit are mixed, and the entire slit does not become a black line. The orientation to tilt is different. If the voltage is measured to increase the transmittance, the maximum transmittance T100 is 40.3% in Comparative Example 2 and 36.1% in Comparative Example 3. Compared with Comparative Example 1, T100 is increased, but the tilt orientation of the liquid crystal is not all the same. It is low toward the slit.

[比較例4] [Comparative Example 4]

以與實施例1同樣方式將表1之比較例4的組成物注入於單元。於進行紫外線照射前,對單元施加15V之電壓,等待數分鐘直至配向缺陷消失。然後,對單元施加表2之電壓,以偏光顯微鏡確認液晶一致朝狹縫方向傾斜配向,於施加電壓之狀態下,照射紫外線80秒鐘。若使用偏光顯微鏡觀察液晶之配向,則於未施加電壓之狀態下顯示出明視野,若測量最小透射率T0,則為39.6%,聚合物網路被形成為保持臨界電壓以上之配向狀態,大致平行之液晶配向狀態受到穩定化,無法得到暗視野之黑。若施加電壓測量最大透射率T100,則為60.3%。 The composition of Comparative Example 4 of Table 1 was injected into the cell in the same manner as in Example 1. Before the ultraviolet irradiation, a voltage of 15V was applied to the unit, and waited for several minutes until the alignment defect disappeared. Then, the voltage of Table 2 was applied to the cell, and the polarizing microscope was used to confirm that the liquid crystals were aligned uniformly in the direction of the slits. The UV rays were irradiated for 80 seconds while the voltage was applied. If the alignment of the liquid crystal is observed using a polarizing microscope, a bright field of view is displayed in the state where no voltage is applied. If the minimum transmittance T0 is measured, it is 39.6%. The polymer network is formed to maintain the alignment state above the critical voltage. The alignment state of the parallel liquid crystals is stabilized, and black of dark field cannot be obtained. When the maximum transmittance T100 is measured by an applied voltage, it is 60.3%.

[實施例2~5] [Examples 2 to 5]

以與實施例1同樣方式將表1之實施例2~5的組成物注入於單元。 In the same manner as in Example 1, the compositions of Examples 2 to 5 in Table 1 were injected into the cells.

注入後將玻璃單元取出,以封口劑3026E(threebond公司製)將注入口密封。使用波長365nm之紫外線LED光源,於25℃照射照射強度為15mW /cm2之紫外線80秒鐘。以頻率1kHz且2.39V~7.5V之矩形波作為電壓,從開始照射紫外線時間點至5秒~15秒鐘,適當調整時間施加後,於照射紫外線之狀態下,使聚合電壓為0V,使之回復至垂直配向,製得魚骨型PVA單元。藉此使之形成平行配向成分之聚合物網路與垂直配向成分之聚合物網路。 After the injection, the glass unit was taken out, and the injection port was sealed with a sealing agent 3026E (manufactured by threebond). An ultraviolet LED light source with a wavelength of 365 nm was used to irradiate ultraviolet rays with an intensity of 15 mW / cm 2 at 25 ° C for 80 seconds. Using a rectangular wave with a frequency of 1kHz and 2.39V ~ 7.5V as the voltage, from the time point of starting ultraviolet irradiation to 5 seconds to 15 seconds, after adjusting the time appropriately, the polymerization voltage is 0V under the state of ultraviolet irradiation to make it Returning to the vertical alignment, a fishbone-type PVA unit was prepared. This makes it possible to form a polymer network of parallel alignment components and a polymer network of vertical alignment components.

紫外線照射完畢後,配置成狹縫方向相對於正交偏光板之任一者傾斜45度,以偏光顯微鏡觀察了單元之液晶配向狀態。未施加電壓之狀態,可確認為暗視野且完全為大致垂直配向狀態。若慢慢地升高電壓施加,則確認狹縫之部分會從垂直配向變化成傾斜配向,亮度逐漸增加。為了確認傾斜配向方位,而施加7.5V之電壓使之為傾斜配向狀態,以透射率成為最小之方式使狹縫方向與偏光板方向一致。若傾斜配向方位一致朝向狹縫方向,則於狹縫與線電極會一致地觀察到黑線。若使偏光方向與狹縫方向一致,則會於狹縫與線電極一致地觀察到無數條黑線,確認傾斜配向之方位一致朝向狹縫方向。 After the ultraviolet rays were irradiated, the slit direction was arranged at an angle of 45 degrees with respect to any of the orthogonal polarizing plates, and the liquid crystal alignment state of the cells was observed with a polarizing microscope. In a state where no voltage is applied, it can be confirmed that it is a dark field of view and is almost in a vertical alignment state. If the voltage is applied slowly, it is confirmed that the slit portion changes from vertical alignment to oblique alignment, and the brightness gradually increases. In order to confirm the orientation of the oblique alignment, a voltage of 7.5 V was applied to make the oblique alignment state, and the slit direction was made the same as that of the polarizing plate so that the transmittance was minimized. If the orientation of the oblique alignment is directed toward the slit direction, a black line will be observed between the slit and the wire electrode. If the polarization direction is made the same as the slit direction, countless black lines are observed in the slit and the wire electrode, and it is confirmed that the orientation of the oblique alignment faces the slit direction.

施加60Hz之矩形波,測量電壓-透射率特性後,結果最大透射率T100顯示為60%以上,為接近液晶單質顯示之透射率69%的值。 After applying a rectangular wave of 60 Hz and measuring the voltage-transmittance characteristics, the maximum transmittance T100 was displayed as 60% or more, which was a value close to the transmittance of the liquid crystal display of 69%.

[實施例6] [Example 6]

以與實施例1同樣方式將表1之實施例6的組成物注入於單元。 The composition of Example 6 in Table 1 was injected into the cell in the same manner as in Example 1.

注入後將玻璃單元取出,以封口劑3026E(threebond公司製)將注入口密封。使用波長365nm之紫外線LED光源,於25℃照射照射強度為15mW/cm2之紫外線80秒鐘。以頻率1kHz且2.45V之矩形波作為電壓,從開始照射紫外線時間點起施加12秒鐘後,於照射紫外線之狀態下,使電壓為 0V,使之回復至垂直配向,製得魚骨型PVA單元。藉此使之形成平行配向成分之聚合物網路與垂直配向成分之聚合物網路。 After the injection, the glass unit was taken out, and the injection port was sealed with a sealing agent 3026E (manufactured by threebond). An ultraviolet LED light source with a wavelength of 365 nm was used to irradiate ultraviolet rays with an intensity of 15 mW / cm 2 at 25 ° C for 80 seconds. A rectangular wave with a frequency of 1kHz and 2.45V was used as the voltage, and after applying 12 seconds from the time point when ultraviolet irradiation was started, the voltage was set to 0V in the state of ultraviolet irradiation, and the voltage was returned to the vertical alignment to obtain a fishbone PVA. unit. This makes it possible to form a polymer network of parallel alignment components and a polymer network of vertical alignment components.

紫外線照射完畢後,配置成狹縫方向相對於正交偏光板之任一者傾斜45度,以偏光顯微鏡觀察了單元之液晶配向狀態。未施加電壓之狀態,可確認為暗視野且完全為大致垂直配向狀態。若慢慢地升高電壓施加,則確認狹縫之部分會從垂直配向變化成傾斜配向,亮度逐漸增加。為了確認傾斜配向方位,而施加7.5V之電壓使之為傾斜配向狀態,以透射率成為最小之方式使狹縫方向與偏光板方向一致。即使改變聚合性化合物、液晶組成,若傾斜配向方位一致朝向狹縫方向,則於狹縫與線電極會一致地觀察到黑線。若使偏光方向與狹縫方向一致,則會於狹縫與線電極一致地觀察到無數條黑線,確認傾斜配向之方位一致朝向狹縫方向。 After the ultraviolet rays were irradiated, the slit direction was arranged at an angle of 45 degrees with respect to any of the orthogonal polarizing plates, and the liquid crystal alignment state of the cells was observed with a polarizing microscope. In a state where no voltage is applied, it can be confirmed that it is a dark field of view and is almost in a vertical alignment state. If the voltage is applied slowly, it is confirmed that the slit portion changes from vertical alignment to oblique alignment, and the brightness gradually increases. In order to confirm the orientation of the oblique alignment, a voltage of 7.5 V was applied to make the oblique alignment state, and the slit direction was made the same as that of the polarizing plate so that the transmittance was minimized. Even if the polymerizable compound and the liquid crystal composition are changed, if the oblique alignment orientation is aligned toward the slit direction, a black line is observed in the slit and the wire electrode uniformly. If the polarization direction is made the same as the slit direction, countless black lines are observed in the slit and the wire electrode, and it is confirmed that the orientation of the oblique alignment faces the slit direction.

施加60Hz之矩形波,測量電壓-透射率特性後,結果最大透射率T100顯示為60%以上,為接近液晶單質顯示之透射率69%的值。 After applying a rectangular wave of 60 Hz and measuring the voltage-transmittance characteristics, the maximum transmittance T100 was displayed as 60% or more, which was a value close to the transmittance of the liquid crystal display of 69%.

[實施例7] [Example 7]

以與實施例1同樣方式將表1之實施例7的組成物注入於單元。 The composition of Example 7 in Table 1 was injected into the cell in the same manner as in Example 1.

注入後將玻璃單元取出,以封口劑3026E(threebond公司製)將注入口密封。使用波長365nm之紫外線LED光源,於25℃照射照射強度為15mW/cm2之紫外線80秒鐘。以頻率1kHz且2.45V之矩形波作為電壓,從開始照射紫外線時間點起施加8秒鐘後,於照射紫外線之狀態下,使電壓為0V,使之回復至垂直配向,製得魚骨型PVA單元。藉此使之形成平行配向成分之聚合物網路與垂直配向成分之聚合物網路。紫外線照射完畢後,配置成狹縫之直線方向相對於正交偏光板之任一者傾斜45度,以偏光顯微鏡觀察 了單元之液晶配向狀態。未施加電壓之狀態,可確認為暗視野且完全為大致垂直配向狀態。若慢慢地升高電壓施加,則確認狹縫之部分會從垂直配向變化成傾斜配向,亮度逐漸增加。為了確認傾斜配向方位,而施加7.5V之電壓使之為傾斜配向狀態,以透射率成為最小之方式使狹縫方向與偏光板方向一致。即使改變聚合性化合物、液晶組成,若傾斜配向方位一致朝向狹縫方向,則於狹縫與線電極會一致地觀察到黑線。若使偏光方向與狹縫方向一致,則會於狹縫與線電極一致地觀察到無數條黑線,確認傾斜配向之方位一致朝向狹縫方向。 After the injection, the glass unit was taken out, and the injection port was sealed with a sealing agent 3026E (manufactured by threebond). An ultraviolet LED light source with a wavelength of 365 nm was used to irradiate ultraviolet rays with an intensity of 15 mW / cm 2 at 25 ° C for 80 seconds. A rectangular wave with a frequency of 1kHz and 2.45V was used as the voltage, and after applying for 8 seconds from the time point when the ultraviolet irradiation was started, the voltage was 0V under the state of ultraviolet irradiation, and the voltage was returned to the vertical alignment to obtain a fishbone PVA. unit. This makes it possible to form a polymer network of parallel alignment components and a polymer network of vertical alignment components. After the ultraviolet rays were irradiated, the linear direction of the slits was inclined by 45 degrees with respect to any of the orthogonal polarizing plates, and the liquid crystal alignment state of the cells was observed with a polarizing microscope. In a state where no voltage is applied, it can be confirmed that it is a dark field of view and is almost in a vertical alignment state. If the voltage is applied slowly, it is confirmed that the slit portion changes from vertical alignment to oblique alignment, and the brightness gradually increases. In order to confirm the orientation of the oblique alignment, a voltage of 7.5 V was applied to make the oblique alignment state, and the slit direction was made the same as that of the polarizing plate so that the transmittance was minimized. Even if the polymerizable compound and the liquid crystal composition are changed, if the oblique alignment orientation is aligned toward the slit direction, a black line is observed in the slit and the wire electrode uniformly. If the polarization direction is made the same as the slit direction, countless black lines are observed in the slit and the wire electrode, and it is confirmed that the orientation of the oblique alignment faces the slit direction.

施加60Hz之矩形波,測量電壓-透射率特性後,結果最大透射率T100顯示為65.4%以上,為接近液晶單質顯示之透射率69%的值。 After applying a rectangular wave of 60 Hz and measuring the voltage-transmittance characteristics, the maximum transmittance T100 was shown to be 65.4% or more, which is a value close to the transmittance of the liquid crystal display of 69%.

[實施例8] [Example 8]

以與實施例1同樣方式將表1之實施例8的組成物注入於單元。 The composition of Example 8 of Table 1 was injected into the cell in the same manner as in Example 1.

注入後將玻璃單元取出,以封口劑3026E(threebond公司製)將注入口密封。使用波長365nm之紫外線LED光源,於25℃照射照射強度為15mW/cm2之紫外線1200秒鐘。以頻率1kHz且3.4V之矩形波作為電壓,從開始照射紫外線時間點起施加100秒鐘後,於照射紫外線之狀態下,使電壓為0V,使之回復至垂直配向,製得魚骨型PVA單元。藉此使之形成平行配向成分之聚合物網路與垂直配向成分之聚合物網路。 After the injection, the glass unit was taken out, and the injection port was sealed with a sealing agent 3026E (manufactured by threebond). An ultraviolet LED light source with a wavelength of 365 nm was used to irradiate ultraviolet rays with an intensity of 15 mW / cm 2 at 25 ° C for 1200 seconds. A rectangular wave with a frequency of 1kHz and 3.4V was used as the voltage, and after applying 100 seconds from the time point when ultraviolet irradiation was started, the voltage was set to 0V under the state of ultraviolet irradiation, and the voltage was returned to the vertical alignment to obtain a fish-bone PVA. unit. This makes it possible to form a polymer network of parallel alignment components and a polymer network of vertical alignment components.

與實施例7同樣地為了確認傾斜配向方位,而施加7.5V之電壓使之為傾斜配向狀態,以透射率成為最小之方式使狹縫方向與偏光板方向一致。即使改變聚合性化合物、液晶組成,若傾斜配向方位一致朝向狹縫方向,則於狹縫與線電極會一致地觀察到黑線。若使偏光方向與狹縫方向一致, 則會於狹縫與線電極一致地觀察到無數條黑線,確認傾斜配向之方位一致朝向狹縫方向。 To confirm the oblique alignment direction as in Example 7, a voltage of 7.5 V was applied to make the oblique alignment state, and the slit direction and the polarizing plate direction were made the same to minimize the transmittance. Even if the polymerizable compound and the liquid crystal composition are changed, if the oblique alignment orientation is aligned toward the slit direction, a black line is observed in the slit and the wire electrode uniformly. If the direction of polarized light matches the direction of the slit, Numerous black lines are observed in the slit and the wire electrode, and it is confirmed that the orientation of the oblique alignment is consistent with the direction of the slit.

施加60Hz之矩形波,測量電壓一透射率特性後,結果最大透射率T100顯示為64.3%以上,為接近液晶單質顯示之透射率69%的值。 After applying a rectangular wave of 60 Hz and measuring the voltage-transmittance characteristics, the result shows that the maximum transmittance T100 is 64.3% or more, which is a value close to the transmittance of the liquid crystal display of 69%.

[實施例9] [Example 9]

以與實施例1同樣方式調整表1之實施例9的組成物。 The composition of Example 9 in Table 1 was adjusted in the same manner as in Example 1.

以得到液晶之垂直(homeotropic)配向的方式塗布聚醯亞胺配向膜後,以預傾角相對於基板面法線方向為1°左右之方式實施摩擦配向處理,使用附有ITO之平行摩擦配向的單元,藉由真空注入法將得到之聚合性液晶組成物注入於單元內。注入後將玻璃單元取出,以封口劑3026E(threebond公司製)將注入口密封。於25℃照射照射強度為15mW/cm2之紫外線80秒鐘。以頻率1kHz且12V之矩形波作為電壓,從開始照射紫外線時間點起改變2秒至10秒之時間施加後,於照射紫外線之狀態下,使電壓為0V,使之回復至垂直配向,製得魚骨型PVA單元。藉此使之形成平行配向成分之聚合物網路與垂直配向成分之聚合物網路兩種不同配向的聚合物網路。紫外線照射完畢後,配置成摩擦配向軸方向平行於正交偏光板之任一者,以偏光顯微鏡觀察了單元之液晶配向狀態。 After coating the polyimide alignment film to obtain the homeotropic alignment of the liquid crystal, the friction alignment process is performed so that the pretilt angle is about 1 ° with respect to the normal direction of the substrate surface. The parallel friction alignment with ITO is used. The obtained polymerizable liquid crystal composition is injected into the cell by a vacuum injection method. After the injection, the glass unit was taken out, and the injection port was sealed with a sealing agent 3026E (manufactured by threebond). At 25 ° C., an ultraviolet ray with an intensity of 15 mW / cm 2 was irradiated for 80 seconds. A rectangular wave with a frequency of 1kHz and 12V was used as the voltage, and the time was changed from 2 seconds to 10 seconds from the start of the ultraviolet irradiation time. After the ultraviolet irradiation, the voltage was set to 0V, and the voltage was restored to the vertical alignment. Fishbone type PVA unit. This makes it possible to form two differently oriented polymer networks: a polymer network with parallel alignment components and a polymer network with vertical alignment components. After the ultraviolet rays were irradiated, the rubbing alignment axis was arranged parallel to any of the orthogonal polarizing plates, and the liquid crystal alignment state of the cell was observed with a polarizing microscope.

單元號碼1~2為暗視野,即使將單元旋轉朝向方位角方向,暗視野之黑階亦無變化,為垂直配向,確認聚合物網路光軸方向與液晶易配向軸方向形成為垂直於單元面。而單元號碼3~4,即使將單元旋轉朝向方位角方向,亦顯示出具有可得到與單元號碼1~2同樣之暗視野的方位與暗視野稍微變明亮的方位。於單元號碼5,與其他單元不同,即使將單元旋轉朝向方 位角方向,亦無顯示暗視野之方位角,相較於單元號碼1~4之暗視野,變得稍微明亮。確認因被形成來使聚合物網路光軸方向與液晶易配向軸一致的聚合物網路之錨定力的效果,而使得下降時間變短。將單元號碼1~5配置成相對於正交偏光板之任一者傾斜45度,以偏光顯微鏡觀察單元之液晶配向狀態。於無施加電壓下,顯示暗視野(除了單元號碼5),若慢慢升高電壓施加,則變化成明視野。於此單元之配置狀態下,測量電光特性,將結果彙整於表3。 Unit numbers 1 to 2 are dark fields of view. Even if the unit is rotated toward the azimuth direction, the black level of the dark field of view does not change. It is a vertical alignment. Make sure that the direction of the optical axis of the polymer network and the direction of the easy alignment axis of the liquid crystal are perpendicular to the unit. surface. On the other hand, if the unit numbers 3 to 4 are rotated toward the azimuth direction, they have an orientation that can obtain the same dark field of view as the unit numbers 1 and 2 and an azimuth that is slightly brighter. Unit number 5 is different from other units, even if the unit is turned The azimuth direction does not show the azimuth of the dark field of view, which is slightly brighter than the dark field of view of unit numbers 1 to 4. It was confirmed that the fall time was shortened by the effect of the anchoring force of the polymer network formed so that the optical axis direction of the polymer network coincided with the easy-alignment axis of the liquid crystal. The cell numbers 1 to 5 are arranged so as to be inclined by 45 degrees with respect to any of the orthogonal polarizing plates, and the liquid crystal alignment state of the cell is observed with a polarizing microscope. In the absence of applied voltage, a dark field of view is displayed (except for cell number 5). If the voltage is applied slowly, it changes to a bright field of view. In the configuration state of this unit, measure the electro-optical characteristics and summarize the results in Table 3.

若改變照射紫外線過程中之電壓施加時間從2秒至10秒,則預傾角從1.9°增加至22.4°。隨著預傾角增加,Toff(緩和時間)從3.8ms增加至7.7ms,最小透射率T0從0.01%增加至5.26%。尤其若電壓施加時間為10秒,則T0會急遽增加。另一方面,驅動電壓V90從8.1V減少至5.5V。於開始照射紫外線時間點,施加顯示平行配向之電壓12V,留下使平行配向穩定化之聚合物網路的軌跡,若於照射紫外線途中使電壓為0V,則雖會形成使垂直配向穩定化之聚合物網路,但會混合存在顯示出(a)使平行配向穩定化之成分與(b)使垂直配向穩定化之成分的聚合物網路,隨著電壓施加時間變長,(a)之影響力逐漸增加,預傾角增加。此結果說明了想要變成平行配向之聚合物網路的錨定力與想要變成垂直配向之聚合物網路的錨定力之平衡會決定預傾角。若施加電壓時間在10秒以上,則(a)之影響力會變大,會朝向平行配向之方向,T0會在0.1%以上,對比度會下降。若聚合電壓施加時間在7秒以下的話,則(a)之影響力僅有些微,因此,T0會在0.1%以下,顯示出良好之值,可得到高對比度。 If the voltage application time during the ultraviolet irradiation is changed from 2 seconds to 10 seconds, the pretilt angle is increased from 1.9 ° to 22.4 °. As the pretilt angle increases, Toff (relaxation time) increases from 3.8ms to 7.7ms, and the minimum transmittance T0 increases from 0.01% to 5.26%. In particular, if the voltage application time is 10 seconds, T0 increases sharply. On the other hand, the driving voltage V90 is reduced from 8.1V to 5.5V. At the time point when UV irradiation was started, a voltage of 12V showing parallel alignment was applied, leaving a trajectory of the polymer network that stabilized the parallel alignment. If the voltage was 0V during UV irradiation, the vertical alignment would be stabilized. A polymer network, but mixed with a polymer network showing (a) a component that stabilizes parallel alignment and (b) a component that stabilizes vertical alignment, as the voltage application time becomes longer, (a) The influence gradually increases and the pretilt angle increases. This result shows that the balance between the anchoring force of the polymer network that wants to become parallel alignment and the anchoring force of the polymer network that wants to become vertical alignment will determine the pretilt angle. If the voltage is applied for more than 10 seconds, the influence of (a) will increase, and it will be oriented in the direction of parallel alignment. T0 will be above 0.1%, and the contrast will decrease. If the application time of the polymerization voltage is 7 seconds or less, the influence of (a) is only slightly. Therefore, T0 is 0.1% or less, showing a good value, and high contrast can be obtained.

Figure TW201803973AD00382
Figure TW201803973AD00382

[實施例10] [Example 10]

使用實施例6之聚合性液晶組成物,單元之製作與實施例7相同。如表4所示,於施加電壓時間後中止照射紫外線,測量紫外線照射中途之電壓-透射率特性後,以總照射時間成為80秒之方式用剩餘之時間照射紫外線,測量紫外線照射完畢後之電壓-透射率特性。藉由測量紫外線照射中途之電壓-透射率,來調查顯示出(a)使平行配向穩定化之成分與(b)使垂直配向穩定化之成分的聚合物網路之影響。將同一單元之施加電壓後的電壓-透射率特性與應答時間與使聚合電壓為0V用剩餘之時間照射紫外線後的電壓-透射率特性與應答時間示於表4。若比較單元號碼1至5之施加電壓後的電壓-透射率特性(V90,T0,T100),則顯示出幾乎相同的特性。又,紫外線照射完畢後之電壓-透射率特性(V90,T0,T100)亦大致相同。然而,單元號碼6之施加電壓後的T0與預傾角相較於單元號碼1~5,急遽地增加。此係起因於(a)之平行配向穩定化成分增加。因此,要得到顯示出良好黑階之暗視野,必須適當調整T0不會增加之類的聚合電壓施加時間。於實施例10,較佳使聚合施加時間在10秒以內。若比較單元號碼1至5之紫外線照射完畢後的電壓-透射率特性,則雖可得到0.1%以下之良 好的T0,但單元號碼6相較於聚合電壓施加結束後之T0,更進一步增加,(a)之影響力增加。結果由於預傾角大,使得應答時間亦變長,不適合顯示元件。亦即,於垂直配向單元之情形時,以成為不犧牲黑階之範圍(0.1%以下)的方式調整聚合電壓施加時間,藉此得到Toff在4ms以下且最大透射率T100高之電壓-透射率特性。 The polymerizable liquid crystal composition of Example 6 was used, and the production of the unit was the same as that of Example 7. As shown in Table 4, after the application of the voltage, the irradiation of ultraviolet rays was stopped, and the voltage-transmittance characteristics during the ultraviolet irradiation were measured. Then, the ultraviolet rays were irradiated with the remaining time so that the total irradiation time became 80 seconds, and the voltage after the ultraviolet irradiation was measured. -Transmittance characteristics. The influence of the polymer network showing (a) a component that stabilizes parallel alignment and (b) a component that stabilizes vertical alignment was measured by measuring the voltage-transmittance during ultraviolet irradiation. Table 4 shows the voltage-transmittance characteristics and response time after applying a voltage to the same cell, and the voltage-transmittance characteristics and response time after the polymerization voltage was set to 0V and the remaining time was irradiated with ultraviolet rays. Comparing the voltage-transmittance characteristics (V90, T0, T100) after the voltage is applied to the cell numbers 1 to 5, almost the same characteristics are displayed. In addition, the voltage-transmittance characteristics (V90, T0, T100) after the ultraviolet irradiation is completed are also substantially the same. However, T0 and the pretilt angle after the voltage is applied to the cell number 6 are sharply increased compared to the cell numbers 1 to 5. This is due to the increase in the parallel alignment stabilizing component of (a). Therefore, in order to obtain a dark field of view showing a good black level, it is necessary to appropriately adjust the polymerization voltage application time such that T0 does not increase. In Example 10, the polymerization application time is preferably within 10 seconds. Comparing the voltage-transmittance characteristics of the unit numbers 1 to 5 after the ultraviolet irradiation is completed, a good value of 0.1% or less can be obtained. Good T0, but the unit number 6 is further increased than T0 after the application of the polymerization voltage, and the influence of (a) is increased. As a result, the pretilt angle is large, which makes the response time longer, which is not suitable for a display element. That is, in the case of the vertical alignment unit, the polymerization voltage application time is adjusted so as not to sacrifice the range of the black level (0.1% or less), thereby obtaining a voltage-transmittance with a Toff of 4ms or less and a maximum transmittance T100. characteristic.

Figure TW201803973AD00383
Figure TW201803973AD00383

[實施例11] [Example 11]

使用實施例1之聚合性液晶組成物,單元之製作亦與實施例1相同。 The polymerizable liquid crystal composition of Example 1 was used, and the production of the unit was the same as that of Example 1.

注入後,以封口劑3026E(threebond公司製)將注入口密封。施加頻率1kHz且2.45V之矩形波電壓,且同時使用波長365nm之紫外線LED光源,照射照射強度為15mW/cm2之紫外線12秒鐘後,於持續照射紫外線之狀態下,使電壓為0.9V,使之回復至垂直配向,從使電壓回復為0.9V之時間點起照射紫外線68秒鐘,製得魚骨型PVA單元。藉此使之形成平行配向成分之聚合物網路與垂直配向成分之聚合物網路。 After the injection, the injection port was sealed with a sealing agent 3026E (manufactured by threebond). Apply a rectangular wave voltage of 1kHz and 2.45V, and use an ultraviolet LED light source with a wavelength of 365nm at the same time. After irradiating ultraviolet rays with an intensity of 15mW / cm 2 for 12 seconds, the voltage should be 0.9V in the state of continuous ultraviolet rays. It was returned to the vertical alignment, and ultraviolet rays were irradiated for 68 seconds from the time point when the voltage was restored to 0.9 V to obtain a fishbone-type PVA unit. This makes it possible to form a polymer network of parallel alignment components and a polymer network of vertical alignment components.

紫外線照射完畢後,配置成狹縫方向相對於正交偏光板之任一者傾斜 45度,以偏光顯微鏡觀察單元之液晶配向狀態。不施加電壓之狀態,可確認為暗視野且完全大致垂直配向狀態。若慢慢地升高電壓施加,則確認狹縫之部分會從垂直配向變化成傾斜配向,亮度逐漸增加。為了確認傾斜配向方位,而施加7.5V之電壓使之為傾斜配向狀態,以透射率成為最小之方式使狹縫方向與偏光板方向一致。若傾斜配向方位一致朝向狹縫方向,則於狹縫與線電極會一致地觀察到黑線。若使偏光方向與狹縫方向一致,則會於狹縫與線電極一致地觀察到無數條黑線,確認傾斜配向之方位一致朝向狹縫方向。 After the ultraviolet irradiation is completed, the slit direction is arranged to be inclined with respect to any one of the cross polarizers. 45 degrees, observe the liquid crystal alignment state of the cell with a polarizing microscope. In a state where no voltage is applied, it can be confirmed that the light is in a dark field and is almost completely vertically aligned. If the voltage is applied slowly, it is confirmed that the slit portion changes from vertical alignment to oblique alignment, and the brightness gradually increases. In order to confirm the orientation of the oblique alignment, a voltage of 7.5 V was applied to make the oblique alignment state, and the slit direction was made the same as that of the polarizing plate so that the transmittance was minimized. If the orientation of the oblique alignment is directed toward the slit direction, a black line will be observed between the slit and the wire electrode. If the polarization direction is made the same as the slit direction, countless black lines are observed in the slit and the wire electrode, and it is confirmed that the orientation of the oblique alignment faces the slit direction.

施加60Hz之矩形波測量電壓-透射率特性後,結果最大透射率T100顯示為63%以上,為接近液晶單質顯示之透射率69%的值。 After applying a 60-Hz rectangular wave to measure the voltage-transmittance characteristics, the result showed that the maximum transmittance T100 was 63% or more, which was a value close to the transmittance of the liquid crystal display of 69%.

[實施例12-15] [Example 12-15]

以與實施例1同樣方式將表1之實施例6的組成物注入於單元。 The composition of Example 6 in Table 1 was injected into the cell in the same manner as in Example 1.

注入後將玻璃單元取出,以封口劑3026E(threebond公司製)將注入口密封。關於紫外線照射條件,係使用波長365nm之紫外線LED光源,於25℃照射照射強度為15mW/cm2之紫外線80秒鐘。另一方面,電壓施加條件則是於前述照射紫外線條件下,施加頻率為1kHz且為表5記載之作為一次電壓的矩形波電壓,從開始照射紫外線時間點起施加6秒鐘後,於照射紫外線之狀態下將前述表5記載之一次電壓換成表5記載之中間電壓,施加1秒鐘後,照射紫外線,且同時將前述表5記載之中間電壓換成表5製作條件記載之二次電壓(液晶臨界電壓以下),於使之回復為垂直配向的狀態下,製得魚骨型PVA單元。藉此使之形成行配向成分之聚合物網路與垂直配向成分之聚合物網路。 After the injection, the glass unit was taken out, and the injection port was sealed with a sealing agent 3026E (manufactured by threebond). Regarding ultraviolet irradiation conditions, an ultraviolet LED light source with a wavelength of 365 nm was used, and ultraviolet rays with an intensity of 15 mW / cm 2 were irradiated at 25 ° C for 80 seconds. On the other hand, the voltage application condition is a rectangular wave voltage having a frequency of 1 kHz and a primary voltage as described in Table 5 under the aforementioned ultraviolet irradiation conditions. After applying the ultraviolet irradiation for 6 seconds from the time point of starting the ultraviolet irradiation, the ultraviolet irradiation is performed. In this state, the primary voltage described in Table 5 is replaced with the intermediate voltage described in Table 5. After applying for 1 second, ultraviolet rays are irradiated, and at the same time, the intermediate voltage described in Table 5 is replaced with the secondary voltage described in Table 5. (Below the liquid crystal threshold voltage), and in a state where the liquid crystal is returned to the vertical alignment, a fishbone-type PVA unit is obtained. This makes it possible to form a polymer network of row alignment components and a polymer network of vertical alignment components.

紫外線照射完畢後,配置成狹縫方向相對於正交偏光板之任一者傾斜45度,以偏光顯微鏡觀察了單元之液晶配向狀態。未施加電壓之狀態,可確認為暗視野且完全為大致垂直配向狀態。若慢慢地升高電壓施加,則確認狹縫之部分會從垂直配向變化成傾斜配向,亮度逐漸增加。為了確認傾斜配向方位,而施加7.5V之電壓使之為傾斜配向狀態,以透射率成為最小之方式使狹縫方向與偏光板方向一致。若傾斜配向方位一致朝向狹縫方向,則於狹縫與線電極會一致地觀察到黑線。若將電壓去除,則可確認有時發生之配向缺陷未受到高分子穩定化。若使偏光方向與狹縫方向一致,則會於狹縫與線電極一致地觀察到無數條黑線,確認傾斜配向之方位一致朝向狹縫方向。施加60Hz之矩形波,測量電壓-透射率特性後,結果最大透射率T100如表5元件特性記載,顯示出接近液晶單質顯示之透射率69%的值。 After the ultraviolet rays were irradiated, the slit direction was arranged at an angle of 45 degrees with respect to any of the orthogonal polarizing plates, and the liquid crystal alignment state of the cells was observed with a polarizing microscope. In a state where no voltage is applied, it can be confirmed that it is a dark field of view and is almost in a vertical alignment state. If the voltage is applied slowly, it is confirmed that the slit portion changes from vertical alignment to oblique alignment, and the brightness gradually increases. In order to confirm the orientation of the oblique alignment, a voltage of 7.5 V was applied to make the oblique alignment state, and the slit direction was made the same as that of the polarizing plate so that the transmittance was minimized. If the orientation of the oblique alignment is directed toward the slit direction, a black line will be observed between the slit and the wire electrode. When the voltage was removed, it was confirmed that the alignment defects that sometimes occurred were not subjected to polymer stabilization. If the polarization direction is made the same as the slit direction, countless black lines are observed in the slit and the wire electrode, and it is confirmed that the orientation of the oblique alignment faces the slit direction. A rectangular wave of 60 Hz was applied and the voltage-transmittance characteristics were measured. As a result, the maximum transmittance T100 was as described in Table 5 for the element characteristics, and showed a value close to that of the liquid crystal display of 69%.

[實施例16-18] [Examples 16-18]

以實施例1同樣方式將表1之實施例6的組成物注入於單元。 In the same manner as in Example 1, the composition of Example 6 in Table 1 was injected into the cell.

注入後將玻璃單元取出,以封口劑3026E(threebond公司製)將注入口密封。關於紫外線照射條件,係使用波長365nm之紫外線LED光源,於25℃照射照射強度為15mW/cm2之紫外線80秒鐘,如後述,設置照射紫外線之中斷期間(另,80秒不含照射紫外線之中斷期間)。另一方面,電壓施加條件則是於前述紫外線照射條件下,施加頻率為1kHz且為表5製作條件記載之作為一次電壓的矩形波電壓,從開始照射紫外線時間點起施加10秒鐘後,將電壓與紫外線同時去除,於不施加表5記載之中間電壓下,將紫外線照射中斷一秒鐘後,於使之回復為垂直配向之狀態下,僅照射紫外線, 製得魚骨型PVA單元。藉此使之形成平行配向成分之聚合物網路與垂直配向成分之聚合物網路。 After the injection, the glass unit was taken out, and the injection port was sealed with a sealing agent 3026E (manufactured by threebond). Regarding the ultraviolet irradiation conditions, an ultraviolet LED light source with a wavelength of 365 nm was used, and ultraviolet rays with an intensity of 15 mW / cm 2 were irradiated at 25 ° C for 80 seconds. As described later, a period of interruption of ultraviolet rays was set (in addition, 80 seconds did not include ultraviolet rays. During the outage). On the other hand, the voltage application condition is a rectangular wave voltage with a frequency of 1 kHz and the primary voltage described in the production conditions in Table 5 under the aforementioned ultraviolet irradiation conditions. After applying the ultraviolet irradiation for 10 seconds, The voltage and ultraviolet rays were removed at the same time. Without applying the intermediate voltage described in Table 5, the ultraviolet irradiation was interrupted for one second, and then returned to the vertical alignment state, and then the ultraviolet rays were irradiated to obtain a fishbone-type PVA unit. This makes it possible to form a polymer network of parallel alignment components and a polymer network of vertical alignment components.

紫外線照射完畢後,配置成狹縫方向相對於正交偏光板之任一者傾斜45度,以偏光顯微鏡觀察了單元之液晶配向狀態。未施加電壓之狀態,可確認為暗視野且完全為大致垂直配向狀態。若慢慢地升高電壓施加,則確認狹縫之部分會從垂直配向變化成傾斜配向,亮度逐漸增加。為了確認傾斜配向方位,而施加7.5V之電壓使之為傾斜配向狀態,以透射率成為最小之方式使狹縫方向與偏光板方向一致。若傾斜配向方位一致朝向狹縫方向,則於狹縫與線電極會一致地觀察到黑線。若將電壓去除,則可確認有時發生之配向缺陷未受到高分子穩定化。若使偏光方向與狹縫方向一致,則會於狹縫與線電極一致地觀察到無數條黑線,確認傾斜配向之方位一致朝向狹縫方向。施加60Hz之矩形波,測量電壓-透射率特性後,結果最大透射率T100如表5記載,顯示出接近液晶單質顯示之透射率69%的值。 After the ultraviolet rays were irradiated, the slit direction was arranged at an angle of 45 degrees with respect to any of the orthogonal polarizing plates, and the liquid crystal alignment state of the cells was observed with a polarizing microscope. In a state where no voltage is applied, it can be confirmed that it is a dark field of view and is almost in a vertical alignment state. If the voltage is applied slowly, it is confirmed that the slit portion changes from vertical alignment to oblique alignment, and the brightness gradually increases. In order to confirm the orientation of the oblique alignment, a voltage of 7.5 V was applied to make the oblique alignment state, and the slit direction was made the same as that of the polarizing plate so that the transmittance was minimized. If the orientation of the oblique alignment is directed toward the slit direction, a black line will be observed between the slit and the wire electrode. When the voltage was removed, it was confirmed that the alignment defects that sometimes occurred were not subjected to polymer stabilization. If the polarization direction is made the same as the slit direction, countless black lines are observed in the slit and the wire electrode, and it is confirmed that the orientation of the oblique alignment faces the slit direction. A rectangular wave of 60 Hz was applied and the voltage-transmittance characteristics were measured. As a result, the maximum transmittance T100 was as shown in Table 5, and a value close to that of the liquid crystal display of 69% was displayed.

(表5 製作條件) (Table 5 Production conditions)

Figure TW201803973AD00384
Figure TW201803973AD00384

(表6 元件特性) (Table 6 Element characteristics)

Figure TW201803973AD00385
Figure TW201803973AD00385

另,本說明書中或實施例中,實施例之表之縮寫「Gap」表示單元間隙(μm),「V90」表示驅動電壓(V)、Ton(開啟時間 毫秒)、Toff(關閉時間 毫秒)。 In this specification or the examples, the abbreviation "Gap" in the examples of the examples indicates the cell gap (µm), and "V90" indicates the driving voltage (V), Ton (on-time millisecond), and Toff (off-time millisecond).

Claims (21)

一種液晶顯示元件之製造方法,含有下述步驟:對夾持於至少一者具有電極之2片透明基板間的聚合性液晶組成物,施加該聚合性液晶組成物之臨界電壓以上的電壓,且同時照射紫外線使之聚合相分離的步驟,及然後於照射紫外線下使電壓未達臨界電壓,並進一步照射紫外線的步驟。 A method for manufacturing a liquid crystal display element, comprising the steps of applying a voltage equal to or higher than a threshold voltage of the polymerizable liquid crystal composition to a polymerizable liquid crystal composition sandwiched between at least one transparent substrate having two electrodes, and A step of simultaneously irradiating ultraviolet rays to separate polymerized phases, and then a step of irradiating ultraviolet rays so that the voltage does not reach a critical voltage, and further radiating ultraviolet rays. 如申請專利範圍第1項之液晶顯示元件之製造方法,其於施加聚合性液晶組成物之臨界電壓以上的電壓且同時照射紫外線使之聚合相分離的步驟中,聚合性液晶組成物中之液晶分子相對於透明基板平面以0度至30度之範圍傾斜配向,而於照射紫外線下使該電壓未達臨界電壓並進一步照射紫外線的步驟中,該液晶分子相對於透明基板平面傾斜80度至90度配向。 For example, in the method for manufacturing a liquid crystal display element according to the scope of patent application, in the step of applying a voltage equal to or higher than the critical voltage of the polymerizable liquid crystal composition and simultaneously irradiating ultraviolet rays to separate the polymerized phase, the liquid crystal in the polymerizable liquid crystal composition is separated. The molecules are aligned at an angle of 0 to 30 degrees with respect to the plane of the transparent substrate, and in the step of irradiating ultraviolet rays so that the voltage does not reach a critical voltage and further radiating ultraviolet rays, the liquid crystal molecules are inclined 80 degrees to 90 degrees with respect to the plane of the transparent substrate Degree alignment. 如申請專利範圍第1或2項之液晶顯示元件之製造方法,其於施加聚合性液晶組成物之臨界電壓以上的電壓且同時照射紫外線使之聚合相分離的步驟中,聚合性液晶組成物中之液晶分子相對於透明基板平面以0度至90度之範圍傾斜配向,而於照射紫外線下使該電壓未達臨界電壓並進一步照射紫外線的步驟中,該液晶分子相對於透明基板平面傾斜0度至30度配向。 For example, in the method for manufacturing a liquid crystal display device according to the scope of claims 1 or 2, in the step of applying a voltage equal to or higher than the critical voltage of the polymerizable liquid crystal composition and simultaneously irradiating ultraviolet rays to separate the polymerized phase, the polymerizable liquid crystal composition is The liquid crystal molecules are aligned at an angle ranging from 0 to 90 degrees with respect to the plane of the transparent substrate, and in the step of irradiating ultraviolet rays so that the voltage does not reach a critical voltage and further radiating ultraviolet rays, the liquid crystal molecules are inclined at 0 degrees with respect to the plane of the transparent substrate Alignment to 30 degrees. 如申請專利範圍第1至3項中任一項之液晶顯示元件之製造方法,其中,施加之電壓為交流波形,具有聚合性液晶組成物顯示出介電各向導性之範圍的頻率。 For example, the method for manufacturing a liquid crystal display device according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the applied voltage is an AC waveform, and the polymerizable liquid crystal composition has a frequency that exhibits a range of dielectric properties. 如申請專利範圍第1至4項中任一項之液晶顯示元件之製造方法,其中,臨界電壓以上之電壓為相對於聚合性液晶組成物之電壓-透射率特性電壓中之透射率總變化量會在10%以上的電壓V10以上。 For example, the method for manufacturing a liquid crystal display device according to any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein the voltage equal to or higher than the critical voltage is the total change in transmittance with respect to the voltage-transmittance characteristic voltage of the polymerizable liquid crystal composition. Will be above 10% voltage V10. 如申請專利範圍第1至5項中任一項之液晶顯示元件之製造方法,其中,未達臨界電壓之電壓為0V以上且未達臨界電壓之90%的電壓。 For example, the method for manufacturing a liquid crystal display device according to any one of claims 1 to 5, wherein the voltage that does not reach the critical voltage is a voltage that is 0 V or more and less than 90% of the critical voltage. 如申請專利範圍第1至6項中任一項之液晶顯示元件之製造方法,其使用選自下述通式(V)及通式(VI)表示之化合物中的1種或2種以上之化合物,作為聚合性液晶組成物中之聚合性化合物,
Figure TW201803973AC00001
(式中,X1及X2各自獨立地表示氫原子或甲基,Sp1及Sp2各自獨立地表示單鍵、碳原子數1~12之伸烷基(alkylene group)或-O-(CH2)s-(式中,s表示1~11之整數,氧原子鍵結於芳香環),U表示碳原子數2~20之直鏈或者分支多價伸烷基或碳原子數5~30之多價環狀取代基,多價伸烷基中之伸烷基可於氧原子不鄰接之範圍被氧原子取代,或被碳原子數5~20之烷基(基中之伸烷基可於氧原子不鄰接之範圍被氧原子取代)或環狀取代基取代,k表示1~5之整數,式中所有的1,4-伸苯基其任意之氫原子可被取代為-CH3、-OCH3、氟原子或氰基)
Figure TW201803973AC00002
(式中,X3表示氫原子或甲基,Sp3表示單鍵、碳原子數1~12之伸烷基或-O-(CH2)t-(式中,t表示2~11之整數,氧原子鍵結於芳香環),V表示碳原子數2~20之直鏈或者分支多價伸烷基或碳原子數5~30之多價環狀取代基,多價伸烷基中之伸烷基可於氧原子不鄰接之範圍被氧原子取代,或亦可被碳原子數5~20之烷基(基中之伸烷基可於氧原子不鄰接之範圍被氧原子取代)或環狀取代基取代,W表示氫原子、鹵素原子或碳原 子數1~15之烷基;式中所有的1,4-伸苯基其任意之氫原子可被取代成-CH3、-OCH3、氟原子或氰基)。
For example, the method for manufacturing a liquid crystal display device according to any one of claims 1 to 6, using one or two or more compounds selected from the compounds represented by the following general formula (V) and general formula (VI) Compounds, as polymerizable compounds in the polymerizable liquid crystal composition,
Figure TW201803973AC00001
(In the formula, X 1 and X 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and Sp 1 and Sp 2 each independently represent a single bond, an alkylene group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, or -O- ( CH 2 ) s- (where s represents an integer from 1 to 11 and the oxygen atom is bonded to the aromatic ring), U represents a straight or branched polyvalent alkylene group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms or 5 to 6 carbon atoms Polyvalent cyclic substituents of 30, the alkylene groups in polyvalent alkylene groups may be replaced by oxygen atoms in the range where the oxygen atoms are not adjacent, or by alkyl groups having 5 to 20 carbon atoms (the alkylene groups in the group It may be substituted by an oxygen atom in the range where the oxygen atoms are not adjacent) or a cyclic substituent. K represents an integer of 1 to 5, and all 1,4-phenylene groups in the formula may be substituted with any hydrogen atom. 3, -OCH 3, a fluorine atom or a cyano group)
Figure TW201803973AC00002
(In the formula, X 3 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and Sp 3 represents a single bond, an alkylene group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, or -O- (CH 2 ) t- (wherein, t represents an integer from 2 to 11) , The oxygen atom is bonded to the aromatic ring), V represents a linear or branched polyvalent alkylene group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms or a polyvalent cyclic substituent group having 5 to 30 carbon atoms, and The alkylene group may be substituted by an oxygen atom in a range where the oxygen atoms are not adjacent, or may be substituted by an alkyl group having 5 to 20 carbon atoms (the alkylene group in the group may be replaced by an oxygen atom in a range where the oxygen atoms are not adjacent) or Substituted by a cyclic substituent, W represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, or an alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms; all 1,4-phenylene groups in the formula may be substituted with -CH 3 or -OCH 3 , fluorine atom or cyano).
如申請專利範圍第7項之液晶顯示元件之製造方法,其使用Sp1及Sp2為相同之通式(V)表示之1種或2種以上的化合物,作為該聚合性化合物。 For example, in the method for manufacturing a liquid crystal display device under the scope of claim 7, one or two or more compounds represented by the same general formula (V) as Sp 1 and Sp 2 are used as the polymerizable compound. 如申請專利範圍第7或8項之液晶顯示元件之製造方法,其使用Sp1及Sp2為相同之通式(V)表示之2種以上的化合物作為該聚合性化合物,其中該2種以上之化合物彼此的Sp1及Sp2不同。 For example, in the method for manufacturing a liquid crystal display device with the scope of patent application No. 7 or 8, it uses two or more compounds represented by the same general formula (V) as Sp 1 and Sp 2 as the polymerizable compound, among which the two or more The compounds have different Sp 1 and Sp 2 . 如申請專利範圍第1至9項中任一項之液晶顯示元件之製造方法,其使用下述通式(LC)表示之液晶化合物作為聚合性液晶組成物中之液晶化合物,
Figure TW201803973AC00003
(通式(LC)中,RLC表示碳原子數1~15之烷基,該烷基中之1個或2個以上的CH2基可以氧原子不直接鄰接之方式被-O-、-CH=CH-、-CO-、-OCO-、-COO-或-C≡C-取代,該烷基中之1個或2個以上的氫原子可任意地被取代成鹵素原子,ALC1及ALC2各自獨立地表示選自由下述之基(a)、基(b)及基(c)組成之群中的基,(a)反式-1,4-伸環己基(存在於此基中之1個CH2基或未鄰接之2個以上的CH2基可被氧原子或硫原子取代),(b)1,4-伸苯基(存在於此基中之1個CH基或未鄰接之2個以上的CH基可被氮原子取代),(c)1,4-雙環(2.2.2)伸辛基、萘-2,6-二基、十氫萘-2,6-二基、1,2,3,4 -四氫萘-2,6-二基或
Figure TW201803973AC00004
唍-2,6-二基,該基(a)、基(b)或基(c)所含之1個或2個以上的氫原子各自可被氟原子、氯原子、-CF3或-OCF3取代,ZLC表示單鍵、-CH=CH-、-CF=CF-、-C≡C-、-CH2CH2-、-(CH2)4-、-OCH2-、-CH2O-、-OCF2-、-CF2O-、-COO-或-OCO-,YLC表示氫原子、氟原子、氯原子、氰基及碳原子數1~15之烷基;該烷基中之1個或2個以上的CH2基可以氧原子不直接鄰接之方式被-O-、-CH=CH-、-CO-、-OCO-、-COO-、-C≡C-、-CF2O-、-OCF2-取代,該烷基中之1個或2個以上的氫原子可任意地被鹵素原子取代,a表示1~4之整數,當a表示2、3或4而於通式(LC)中存在複數個ALC1之情形時,複數個存在之ALC1可相同或亦可不同,當存在複數個ZLC之情形時,複數個存在之ZLC可相同或亦可不同)。
For example, the method for manufacturing a liquid crystal display element according to any one of claims 1 to 9, using a liquid crystal compound represented by the following general formula (LC) as a liquid crystal compound in a polymerizable liquid crystal composition,
Figure TW201803973AC00003
(In the general formula (LC), R LC represents an alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms, and one or more CH 2 groups in the alkyl group may be -O-,- CH = CH-, -CO-, -OCO-, -COO-, or -C≡C- substitution. One or more hydrogen atoms in the alkyl group can be arbitrarily substituted with a halogen atom. A LC1 and A LC2 each independently represents a group selected from the group consisting of the following groups (a), (b), and (c), (a) trans-1,4-cyclohexyl (existing in this group) Among them, one CH 2 group or two or more adjacent CH 2 groups may be substituted by an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom), (b) 1,4-phenylene (one CH group in this group or Non-adjacent two or more CH groups may be substituted by a nitrogen atom), (c) 1,4-bicyclo (2.2.2) octyl, naphthalene-2,6-diyl, decahydronaphthalene-2,6- Diyl, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl or
Figure TW201803973AC00004
唍 -2,6-diyl, one or more of the hydrogen atoms contained in the group (a), the group (b) or the group (c) may each be a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, -CF 3 or- OCF 3 substitution, Z LC represents a single bond, -CH = CH-, -CF = CF-, -C≡C-, -CH 2 CH 2 -,-(CH 2 ) 4- , -OCH 2- , -CH 2 O-, -OCF 2- , -CF 2 O-, -COO-, or -OCO-, and Y LC represents a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a cyano group, and an alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms; the alkane One or more CH 2 groups in the group may be -O-, -CH = CH-, -CO-, -OCO-, -COO-, -C≡C-, -CF 2 O-, -OCF 2 -substitution, one or more of the hydrogen atoms in the alkyl group can be arbitrarily substituted with a halogen atom, a represents an integer of 1 to 4, and when a represents 2, 3, or 4 In the case where there is a plurality of A LC1 in the general formula (LC), the plurality of A LC1s may be the same or different. When the case of a plurality of Z LCs , the plurality of Z LCs may be the same or Can be different).
如申請專利範圍第1至10項中任一項之液晶顯示元件之製造方法,其中,液晶顯示元件之單元結構為VA模式、IPS模式、FFS模式、VA-TN模式、TN模式或ECB模式。 For example, the method for manufacturing a liquid crystal display element according to any one of claims 1 to 10, wherein the unit structure of the liquid crystal display element is a VA mode, an IPS mode, an FFS mode, a VA-TN mode, a TN mode, or an ECB mode. 一種液晶顯示元件,於夾持在至少一者具有電極之2片透明基板間的液晶組成物中含有聚合物或共聚物,該聚合物或共聚物之含量為該液晶組成物及該聚合物或共聚物之合計質量的0.5質量%以上且未達40質量%,該聚合物或共聚物形成聚合物網路,該聚合物網路具有單軸性之折射率異向性或易配向軸,且具有不同之2種以上的配向狀態。 A liquid crystal display element includes a polymer or copolymer in a liquid crystal composition sandwiched between at least one transparent substrate having two electrodes, and the content of the polymer or copolymer is the liquid crystal composition and the polymer or polymer. The total mass of the copolymer is more than 0.5% by mass and less than 40% by mass, the polymer or copolymer forms a polymer network having a uniaxial refractive index anisotropy or an easily-aligned axis, and It has two or more different alignment states. 如申請專利範圍第12項之液晶顯示元件,其具有下述之傾斜配向作為聚合物網路之不同之2種以上的配向狀態:相對於透明基板平面,在0度至30度之範圍的傾斜配向,及相對於透明基板平面,在80度至90度之範圍的傾斜配向。 For example, the liquid crystal display element of the scope of application for patent No. 12 has the following tilt alignment as two or more different alignment states of the polymer network: relative to the plane of the transparent substrate, the tilt is in the range of 0 to 30 degrees Alignment and tilt alignment in the range of 80 degrees to 90 degrees with respect to the plane of the transparent substrate. 如申請專利範圍第12或13項之液晶顯示元件,其具有可將液晶顯示元件之顯示像素內分割成複數個區域之形狀的電極,於取決電極形狀而被分割之一個區域內,具有下述之傾斜配向作為聚合物網路之不同之2種以上的配向狀態:相對於透明基板平面,在0度至30度之範圍的傾斜配向,且該傾斜配向之傾斜配向方位方向固定,及相對於透明基板平面,在80度至90度之範圍的傾斜配向,無施加電壓時之液晶組成物中的液晶分子配向具有垂直配向或平行配向。 For example, the liquid crystal display element of the patent application No. 12 or 13 has an electrode having a shape capable of dividing the display pixel of the liquid crystal display element into a plurality of regions. In a region divided according to the shape of the electrode, the following are provided: The oblique alignment is two or more different alignment states of the polymer network: the oblique alignment in the range of 0 to 30 degrees relative to the plane of the transparent substrate, and the oblique alignment of the oblique alignment is fixed in the azimuth direction, and relative to the plane of the transparent substrate. The plane of the transparent substrate is obliquely aligned in the range of 80 degrees to 90 degrees. The liquid crystal molecules in the liquid crystal composition when no voltage is applied have vertical or parallel alignment. 如申請專利範圍第12至14項中任一項之液晶顯示元件,其配向成聚合物網路之光軸方向或易配向軸方向與液晶組成物中之液晶分子配向一致,具有下述之傾斜配向作為不同之2種以上的配向狀態:相對於透明基板平面,在0度至30度之範圍的傾斜配向,與相對於透明基板平面,在80度至90度的傾斜配向,於無施加電壓時,液晶組成物中之液晶分子相對於透明基板平面,具有0度~90度之預傾角。 For example, the liquid crystal display element in any one of claims 12 to 14, the optical axis direction of the polymer network or the easy alignment axis direction is consistent with the alignment of the liquid crystal molecules in the liquid crystal composition, and has the following tilt Alignment is two or more different alignment states: inclined orientation in the range of 0 to 30 degrees with respect to the plane of the transparent substrate, and inclined orientation in the range of 80 to 90 degrees with respect to the plane of the transparent substrate. At this time, the liquid crystal molecules in the liquid crystal composition have a pretilt angle of 0 degrees to 90 degrees with respect to the plane of the transparent substrate. 如申請專利範圍第12至15項中任一項之液晶顯示元件,其中,於單元剖面方向形成有至少為單元厚度之0.5%以上之厚度的聚合物網路層。 For example, the liquid crystal display element according to any one of claims 12 to 15, wherein a polymer network layer having a thickness of at least 0.5% or more of the cell thickness is formed in the cell cross-section direction. 如申請專利範圍第12至16項中任一項之液晶顯示元件,其使用選 自由下述通式(V)及通式(VI)表示之化合物中的1種或2種以上之化合物作為聚合性液晶組成物中之聚合性化合物,
Figure TW201803973AC00005
(式中,X1及X2各自獨立地表示氫原子或甲基,Sp1及Sp2各自獨立地表示單鍵、碳原子數1~12之伸烷基或-O-(CH2)s-(式中,s表示1~11之整數,氧原子鍵結於芳香環),U表示碳原子數2~20之直鏈或者分支多價伸烷基或碳原子數5~30之多價環狀取代基,多價伸烷基中之伸烷基可於氧原子不鄰接之範圍被氧原子取代,或被碳原子數5~20之烷基(基中之伸烷基可於氧原子不鄰接之範圍被氧原子取代)或環狀取代基取代,k表示1~5之整數,式中所有的1,4-伸苯基其任意之氫原子可被取代為-CH3、-OCH3、氟原子或氰基)
Figure TW201803973AC00006
(式中,X3表示氫原子或甲基,Sp3表示單鍵、碳原子數1~12之伸烷基或-O-(CH2)t-(式中,t表示2~11之整數,氧原子鍵結於芳香環),V表示碳原子數2~20之直鏈或者分支多價伸烷基或碳原子數5~30之多價環狀取代基,多價伸烷基中之伸烷基可於氧原子不鄰接之範圍被氧原子取代,或被碳原子數5~20之烷基(基中之伸烷基可於氧原子不鄰接之範圍被氧原子取代)或環狀取代基取代,W表示氫原子、鹵素原子或碳原子數1~15之烷基,式中所有的1,4-伸苯基其任意之氫原子可被取代為-CH3、-OCH3、氟原子或氰基)。
For example, the liquid crystal display device according to any one of claims 12 to 16 uses one or two or more compounds selected from the compounds represented by the following general formula (V) and general formula (VI) as polymerization. Polymerizable compound in a liquid crystal composition,
Figure TW201803973AC00005
(Wherein X 1 and X 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and Sp 1 and Sp 2 each independently represent a single bond, an alkylene group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, or -O- (CH 2 ) s -(In the formula, s represents an integer from 1 to 11, and an oxygen atom is bonded to an aromatic ring), U represents a linear or branched polyvalent alkylene group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms or a polyvalent group having 5 to 30 carbon atoms Cyclic substituents, the alkylene group in the polyvalent alkylene group may be replaced by an oxygen atom in the range where the oxygen atoms are not adjacent, or the alkyl group having 5 to 20 carbon atoms (the alkylene group in the group may be an oxygen atom Non-adjacent ranges are substituted by oxygen atoms) or cyclic substituents. K represents an integer of 1 to 5. All 1,4-phenylene groups in the formula can be replaced by -CH 3 or -OCH. 3 , fluorine atom or cyano)
Figure TW201803973AC00006
(In the formula, X 3 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and Sp 3 represents a single bond, an alkylene group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, or -O- (CH 2 ) t- (wherein, t represents an integer from 2 to 11) , The oxygen atom is bonded to the aromatic ring), V represents a linear or branched polyvalent alkylene group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms or a polyvalent cyclic substituent group having 5 to 30 carbon atoms, and The alkylene group may be replaced by an oxygen atom in a range where the oxygen atoms are not adjacent, or an alkyl group having 5 to 20 carbon atoms (the alkylene group in the group may be replaced by an oxygen atom in a range where the oxygen atoms are not adjacent) or a ring Substituent substitution, W represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, or an alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms. All 1,4-phenylene groups in the formula may be substituted with any of the hydrogen atoms -CH 3 , -OCH 3 , Fluorine atom or cyano).
如申請專利範圍第17項之液晶顯示元件,其使用Sp1及Sp2為相同之 通式(V)表示之1種或2種以上的化合物,作為該聚合性化合物。 For example, the liquid crystal display device of the 17th patent application range uses one or two or more compounds represented by the same general formula (V) as Sp 1 and Sp 2 as the polymerizable compound. 如申請專利範圍第17或18項之液晶顯示元件,其使用Sp1及Sp2為相同之通式(V)表示之2種以上的化合物作為該聚合性化合物,其中該2種以上之化合物彼此的Sp1及Sp2不同。 For example, a liquid crystal display device with a patent scope of item 17 or 18 uses two or more compounds represented by the same general formula (V) as Sp 1 and Sp 2 as the polymerizable compound, and the two or more compounds are mutually Sp 1 and Sp 2 are different. 如申請專利範圍第12至19項中任一項之液晶顯示元件,其使用下述通式(LC)表示之液晶化合物作為聚合性液晶組成物中之液晶化合物,
Figure TW201803973AC00007
(通式(LC)中,RLC表示碳原子數1~15之烷基,該烷基中之1個或2個以上的CH2基可以氧原子不直接鄰接之方式被-O-、-CH=CH-、-CO-、-OCO-、-COO-或-C≡C-取代,該烷基中之1個或2個以上的氫原子可任意地被取代成鹵素原子,ALC1及ALC2各自獨立地表示選自由下述之基(a)、基(b)及基(c)組成之群中的基,(a)反式-1,4-伸環己基(存在於此基中之1個CH2基或未鄰接之2個以上的CH2基可被氧原子或硫原子取代),(b)1,4-伸苯基(存在於此基中之1個CH基或未鄰接之2個以上的CH基可被氮原子取代),(c)1,4-雙環(2.2.2)伸辛基、萘-2,6-二基、十氫萘-2,6-二基、1,2,3,4-四氫萘-2,6-二基或
Figure TW201803973AC00008
唍-2,6-二基,該基(a)、基(b)或基(c)所含之1個或2個以上的氫原子各自可被氟原子、氯原子、-CF3或-OCF3取代,ZLC表示單鍵、-CH=CH-、-CF=CF-、-C≡C-、-CH2CH2-、 -(CH2)4-、-OCH2-、-CH2O-、-OCF2-、-CF2O-、-COO-或-OCO-,YLC表示氫原子、氟原子、氯原子、氰基及碳原子數1~15之烷基;該烷基中之1個或2個以上的CH2基可以氧原子不直接鄰接之方式被-O-、-CH=CH-、-CO-、-OCO-、-COO-、-C≡C-、-CF2O-、-OCF2-取代,該烷基中之1個或2個以上的氫原子可任意地被鹵素原子取代,a表示1~4之整數,當a表示2、3或4而於通式(LC)中存在複數個ALC1之情形時,複數個存在之ALC1可相同或亦可不同,當存在複數個ZLC之情形時,複數個存在之ZLC可相同或亦可不同)。
For example, the liquid crystal display device according to any one of the claims 12 to 19 uses a liquid crystal compound represented by the following general formula (LC) as the liquid crystal compound in the polymerizable liquid crystal composition.
Figure TW201803973AC00007
(In the general formula (LC), R LC represents an alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms, and one or more CH 2 groups in the alkyl group may be -O-,- CH = CH-, -CO-, -OCO-, -COO-, or -C≡C- substitution. One or more hydrogen atoms in the alkyl group can be arbitrarily substituted with a halogen atom. A LC1 and A LC2 each independently represents a group selected from the group consisting of the following groups (a), (b), and (c), (a) trans-1,4-cyclohexyl (existing in this group) Among them, one CH 2 group or two or more adjacent CH 2 groups may be substituted by an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom), (b) 1,4-phenylene (one CH group in this group or Non-adjacent two or more CH groups may be substituted by a nitrogen atom), (c) 1,4-bicyclo (2.2.2) octyl, naphthalene-2,6-diyl, decahydronaphthalene-2,6- Diyl, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl or
Figure TW201803973AC00008
唍 -2,6-diyl, one or more of the hydrogen atoms contained in the group (a), the group (b) or the group (c) may each be a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, -CF 3 or- OCF 3 substitution, Z LC represents a single bond, -CH = CH-, -CF = CF-, -C≡C-, -CH 2 CH 2 -,-(CH 2 ) 4- , -OCH 2- , -CH 2 O-, -OCF 2- , -CF 2 O-, -COO-, or -OCO-, and Y LC represents a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a cyano group, and an alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms; the alkane One or more CH 2 groups in the group may be -O-, -CH = CH-, -CO-, -OCO-, -COO-, -C≡C-, -CF 2 O-, -OCF 2 -substitution, one or more of the hydrogen atoms in the alkyl group can be arbitrarily substituted with a halogen atom, a represents an integer of 1 to 4, and when a represents 2, 3, or 4 In the case where there is a plurality of A LC1 in the general formula (LC), the plurality of A LC1s may be the same or different. When the case of a plurality of Z LCs , the plurality of Z LCs may be the same or Can be different).
如申請專利範圍第12至20項中任一項之液晶顯示元件,其中,單元結構為VA模式、IPS模式、FFS模式、VA-TN模式、TN模式或ECB模式。 For example, the liquid crystal display element according to any one of claims 12 to 20, wherein the unit structure is a VA mode, an IPS mode, an FFS mode, a VA-TN mode, a TN mode, or an ECB mode.
TW106111372A 2016-04-05 2017-04-05 Liquid crystal display element and its manufacturing method TWI736604B (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2016075809 2016-04-05
JPJP2016-075809 2016-04-05

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW201803973A true TW201803973A (en) 2018-02-01
TWI736604B TWI736604B (en) 2021-08-21

Family

ID=60001169

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW106111372A TWI736604B (en) 2016-04-05 2017-04-05 Liquid crystal display element and its manufacturing method

Country Status (5)

Country Link
JP (1) JP6403037B2 (en)
KR (1) KR20180123688A (en)
CN (1) CN108780246A (en)
TW (1) TWI736604B (en)
WO (1) WO2017175704A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
KR102047521B1 (en) * 2017-12-21 2019-11-21 전북대학교 산학협력단 Composition for preparing homogeneously aligned liquid crystal layer, manufacturing method of liquid crystal display using the same and liquid crystal display
CN109445199B (en) * 2018-12-30 2021-11-23 厦门天马微电子有限公司 Liquid crystal device and preparation method thereof
CN111752051B (en) * 2019-03-29 2023-12-19 夏普株式会社 Liquid crystal display panel and method for manufacturing the same
JP7388123B2 (en) * 2019-10-21 2023-11-29 Dic株式会社 Liquid crystal composition for a light-scattering liquid crystal element, and a light-scattering liquid crystal element using the liquid crystal composition for a light-scattering liquid crystal element
KR102365992B1 (en) * 2020-08-04 2022-02-23 전북대학교산학협력단 Light shutter film comprising liquid crystal cell with polymer network and method of manufacturing the same

Family Cites Families (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP3513888B2 (en) * 1993-08-16 2004-03-31 大日本インキ化学工業株式会社 Liquid crystal display device and method of manufacturing the same
JP4197404B2 (en) * 2001-10-02 2008-12-17 シャープ株式会社 Liquid crystal display device and manufacturing method thereof
JP2012098313A (en) * 2009-02-26 2012-05-24 Sharp Corp Light irradiation device, light irradiation method, and liquid crystal display panel manufactured therewith
US8654281B2 (en) * 2009-09-04 2014-02-18 California State University, Sacramento Photo-patterned pre-tilt liquid crystal cells, lenses and methods
TWI624531B (en) * 2013-03-06 2018-05-21 Dainippon Ink & Chemicals Nematic liquid crystal composition and liquid crystal display element using same
KR101886669B1 (en) * 2014-02-14 2018-09-10 디아이씨 가부시끼가이샤 Lcd device

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JP6403037B2 (en) 2018-10-10
KR20180123688A (en) 2018-11-19
TWI736604B (en) 2021-08-21
CN108780246A (en) 2018-11-09
WO2017175704A1 (en) 2017-10-12
JPWO2017175704A1 (en) 2018-10-04

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
TWI673350B (en) Liquid crystal display element
TWI709640B (en) Liquid crystal display element
TWI711694B (en) Liquid crystal display element
TWI736604B (en) Liquid crystal display element and its manufacturing method
JP6798097B2 (en) Liquid crystal display element
JP6638822B2 (en) Polymerizable liquid crystal composition, liquid crystal display device, and method of manufacturing liquid crystal display device
JP6808916B2 (en) Liquid crystal display element
TW201718678A (en) Liquid crystal display element
TW201908468A (en) Liquid crystal display element and method of manufacturing same
JP2018101096A (en) Liquid crystal display and polymerizable liquid crystal composition
JP2020190675A (en) Manufacturing method of liquid crystal display element and liquid crystal display element
JP6607419B2 (en) Liquid crystal display element

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
MM4A Annulment or lapse of patent due to non-payment of fees